10-K

UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 10‑K

☒ ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED April 1, 2018

☐ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 FOR THE TRANSITION PERIOD FROM  ______ TO ______

Commission file number 001-33938

TESSCO Technologies Incorporated

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

DELAWARE	52-0729657
(State or other jurisdiction of	(I.R.S. Employer
incorporation or organization)	Identification No.)
11126 McCormick Road, Hunt Valley, Maryland	21031
(Address of principal executive offices)	(Zip Code)
Registrant’s telephone number, including area code (410) 229-1000
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
Title of each class	Name of each exchange on which registered
Common Stock, $0.01 par value	NASDAQ Global Select Market
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
None

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer (as defined in Rule 405 of the Act). Yes ☐No ☒

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Act.  Yes ☐No ☒

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.

Yes ☒   No ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant submitted electronically and posted on its corporate website, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes ☒  No ☐

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§ 229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or other information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.  ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer  ☐   Accelerated filer  ☒   Non-accelerated filer  ☐ (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)

Smaller reporting company  ☐   Emerging growth company  ☐

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act.  ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).  Yes ☐No ☒

The aggregate market value of Common Stock, $0.01 par value, held by non-affiliates of the registrant based on the closing sales price of the Common Stock as quoted on the NASDAQ Global Market as of September 24, 2017, was $80,064,597.

The number of shares of the registrant's Common Stock, $0.01 par value, outstanding as of May 29, 2018, was 8,426,655.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE:  Portions of the definitive Proxy Statement for the registrant’s 2018 Annual Meeting of Shareholders, scheduled to be held July 18, 2018, are incorporated by reference into Part III of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PART I		Page
Item 1.	Business	3
Item 1A.	Risk Factors	12
Item 1B.	Unresolved Staff Comments	24
Item 2.	Properties	24
Item 3.	Legal Proceedings	25
Item 4.	Mine Safety Disclosures	25
PART II
Item 5.	Market for Registrant's Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities	26
Item 6.	Selected Financial Data	28
Item 7.	Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations	29
Item 7A.	Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk	41
Item 8.	Financial Statements and Supplementary Data	42
Item 9.	Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure	72
Item 9A.	Controls and Procedures	72
Item 9B.	Other Information	74
PART III
Item 10.	Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance	74
Item 11.	Executive Compensation	74
Item 12.	Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters	74
Item 13.	Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence	74
Item 14.	Principal Accounting Fees and Services	74
Part IV
Item 15.	Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedule	74
Schedule II:  Valuation and Qualifying Accounts		78
Signatures		79

2

Part I

Item 1. Business.

General

TESSCO Technologies Incorporated (TESSCO, we, or the Company) is a value-added technology distributor, manufacturer, and solutions provider. TESSCO was founded more than 30 years ago with a commitment to deliver industry-leading products, knowledge, solutions, and customer service; and we support customers in the public and private sector. TESSCO supplies approximately 50,000 products from approximately 440 of the industry’s top manufacturers in mobile communications, Wi-Fi, Internet of Things, wireless backhaul, and more. TESSCO is a single source for outstanding customer experience, expert knowledge, and complete end-to-end solutions for the wireless industry.

Our customers include a diversified mix of carrier and public network operators, tower owners, program managers, contractors and integrators, private system operators (including railroads, utilities, mining operators and oil and gas operators), federal, state and local governments, manufacturers, value-added resellers, retail carrier stores and their independent agents, as well as other local and national retailers. We currently serve an average of approximately 11,600 different non-consumer customers per month.

We provide our customers with products, services and support to help them build and maintain these primary systems:

· Enhanced Cellular Coverage and Capacity

· Wireless Base Station

· In-Vehicle and Mobile Communications

· Wi-Fi Networks

· Site Survey Test and Maintenance

· Wireless Backhaul

· Machine to Machine Communications

· Internet of Things

· Mobile Devices and Accessories

We offer products in these broad categories: base station infrastructure; network systems; mobile devices and accessories; and installation, test and maintenance products.  We source and develop our product offering from leading manufacturers throughout the world, and also offer products developed and manufactured under our own proprietary brands, including Ventev®.

Our operational platform allows customers and manufacturers the opportunity to streamline the supply chain process and lower total inventories and costs by providing guaranteed availability and complete, on-time delivery to the point of use.

We began our “total source” operations in 1982, reincorporated as a Delaware corporation in 1987, and have been listed on the NASDAQ Market (currently, NASDAQ Global Select) (symbol: TESS), since 1994. We operate under ISO 9001:2008 and TL 9000 R6.0 registrations.

For information regarding our website address and regarding material available free of charge through the website, see the information appearing under the heading “Available Information” included in Item 7 to this Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended April 1, 2018.

Customers

The Company evaluates its business within two segments: commercial and retail. The commercial segment consists of the following customer markets: (1) public carriers that are generally responsible for building and maintaining the infrastructure system and provide airtime service to individual subscribers; (2) government including federal agencies

3

and state and local governments that run wireless networks for their own use as well as value-added resellers who specialize in selling to the government;  (3) private system operators including commercial entities such as enterprise customers, major utilities and transportation companies; and (4) value-added resellers that sell, install and/or service cellular telephone, wireless networking, broadband and  two-way radio communications equipment primarily for the enterprise market. The retail segment consists of the market which includes retailers, independent dealer agents and carriers.  The evaluation of the Company's business in this manner began with the first quarter of fiscal year 2018, and reflects the modification at that time of the Company's internal organization structure in an effort to better serve the market place.  Retail inventory typically has a shorter more defined life cycle and is, typically, ultimately used by individual end users. Commercial inventory typically has a life cycle that tends to be tied to changes in regulation or technology and includes products typically used by business entities or governments. Reflective of these differences, our sales and product teams were reorganized and each now report to either a retail or commercial leader.  All prior financial periods presented in this Annual Report on Form 10-K reflect this change.

Public carriers are system operators that are generally responsible for building and maintaining the public infrastructure system and providing airtime service to individual subscribers, and accounted for approximately 20% of our fiscal year 2018 revenues. Government, including federal agencies and state and local governments, accounted for 7% of fiscal year 2018 revenues. Private system operators, including commercial entities, major utilities, transportation companies, manufacturers, and installation centers, accounted for 16% of fiscal year 2018 revenues. Value-added resellers sell, install and/or service cellular telephone, wireless networking, broadband, and two-way radio communications equipment for the enterprise and consumer markets, and accounted for 24% of fiscal year 2018 revenues. Our retailers, independent dealer agents and carriers market accounted for 33% of fiscal year 2018 revenues. 

Our top ten customer relationships totaled 28% of our total revenue for fiscal year 2018, and no customer relationship accounted for more than 10% of our total revenues.

Approximately 98% of our sales have been made to customers in the United States during each of the past three fiscal years, although we currently sell to customers in almost 100 countries. Due to our diverse product offering and our wide customer base, our business is not significantly affected by seasonality in the aggregate. However, sales to our retailers generally peak in our second and third quarters in conjunction with significant handset launches and the winter holiday, season and decline significantly in our fourth quarter. Also, our base station infrastructure sales are typically affected by weather conditions in the United States, especially in our fourth quarter.

For more detailed financial information regarding customer market and product category activity within our two operating segments for each of the past three fiscal years, see Note 10 to our Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8 to this Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended April 1, 2018.

Products and Services

We principally offer competitively priced, manufacturer brand-name products, ranging from simple hardware items to sophisticated test equipment, with per item prices ranging from less than $1 to over $50,000 and gross profit margins ranging from less than 5% to 100%. We offer products classified into our four business categories: base station infrastructure; network systems; installation, test and maintenance products; and mobile devices and accessories, which accounted for approximately 43%, 17%, 6%, and 34% of fiscal year 2018 revenues, respectively. Base station infrastructure products are used to build, repair and upgrade wireless broadband systems. These products include base station antennas, cable and transmission lines, small towers, lightning protection devices, connectors, power systems, enclosures, grounding, jumpers, miscellaneous hardware, and mobile antennas. Our base station infrastructure service offering includes program management, connector installation, custom jumper assembly, site kitting and logistics integration. Network systems products are used to build and upgrade public and private wireless broadband networks. Products include fixed and mobile broadband radio equipment, wireless networking filtering systems, distributed antenna systems, two-way radios and security and surveillance products. This product category also includes training classes, technical support and engineering design services. Installation, test and maintenance products are used to install, tune, and maintain wireless communications equipment. Products include sophisticated analysis equipment and various frequency-, voltage- and power-measuring devices, as well as an assortment of tools, hardware, GPS, safety, replacement and component parts and supplies required by service technicians.  Mobile devices and accessory products include cellular,

4

smart phone and data device accessories such as power supplies, cases, screen protectors, speakers, mobile amplifiers, bluetooth and corded headsets, mounts, car antennas, music accessories and data and memory cards.

While we principally provide manufacturer brand-name products, a variety of products are developed, manufactured and offered under TESSCO-owned brands including Ventev, Wireless Solutions, and TerraWave®. The products we offer under these brands generally consist of device accessory products that fall into the mobile device and accessory product category, as well as WLAN and network systems accessory products and remote monitoring and control solutions that fall into the base station and network systems category. We have not incurred significant research and development expenditures in any of the last three fiscal years. Sales of proprietary products were 13% of our total sales in fiscal year 2018.

Our products are sold as part of our integrated product and supply chain solutions. Our supply chain services for all product areas are grouped under either Knowledge, Configuration, Delivery or Control. Knowledge solutions include the entire suite of TESSCO knowledge tools that focus on educating the industry, including product highlights, showcases and/or comparisons, with comprehensive specifications on the products, solutions and applications that are offered and reinforced by engineering, sales and technical support. Configuration services are comprised of customized product solution kitting and assembly, logistics management and consumer and retail merchandising and marketing, allowing the products to be delivered ready for immediate use, installation or resale. Our Delivery system allows the customer to select speed of delivery options and to select specific delivery locations, all designed to eliminate the customer’s need for staging and warehousing. Our services that increase customer control include predetermined monthly pricing levels, the ability to monitor multi-site purchasing with pre-approved, customized parameters indicating who is able to order how much of which specific products, order delivery tracking, product usage tracking, history reporting and alternative financing options.

As part of our commitment to customer service, we typically allow most customers to return most products for any reason, for credit, within 30 days of the date of purchase. Total returns and credits have been less than 3% of revenues in each of the past three fiscal years.

Revenues from sales of products purchased from our largest wireless infrastructure and mobile device and accessories supplier accounted for 11% and 10%, respectively, of total fiscal year 2018 revenues. Sales of products purchased from our ten largest vendors generated approximately 43% of our total fiscal year 2018 revenues.

The amount of purchases we make from each of our approximately 440 vendors may significantly increase or decrease over time.  As the level of business changes, we may request, or be requested by our vendors, to adjust the terms of our relationships.  Therefore, our ability to purchase and re-sell products from each of our vendors depends on being able to reach and maintain agreements with these vendors on acceptable business terms.  In addition, the agreements and arrangements on which most of our larger vendor relationships are based are typically of limited duration and terminable for any or no reason by either party upon notice of varying lengths, usually between several months or otherwise short notice.  Generally, we believe that alternative sources of supply are available for many of the product types we carry, although we may be unable, or find it more difficult, to source branded products from other than the manufacturer.

The scope of products available for purchase from a given vendor may fluctuate, and is generally limited only by the scope of the vendor’s catalog and available inventory. Therefore, we often source the same product type from multiple vendors, although in some instances branded products are available only from the manufacturer or a particular vendor, and in some instances, customers might favor one vendor or brand over another. The terms of the vendor contract typically apply to all products purchased from a particular vendor, whether or not the item is specifically identified in the contract.

When negotiating with vendors, we seek the most favorable terms available under the circumstances. Our preferred terms include among others, terms that provide for product warranty and return rights, as well as product liability and intellectual property indemnification rights, in each case consistent with our preferred business methods and objectives. We have not been able, nor do we expect in the future to be able, to negotiate the inclusion of all our preferred terms, or our preferred language for those terms, in every vendor contract. The degree of our success in this regard is largely a function of the parties’ relative bargaining positions.

5

We are dedicated to superior performance, quality and consistency of service in an effort to maintain and expand vendor relationships but there can be no assurance that we will continue to be successful in this regard in the future, or that competitive pressures or other events beyond our control will not have a negative impact on our ability to maintain these relationships or to continue to derive revenues from these relationships.

Method of Operation

We believe that we have developed a highly integrated, technologically advanced and efficient method of operation based on the following key tenets:

· Understanding and anticipating customers' needs and building solutions by cultivating lasting relationships;

· Allowing customers to make the best decisions by delivering product knowledge, not just information, through our knowledge tools, including GoConnect® and the TESSCO.com® Solution and Transaction System;

· Responding to what we refer to as "the moments of truth" by providing customers with sales, service and technical support, 24 hours a day, 7 days a week, 365 days a year;

· Providing customers what they need, when and where they need it by delivering integrated product and supply chain solutions; and

· Helping customers enhance their operations by providing real-time order tracking and performance measurement.

We operate as a team of teams structured to enhance marketing innovation, customer focus and operational excellence.

Market Development and Sales: In order to meet the needs of a dynamic and diverse marketplace, our sales and marketing activities are organized on an end-market basis. Sales teams are focused on our customers: 1) public carriers 2) government 3) private system operators, 4) value-added resellers, and 5) retailers, independent dealer agents and carriers.  This organization allows for the development of unique product and solution offerings to meet the needs of our diverse customer base.

We understand and anticipate our customers’ needs, building comprehensive solutions and long-lasting relationships. Our customer base includes more than 125,000 contacts across the full breadth of the wireless industry, with 550,000 additional contacts representing potential new customers also among our database. We are able to identify each contact’s unique needs and deliver targeted marketing materials, including email marketing, web marketing, advertisements, direct mailers, and trade show marketing, to drive purchases and new business development. For instance, our email publication The Wireless Update® is sent to a targeted list of 103,000 contacts each week.

Our dedicated sales team provides unparalleled customer service and maintains key information about every customer or potential customer in a Customer Relationship Marketing (CRM) system, ensuring a positive experience at every interaction and allowing us to identify promising leads and allocate resources to convert them to customers. We serve more than 12,600 (largely repeat) customers each month and our paramount goal is to create an experience that nurtures loyalty among our customers and delivers mutually beneficial outcomes in every transaction.

6

Solutions Development and Product Management: We actively monitor advances in technologies and industry trends, through both market research and continual customer and manufacturer interaction, and continue to enhance our product offering as new wireless communications products and technologies are developed. To complement our broad product portfolio, we provide technical expertise and consultation to assist our customers in understanding technology and choosing the right products for their specific application. Our personnel, including those we refer to as “Solution Architects” offer applications engineering to market-specific applications such as DAS systems (Distributed Antennae Systems), wireless backhaul and fiber networks, custom integrated solutions for power systems, and site kitting and flexible custom network design services for areas such as in-building coverage, tower design, and wireless video surveillance systems.

In addition to determining the product offering, our Product and Solutions Development Teams provide the technical foundation for both customers and our personnel. Our product management software is continually updated to add new products and additional technical information in response to manufacturer specification changes and customer inquiries. This system contains detailed information on each stock keeping unit offered, including full product descriptions, category classifications, technical specifications, illustrations, product cost, pricing and delivery information, alternative and associated products, and purchase and sales histories. This information is available on a real-time basis to all of our personnel for product development, procurement, technical support, cataloging and marketing.

Strategic Marketing – As a thought leader in the wireless industry, TESSCO’s marketing materials educate the industry and promote our added value and services. Through WirelessNow, our retail focused industry publication, we offer product recommendations, trend reports, and expert market analysis to help thousands of retail customers improve sell through, drive traffic and sales, and maximize their revenue. Our weekly commercial email newsletter, The Wireless Update, keeps 103,000 of our customers informed on the latest news in the industry, new products and solutions from our manufacturers, upcoming events and training opportunities, and more.  In addition, strategic marketing supports the organization through the development of compelling sales content, knowledge features, training programs, and other customer and manufacturer programs that solve business challenges and increase the value TESSCO provides to the industry.

TESSCO.com® is our e-commerce site and the digital gateway to our comprehensive knowledge, products, and solutions for wireless. In addition to access to our inventory of products for every solution, TESSCO.com features:

· Customer-specific home pages with customized presentations of relevant, market-specific content, tailored to logged-in users’ specific roles in wireless;

· Powerful product and knowledge search capabilities enabled by advanced search engine logic;

· Real-time product availability;

· Customer-specific pricing based on a customer’s aggregated recent purchase history;

· Easy ordering capabilities that allow for the construction and configuration of complete, end-to-end solution that can be converted to an order, or saved, copied, shared, uploaded and emailed;

· A content library that enables the streamlined navigation of TESSCO’s knowledge content (articles, white papers, illustrations, videos, installation guides, product selection guides, or any other content featured on TESSCO.com);

· A variety of customer service, financial and technical support pages, including account controls which include all of the tools necessary to track and manage orders, update an account, find the right support, review saved orders, handle warranty claims, and explore TESSCO’s capabilities;

· Order confirmation – specifying the contents, order status, delivery date, tracking number and total cost of an order;

· Order reservations, order status, back-order details and four-month order history; and

· Manufacturer portal pages designed to showcase each manufacturer partner’s offer in a custom fashion.

7

TESSCO.com empowers our customers to make better decisions by delivering product knowledge so they are fully informed. This destination also enables our manufacturers to reach a broad and diverse customer base with their product offer and brand features.

Customer Support and Order Entry: Our customer support teams are responsible for responding to what we refer to as "the moments of truth" by delivering sales and customer support services through an effective and efficient transaction system. We also continually monitor our customer service performance through report cards sent for each product delivery, customer surveys and regular interaction with customers. By combining our broad product offering with a commitment to superior customer service, we seek to reduce a customer's overall procurement costs by enabling the customer to consolidate the number of suppliers from which it obtains products, while also reducing the customer's need to maintain high inventory levels.

Our information technology system provides detailed information on every customer account, including recent inquiries, buying and credit histories, separate buying locations within a customer account and contact diaries for key personnel, as well as detailed product information, including technical, product availability and pricing information. The information technology system increases sales productivity by enabling any customer support representative to provide any customer with personalized service and also allows non-technical personnel to provide a high level of technical product information and order assistance.

We believe that our commitment to providing prompt, friendly and efficient customer service before, during and after the sale enables us to maximize sales, customer satisfaction and customer retention. The monthly average number of non-consumer customers decreased from approximately 12,500 for fiscal year 2017 to approximately 11,600 in fiscal year 2018, primarily due to consolidation in the retail market. The average monthly purchase per customer increased from $3,600 in fiscal year 2017 to $4,200 in fiscal year 2018.

Procurement and Inventory Management: Our product management and purchasing system aims to provide customers with a total source of broad and deep product availability, while maximizing the return on our inventory investment.

We use our information technology system to monitor and manage our inventory. Historical sales results, sales projections and information regarding vendor lead times are all used to determine appropriate inventory levels. The information technology system also provides early warning reports regarding upcoming inventory requirements. As of April 1, 2018, and March 26, 2017, we had an immaterial level of backlog orders. Most backlog orders as of April 1, 2018 are expected to be filled within 90 days of fiscal year-end. For fiscal years ended April 1, 2018 and March 26, 2017, inventory write-offs were 1.0% and 0.7% of total purchases, respectively. In many cases, we are able to return slow-moving inventory to our vendors pursuant to stock rotation agreements. Inventory turns for fiscal years 2018 and 2017 were 6.8 and 7.2, respectively.

Fulfillment and Distribution: Orders are received at our Timonium, Maryland, Reno, Nevada and San Antonio, Texas customer sales support centers. As orders are received, customer representatives have access to technical information, alternative and complementary product selections, product availability and pricing information, as well as customer purchasing and credit histories and recent inquiry summaries. An automated warehouse management system, which is integrated with the product planning and procurement system, allows us to ensure inventory control, to minimize multiple product shipments to complete an order and to limit inventory duplication. Bar-coded labels are used on every product, allowing distribution center personnel to utilize radio frequency scanners to locate products, fill orders and update inventory records in real-time, thus reducing overhead associated with the distribution functions. We contract with a variety of freight line and parcel transportation carrier partners to deliver orders to customers.

Performance and Delivery Guarantee (PDG) charges are generally calculated on the basis of the weight of the products ordered and on the delivery service requested, rather than on distance to the customer. We believe that this approach emphasizes on-time delivery instead of shipment dates, enabling customers to minimize their inventories and reduce their overall procurement costs while guaranteeing date specific delivery, thereby encouraging them to make us their total source supplier.

8

Information Technology: Our information technology system is critical to the success of our operations. We have made substantial investments in the development of this system, which integrates cataloging, marketing, sales, fulfillment, inventory control and purchasing, financial control and internal and external communications. The information technology system includes highly developed customer and product databases and is integrated with our Configuration, Fulfillment and Delivery system. The information contained in the system is available on a real-time basis to all of our employees as needed and is utilized in every area of our operations.

We believe that we have been successful to date in pursuing a highly integrated, technologically advanced and efficient method of operations; however, disruption to our day-to-day operations, including failure of our information technology or distribution systems, or freight carrier interruption, could impair our ability to receive and process orders or to ship products in a timely and cost-efficient manner.

Competition

The wireless communications distribution industry is competitive and fragmented, and is comprised of distributors such as Brightstar, D&H, Superior Communications and VoiceComm in our retail segment and Alliance Corporation, Anixter, Comstor, Graybar, Hutton Communication, KPGCo Logistics, Ingram Micro, Talley Communications, Tech Data, Site Pro 1, VAV Wireless, Westcon and Winncom in our commercial markets. In addition, many manufacturers sell and fulfill directly to customers. Barriers to entry for distributors are relatively low, particularly in the mobile devices and accessory market, and the risk of new competitors entering the market is high. In addition, the agreements or arrangements with our customers or vendors looking to us for product and supply chain solutions are typically of limited duration and are often terminable by either party upon several months or otherwise short notice. Accordingly, our ability to maintain these relationships is subject to competitive pressures and challenges. Some of our current competitors have substantially greater capital resources and sales and distribution capabilities than we do. In response to competitive pressures from any of our current or future competitors, we may be required to lower selling prices in order to maintain or increase market share, and such measures could adversely affect our operating results. We believe, however, that our strength in service, the breadth and depth of our product offering, our information technology system, our knowledge and expertise in wireless technologies and the wireless marketplace, and our large customer base and purchasing relationships with approximately 440 manufacturers, provide us with a significant competitive advantage over new entrants to the market.

Continuing changes in the wireless communications industry, including risks associated with conflicting technology, changes in technology, inventory obsolescence, and consolidation among wireless carriers, could adversely affect future operating results.

We believe that the principal competitive factors in supplying products to the wireless communications industry are the quality and consistency of customer service, particularly timely delivery of complete orders, breadth and quality of products offered and total procurement costs to the customer. We believe that we compete favorably with respect to each of these factors. In particular, we believe we differentiate ourselves from our competitors based on the breadth of our product offering, our ability to quickly provide products and supply chain solutions in response to customer demand and technological advances, our knowledge and expertise in wireless technologies and the wireless marketplace, the level of our customer service and the reliability of our order fulfillment process.

Intellectual Property

We seek to protect our intellectual property through a combination of trademarks, service marks, confidentiality agreements, trade secret protection and, if and when appropriate, patent protection. Thus far, we have generally sought to protect our intellectual property, including our product data and information, customer information and information technology systems, through trademark filings and nondisclosure, confidentiality and trade secret agreements. We typically require our employees, consultants, and others having access to our intellectual property, to sign confidentiality and nondisclosure agreements. There can be no assurance that these confidentiality and nondisclosure agreements will be honored, or whether they can be fully enforced, or that other entities may not independently develop systems, technologies or information similar to that on which we rely.

9

TESSCO Communications Incorporated, a wholly-owned subsidiary of TESSCO Technologies Incorporated, maintains a number of registered trademarks and service marks in connection with our business activities, including: A Simple Way of Doing Business Better®,  LinkUPS®,  ORDERflow®,  Solutions That Make Wireless Work®,  TerraWave Solutions®,  TESSCO®,  TESSCO Making Wireless Work®,  TESSCO Technologies®,  TESSCO.com®,  Ventev®,  The Vital Link to a Wireless World®,  The Wireless Bulletin®,  Wireless Now®, Wireless Solutions®,  The Wireless Update®,  Your Total Source®,  Chargesync®, and Your Virtual Inventory®, among many others. Our general policy is to file for trademark and service mark protection for each of our trademarks and trade names and to enforce our rights against any infringement.

We currently hold one patent related to our online order entry system and seven patents related to our Ventev® products. We intend, if and when appropriate, to seek patent protection for any additional patentable technology. The ability to obtain patent protection involves complex legal and factual questions. Others may obtain patent protection for technologies that are important to our business, and as a result, our business may be adversely affected. In response to patents of others, we may need to license the right to use technology patented by others, or in the event that a license cannot be obtained, to design our systems around the patents of others.

Environmental Regulation

We are subject to various laws and governmental regulations concerning environmental matters and employee safety and health in the United States. We are also subject to regulation by the Occupational Safety and Health Administration concerning employee safety and health matters. Compliance with these federal, state and local laws and regulations related to protection of the environment and employee safety and health has had no material effect on our business. There were no material capital expenditures for environmental projects in fiscal year 2018, and there are no material expenditures planned for such purposes in fiscal year 2019.

Employees

As of April 1, 2018, we had 768 full-time equivalent employees. Of our full-time equivalent employees, 359were engaged in customer and vendor service, marketing, sales and product management, 297 were engaged in fulfillment and distribution operations and 112 were engaged in administration and technology systems services. No employees are covered by collective bargaining agreements. We consider our employee relations to be excellent.

10

Executive Officers

Executive officers are appointed annually by the Board of Directors and, subject to the terms of any applicable employment agreement, serve at the discretion of the Board of Directors. Information regarding our executive officers is as follows:

Name	Age	Position
Murray Wright	62	President and Chief Executive Officer	Murray Wright joined the Company in September 2016. Mr. Wright served as Chief Executive Officer of Zones, Inc. from 2013 to 2015. At Tech Data Corporation, Mr. Wright served as Senior Vice President, US Sales from 2006 to 2010 and as President, the Americas, from 2011 to 2013.
Aric M. Spitulnik	46	Senior Vice President, Secretary, and Chief Financial Officer	Aric Spitulnik joined the Company in 2000. Mr. Spitulnik was appointed Controller in 2005 and Vice President in 2006. In 2012, he was appointed Corporate Secretary, and in 2014 he was appointed Senior Vice President. Since October 2013, Mr. Spitulnik has served as the Company’s Chief Financial Officer.
Douglas A. Rein	58	Senior Vice President of Performance Systems and Operations	Douglas Rein joined the Company in July 1999 as Senior Vice President of Performance Systems and Operations. Previously, he was director of operations for Compaq Computer Corporation and vice president, distribution and logistics operations for Intelligent Electronics.
Elizabeth S. Robinson	51	Senior Vice President, Retail Sales and Product Marketing	Elizabeth Robinson joined the Company in 1998.  Ms. Robinson was appointed Director of Sales in 2001, and Vice President in 2004.  In 2011, she was appointed Vice President of Mobile Devices and Accessories, and then for the Mobility Group in 2016.   In 2017, she was appointed Senior Vice President, leading Retail Sales and Product Management.
Charles W. Kriete	40	Senior Vice President, Commercial Sales, Product Marketing and Supply Chain	Charles Kriete joined the company in January 2017. Mr. Kriete served as Chief Marketing Officer of Kore Wireless Group in 2016 and was Chief Revenue Officer of Wyless from 2013 to 2016. Previously he served as Executive Vice President of TD Mobility at Tech Data from 2010 to 2013.

11

Item 1A. Risk Factors.

We are not able to identify or control all circumstances that could occur in the future that may adversely affect our business and operating results. The following are certain risk factors that could adversely affect our business, financial position and results of operations. These risk factors and others described in this Annual Report on Form 10-K should be considered in connection with evaluating the forward-looking statements contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K because these factors could cause the actual results and conditions to differ materially from those projected in the forward-looking statements. Additional risks and uncertainties that management is not aware of or focused on, or that management currently deems immaterial may also adversely affect our business, financial position and results of operations. If our business, financial position and results of operations are adversely affected by any of these or other adverse events, our stock price would also likely be adversely affected.

RISKS RELATING TO OUR BUSINESS

We face significant competition in the wireless communications distribution industry.

The wireless communications distribution industry is competitive and fragmented, and is comprised of several national distributors, as well as numerous regional distributors. In addition, many manufacturers sell and fulfill directly to customers. Barriers to entry for distributors are relatively low, particularly in the mobile devices and accessory market, and the risk of new competitors entering the market is high. Some of our current competitors have substantially greater capital resources and sales and distribution capabilities than we do. In response to competitive pressures from any of our current or future competitors, we may be required to lower selling prices in order to maintain or increase market share, and such measures could adversely affect our operating results. We are also seeing increased competition in the form of e-commerce sites as consumers and business are increasingly looking to the internet to purchase goods.

We offer no assurance that we will not lose market share, or that we will not be forced in the future to reduce our prices in response to the actions of our competitors, thereby reducing our gross margins. Furthermore, to remain competitive we may be forced to offer more credit or extended payment terms to our customers. This could increase our required capital, financing costs, and the amount of our bad debt expenses.

We typically purchase and sell our products and services on the basis of individual sales or purchase orders, and even in those cases where we have standing agreements or arrangements with our customers and vendors, those agreements and arrangements typically contain no purchase or sale obligations and are otherwise terminable by either party upon several months or otherwise short notice.

Our sales to customers and our purchases from vendors are largely governed by individual sales or purchase orders, so there is no guarantee of future business. In some cases, we have formal agreements or arrangements with significant customers or vendors, but they are largely administrative in nature and are terminable by either party upon several months or otherwise short notice, and they typically contain no purchase or sale obligations. Many of our customer and vendor contracts contain “evergreen” clauses, although this too is largely a matter of administrative convenience, because the contracts are nevertheless typically terminable on short notice, and because no purchase and sale obligation in any event arises other than pursuant to an accepted purchase order. When negotiating with customers and vendors, we seek the most favorable terms available under the circumstances. Our preferred vendor terms include, among others, terms that provide for product warranty and return rights, as well as product liability and intellectual property indemnification rights, in each case consistent with our preferred business methods and objectives. We have not been able, nor do we expect in the future to be able to negotiate the inclusion of all our preferred terms, or our preferred language for those terms, in every contract. The degree of our success in this regard is largely a function of the parties’ relative bargaining positions.

12

When unable to negotiate the inclusion of our preferred terms or preferred language in a particular vendor contract, we assess any increased risk presented, as well as mitigating factors, analyze our overall business objectives, and then proceed accordingly.  In some instances, we refuse the contract and seek other sources for the product, and in other instances business objectives and circumstances are determined to outweigh or mitigate any increased risk, or otherwise dictate that we proceed with the contract, notwithstanding.  We consistently seek to manage contractual risks resulting from vendor contracts not including our preferred terms or language. However, these risks persist, and even when we are successful in negotiating our preferred terms, performance of these terms is not assured.

If our vendors or suppliers refuse to, or for any reason are unable to, supply products to us in sufficient quantities to meet demand, or at all, and if we are not able to procure those products from alternative sources, we may not be able to maintain appropriate inventory levels to meet customer demand and our financial position and results of operations would be adversely affected. Similarly, if customers decide to purchase from other sources, instead of from us, or experience significant changes in demand internally or from their own customer bases, become financially unstable, or are acquired by another company, our ability to generate revenues from these customers may, or in some cases would, be significantly affected, resulting in an adverse effect on our financial position and results of operations.

The loss or any change in the business habits of key customers or vendors may have a material adverse effect on our financial position and results of operations.

Because our standing arrangements and agreements with our customers and vendors typically contain no purchase or sale obligations and are terminable by either party upon several months or otherwise relatively short notice, we are subject to significant risks associated with the loss or change at any time in the business habits and financial condition of key customers or vendors. We have experienced the loss and changes in the business habits of key customer and vendor relationships in the past and expect to do so again in the future.

Sales of products purchased from our largest wireless infrastructure (11%) and mobile device and accessories (10%) suppliers, generated approximately 21% of our total revenues in fiscal year 2018, and sales from our largest ten vendors generated approximately 43% of fiscal year 2018 total revenues.  As is the case with many of our vendor and customer relationships, our contractual arrangements with these large vendors are terminable by either party upon several months’ notice. If these contracts or our relationships with these vendors terminate for any reason, or if any of our other significant vendor relationships terminate for any reason, and we are not able to sell or procure a sufficient supply of those products from alternative sources, or at all, our financial position and results of operations would be adversely affected. Our vendors are subject to many if not all of the same (or similar) risks and uncertainties to which we are subject, as well as other risks and uncertainties, and we compete with others for their business. Accordingly, we are at a continual risk of loss of their business on account of a number of factors and forces, many of which are largely beyond our control.

In fiscal year 2018, no customer accounted for more than 10% of our total revenues. However, in the retail market, 46% of our sales are made to five customers. Also, customer mix can change rapidly, and we may see changes in customer concentrations in the future.  If any of our significant customer relationships terminate for any reason, and we are not able to replace those customers and associated revenues, our financial position and results of operations would be adversely affected.

The loss of customer relationships and the corresponding reduction in the volume of product sales identified to those relationships, can also affect our negotiating ability with vendors supplying those products.  This can affect our margins in sales of those products to other customers.  If we are unable to replace those products at favorable pricing and terms, or if we are unable to acquire those products from vendors or offer those products to our customers on favorable terms, our competitiveness may suffer and result in reduced revenues and profits.  Like our vendors, our customers are subject to many if not all of the same (or similar) risks and uncertainties to which we are subject, as well as other risks and uncertainties, and we compete with others for their business.  Accordingly, we are at continual risk of loss of their business on account of a number of factors and forces, many of which are largely beyond our control.

There can be no assurance that we will be successful in replacing any of our past, present or future vendor or customer relationships if and when lost, or that we will not suffer a substantial reduction in revenues as a result of loss of

13

any such relationship. As such, vendor, customer, or revenue loss would adversely affect our financial position and results of operations.

Changes in customer or product mix could cause our gross margin percentage to decline.

We continually experience changes in customer and product mix that affects gross margin. Changes in customer and product mix result primarily from changes in customer demand, customer acquisitions, selling and marketing activities and competition.   

Our business depends on the continued tendency of wireless equipment manufacturers and network operators to outsource aspects of their business to us in the future.

We provide functions such as distribution, inventory management, fulfillment, customized packaging, e-commerce solutions, and other outsourced services for many wireless manufacturers and network operators. Certain wireless equipment manufacturers and network operators have elected, and others may elect, to undertake these services internally. Additionally, our customer service levels, industry consolidation, competition, deregulation, technological changes or other developments could reduce the degree to which members of the global wireless industry rely on outsourced logistic services such as the services we provide. Any significant change in the market for our outsourced services could have a material adverse effect on our business. Our outsourced services are generally provided under short-term contractual arrangements. The failure to obtain renewals or otherwise maintain these agreements on terms, including price, consistent with our current terms could have an adverse effect on our business.

We require substantial capital to operate, and the inability to obtain financing on favorable terms will adversely impact our business, financial position and results of operations.

Our business requires substantial capital to operate and to finance accounts receivable and product inventory that are not financed by trade creditors. We have historically relied upon cash generated from operations, revolving credit facilities and trade credit from our vendors to satisfy our capital needs and finance growth. As the financial markets change and new regulations come into effect, the cost of acquiring financing and the methods of financing may change. Changes in our credit rating or other market factors may increase our interest expense or other costs of capital, or capital may not be available to us on competitive terms to fund our working capital needs. Our existing secured revolving credit facility contains various financial and other covenants that may limit our ability to borrow or limit our flexibility in responding to business conditions. The inability to maintain or when necessary obtain adequate sources of financing could have an adverse effect on our business. Our existing secured revolving credit facility includes variable rate debt, thus exposing us to risk of fluctuations in interest rates. Such fluctuations in interest rates could have an adverse effect on our business, financial position and results of operations. We may in the future use interest rate swaps in an effort to achieve a desired proportion of fixed and variable rate debt. We would utilize these derivative financial instruments to enhance our ability to manage risk, including interest rate exposures that exist as part of our ongoing business operations. However, our use of these instruments may not effectively limit or eliminate our exposure to a decline in operating results due to changes in interest rates.

Our ability to maintain and borrow under our revolving credit agreement could be constrained by the level of eligible receivables and by any failure to meet certain financial and other covenants in our revolving credit agreement.

Our borrowing availability under our secured revolving credit facility is determined in part by a borrowing base and is limited to certain amounts of eligible accounts receivable.  If the value of these accounts receivable were to decrease significantly, the amount available for borrowing under the facility would decrease and our ability to borrow under the facility could be significantly impacted. Borrowing under the facility is also conditioned upon compliance with financial and other covenants included in the revolving credit agreement and a related guaranty and security agreement. Among these is a covenant to maintain a fixed charge coverage ratio at any time during which the borrowing availability is otherwise less than $10 million. There are no assurances that we will be able to comply with all applicable covenants in these agreements, and in the event that we do not, our ability to borrow under our secured revolving credit facility could be limited or suspended, or could terminate. 

14

If we fail to meet our payment or other obligations under our secured revolving credit facility, our lenders could foreclose on, and acquire control of, a significant portion of our assets.

Indebtedness under our secured revolving credit facility is secured by continuing first priority security interests in our inventory, accounts receivable, and deposit accounts, and on all documents, instruments, general intangibles, letter of credit rights, and chattel paper relating to inventory and accounts, and to all proceeds of the foregoing.  If we fail to meet our payment or other obligations under our secured revolving credit facility, our lenders could foreclose on these assets, which would have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. 

Compliance with regulations regarding the use of “conflict minerals” could limit the supply and increase the cost of certain of our products, and customers may seek other sources if we are unable to demonstrate to their satisfaction that our products are conflict free.

Increased focus on environmental protection and social responsibility initiatives led to the passage of Section 1502 of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010 (the "Dodd-Frank Act"), and its implementing SEC regulations.  The Dodd-Frank Act imposes supply chain diligence and disclosure requirements for certain manufacturers of products containing specific minerals that may originate in or near the Democratic Republic of the Congo (the "DRC") and finance or benefit local armed groups. These "conflict minerals" are commonly found in certain of the products that we acquire from vendors and distribute to customers and are also found in certain products in our Ventev® product line that we contract to be manufactured by others or that we assemble.  The implementation of these regulations may limit the sourcing and availability of some of the raw materials used in certain of these products. This in turn may affect our ability to obtain sufficient quantities of our products and may affect related pricing. Because we are considered a manufacturer of certain of our Ventev® products, we are subject to additional “conflict minerals” diligence and disclosure requirements with regard to these products.   Some of our customers may elect to disqualify us as a supplier if we are unable to verify that the products we sell to them are DRC conflict free.

Weakness in the global economic environment may have significant effects on our customers and suppliers that could result in material adverse effects on our business, operating results, and stock price.

Weakness in the global economic environment – may include, among other things, significant reductions in available capital and liquidity from banks and other providers of credit, substantial reductions and/or fluctuations in equity and currency values worldwide, significant decreases in consumer confidence and consumer and business spending, high rates of unemployment and concerns that the worldwide economy experience other significant challenges – could materially adversely affect our customers’ access to capital or willingness to spend capital on our products, and/or their levels of cash liquidity with which to pay for our products. In addition, our suppliers’ access to capital and liquidity could be affected, which may in turn adversely impact their ability to maintain inventories, production levels, and/or product quality, or cause them to raise prices or lower production levels, or result in their ceasing operation.

The potential effects of weakness in the global economic environment are difficult to forecast and mitigate. As a consequence, our operating results for a particular period may be more difficult to predict. Any of the foregoing effects could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition, and could adversely affect our stock price.

We may be unable to successfully execute our merchandising and marketing strategic initiatives.

We are focusing our sales and marketing efforts and initiatives to maximize sales. If we fail to successfully execute these initiatives, our business, financial position and results of operations could be adversely affected.

15

The telecommunications products marketplace is dynamic and challenging because of the continued introduction of new products and services.

We must constantly introduce new products, services and product features to meet competitive pressures. We may be unable to timely change our existing merchandise sales mix in order to meet these competitive pressures, which may result in increased inventory costs, inventory write-offs or loss of market share.

Additionally, our inventory may also lose value due to price changes made by our significant vendors, in cases where our arrangements with these vendors do not provide for inventory price protection, or in cases where the vendor is unable or unwilling to provide these protections.

Consolidation among wireless service carriers could result in the loss of significant customers.

The wireless service carrier industry has experienced significant consolidation in recent years. If any of our significant customers or partners are acquired or consolidate with other carriers, or are otherwise involved in any significant transaction that results in them ceasing to do business with us, or significantly reducing the level of business that they do with us, our revenues from those customers could be affected, resulting in an adverse effect on our financial position and results of operations.

The failure of our information systems, or our inability to maintain or upgrade our information systems without incident or delay, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial position and results of operations.

We are highly dependent upon our internal computer and electronic and telecommunication systems, many of which are proprietary, to operate our business. These systems support all aspects of our business operations, including means of internal and external communication, inventory and order management, shipping, receiving and accounting. Most of our information systems contain a number of internally developed applications. In addition, all of these systems require continued maintenance and also require upgrading or replacement from time to time. There can be no assurance that these systems will not fail or experience disruptions, that we will be able to attract and retain qualified personnel necessary for the operation of such systems, that we will be able to expand and improve our systems, that we will be able to convert to new systems efficiently as and when necessary, or that we will be able to integrate new programs effectively with our existing programs. We like most businesses are continually engaged in an effort to defend against and to ward off attacks from hackers and others, and have experienced cyber-attacks from time to time.  Any of such problems, or any significant damage or destruction of these systems, including pursuant to or as a result of system security breaches, data protection breaches or other cyber-attacks, could harm our relationship with our customers or suppliers. Corrective action and compliance with applicable privacy and data protection laws could be costly. Any of these or similar events or occurrences could have an adverse effect on our business, financial position and results of operations. 

We depend heavily on e-commerce, and website security breaches or internet disruptions could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial position and results of operations.

We rely on the internet (including TESSCO.com®) for a significant percentage of our orders and information exchanges with our customers. The internet and individual websites have experienced a number of disruptions and slowdowns, some of which were caused by organized attacks. In addition, some websites have experienced security breakdowns. There can be no assurances that our website will not experience any material breakdowns, disruptions or breaches in security. If we were to experience a security breakdown, disruption or breach that compromised sensitive information, this could harm our relationship with our customers or suppliers. Disruption of our website or the internet in general could impair our order processing or more generally prevent our customers and suppliers from accessing information or placing orders. This could have an adverse effect on our business, financial position and results of operations.

16

System security breaches or data protection breaches could adversely disrupt our business and harm our reputation, financial position and results of operations.

We manage and store various proprietary information and sensitive or confidential data relating to our business. In addition, we routinely process, store and transmit large amounts of data, including sensitive and personally identifiable information, including customer credit card data and other information. Breaches of our security measures or the accidental loss, inadvertent disclosure or unapproved dissemination of proprietary information or sensitive or confidential data about us or our customers or vendors, including the potential loss or disclosure of such information or data as a result of fraud, trickery or other forms of deception, could expose us, our customers or the individuals affected to a risk of loss or misuse of this information, result in litigation and potential liability for us, damage our brand and reputation or otherwise harm our business. In addition, the cost and operational consequences of implementing further data protection measures could be significant. Such breaches, costs and consequences could adversely affect our business, results of operations or cash flows.

We are also subject to payment card association operating rules, certification requirements and rules governing electronic funds transfers, including the Payment Card Industry Data Security Standard (PCI DSS), a security standard applicable to companies that collect, store or transmit certain data regarding credit and debit cards, holders and transactions.  From time to time we may not be fully or materially compliant with PCI DSS or other payment card operating rules.  Any failure to comply fully or materially with the PCI DSS now or at any point in the future may violate payment card association operating rules and the terms of our contracts with payment processors and merchant banks, and could subject us to fines, penalties, damages and civil liability, and could result in the loss of our ability to accept credit and debit card payments.  Recently, we conducted an internal assessment of systems relative to PCI-DSS compliance and determined that we were unable to certify as to full compliance with current standards.  As a result, we are now upgrading select systems in order to address identified issues or concerns.  These efforts are costly and there is no guarantee that we will be successful or avoid fines, penalties, damages or civil liability, and even if successful, there is no guarantee that PCI DSS compliance will prevent illegal or improper use of our payment systems or the theft, loss or misuse of data pertaining to credit and debit cards, credit and debit card holders and credit and debit card transactions.

The inability to hire or retain certain key professionals, management and staff could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

The nature of our business includes (but is not limited to) a high volume of transactions, business complexity, wide geographical coverage, and broad scope of products, suppliers, and customers. In order to compete, we must attract, retain and motivate executives and other key employees, including those in managerial, technical, sales, marketing and support positions. Hiring and retaining qualified executives, information technology and business generation personnel are critical to our business.  The loss of any of the members of our senior management team, could have an adverse effect on our business, financial position and results of operations.

To attract, retain and motivate qualified employees, we rely heavily on stock-based incentive awards such as Performance Stock Units (PSUs) and stock options. If performance targets associated with PSUs are not met, or the value of such awards does not appreciate as measured by the performance of the price of our common stock and/or if our other stock-based compensation, such as stock options, otherwise ceases to be viewed as a valuable benefit, our ability to attract, retain and motivate our employees could be adversely impacted, which could negatively affect our business, financial position and results of operations and/or require us to increase the amount we spend on cash and other forms of compensation. Our ability to issue PSUs, stock options and other equity instruments is also limited by the provisions of and our available shares under our current and/or future stock incentive plans, which may be subject to shareholder approval. We may currently issue awards under our incentive plan only through July 21, 2021, and as of May 10, 2018, there were 245,450 shares available for future awards. Therefore, our ability to offer stock-based incentive awards may be limited, which may have an adverse effect on our continued ability to attract and retain, and motivate, our employees, and, subsequently, on our business, financial position and results of operations. In addition, an increase in the number of shares for future awards, under either current or future compensation or incentive plans or arrangements could lead to dilution of our other stockholders.

17

The damage or destruction of any of our principal distribution or administrative facilities could materially adversely impact our business, financial position and results of operations.

If either of our distribution centers in Hunt Valley, Maryland or Reno, Nevada, were to be significantly damaged or destroyed, we could suffer a loss of product inventory and our ability to conduct our business in the ordinary course could be materially and adversely affected. Similarly, if our office locations in Maryland, Nevada or Texas were to be significantly damaged or destroyed, our ability to conduct marketing, sales and other corporate activities in the ordinary course could be adversely affected.

We depend on third parties to manufacture products that we distribute and, accordingly, rely on their quality control procedures.

Product manufacturers typically provide limited warranties directly to the end consumer or to us, which we generally pass through to our customers. If a product we distribute for a manufacturer has quality or performance problems, our ability to provide products to our customers could be disrupted, which could adversely affect our operations.

We are subject to potential declines in inventory value.

We are subject to the risk that the value of our inventory will decline as a result of price reductions by vendors or technological obsolescence or failure. It is the policy of many of our vendors to protect distributors like us from the loss in value of inventory due to technological change or failure, or the vendors’ price reductions. Some vendors (including those who manufacture our proprietary products), however, may be unwilling or unable to pay us for price protection claims or products returned to them under purchase agreements. No assurance can be given that such practices to protect distributors like us will continue, that unforeseen new product developments, product failure or product obsolescence will not adversely affect us, or that we will be able to successfully manage our existing and future inventories.

Our future operating results depend on our ability to purchase a sufficient amount of finished goods and bulk inventory to meet the demands of our customers.

Our ability to meet customers' demands depends, in part, on our ability to obtain timely and adequate delivery of inventory from our suppliers. We have experienced shortages in the past that have negatively impacted our operations. Although we work closely with our suppliers to avoid these types of shortages, there can be no assurances that we will not encounter these problems in the future. Furthermore, certain of our products or components are available only from a single source or limited sources. We may not be able to diversify sources in a timely manner. A reduction or interruption in supplies or a significant increase in the price of supplies could have a negative impact on our results of operations or financial condition.

If our business does not perform well, or if we otherwise experience a decline in the fair values of a portion or all of our business, we may be required to recognize impairments of our intangible or other long-lived assets, which could adversely affect our results of operations or financial condition.

Goodwill and indefinite lived intangible assets are initially recorded at fair value and are not amortized, but are reviewed for impairment at least annually or more frequently if impairment indicators are present.

In assessing the recoverability of goodwill and indefinite lived intangible assets, we make estimates and assumptions about sales, operating margin, growth rates and discount rates based on our budgets, business plans, economic projections, anticipated future cash flows and marketplace data. There are inherent uncertainties related to these factors and management’s judgment in applying these factors. We first perform a qualitative analysis to determine if it is more likely than not that goodwill or indefinite lived intangible assets are impaired. This analysis includes assumptions and estimates related to macroeconomic, industry and company specific events and trends. In the event that we find it is more likely than not that an impairment has occurred a quantitative analysis is performed. Goodwill and indefinite lived asset valuations are calculated using an income approach based on the present value of future cash flows of each reporting unit. We could be required to evaluate the recoverability of goodwill and indefinite lived assets prior to the annual assessment if we experience disruptions to the business, unexpected significant declines in operating results, divestiture of a significant

18

component of our business or sustained market capitalization declines. These types of events and the resulting analyses could result in goodwill and indefinite lived asset impairment charges in the future. Impairment charges could substantially affect our financial results in the periods of such charges. In addition, impairment charges would negatively impact our financial ratios and could limit our ability to obtain financing in the future. As of April 1, 2018, we had $12.5 million of goodwill and indefinite lived intangible assets, which represented approximately 6.3% of total assets.

Deferred income tax represents the tax effect of the differences between the book and tax bases of assets and liabilities. Deferred tax assets are assessed periodically by management to determine if they are realizable. Factors in management’s determination include the performance of the business, projections of future taxable income, and the feasibility of ongoing tax planning strategies. If based on available information, it is more likely than not that the deferred income tax asset will not be realized then a valuation allowance must be established with a corresponding charge to net income. Such charges could have an adverse effect on our results of operations or financial condition.

Our future results of operations may be impacted by prolonged weakness in the economic environment which may result in an impairment of any goodwill recorded and/or other long-lived assets or the recording of a valuation allowance on our deferred tax assets, which could adversely affect our results of operations or financial condition.

We primarily rely on trademark filings and confidentiality agreements to protect our intellectual property rights.

In an effort to protect our intellectual property, including our product data, customer information and information technology systems, through trademark filings and nondisclosure, confidentiality and trade secret agreements, we typically require our employees, consultants and others having access to this information or our technology to execute confidentiality and non-disclosure agreements. These agreements, however, may not provide us with adequate protection against improper use or disclosure of confidential information, and these agreements may be breached. A breach of confidentiality could adversely affect our business. In addition, in some situations, these agreements may conflict with, or be subject to, the rights of third parties with whom our employees, consultants and others have previous employment or consulting relationships. Also, others may independently develop substantially equivalent proprietary information and techniques or otherwise gain access to our trade secrets. Adequate remedies may not exist in the event of unauthorized use or disclosure of our confidential information. The disclosure of our proprietary information or trade secrets could impair our competitive position and could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Others may obtain patent protection for technologies that are important to our business, and as a result, our business, financial position and results of operations may be adversely affected. In response to patents of others, we may need to license the rights to use the technology patented by others, or in the event that a license cannot be obtained, design our systems around the patents of others. There can be no assurances as to our ability to obtain any such licenses or to design around the patents of others, and our inability to do so could have an adverse effect on our business, financial position and results of operations.

We offer credit to our customers and, therefore, are subject to significant credit risk.

We sell our products to a large and diverse customer base. We finance a significant portion of such sales through trade credit, typically by providing 30-day payment terms. As a result, our business could be adversely affected in the event of a deterioration of the financial condition of our customers, resulting in the customers’ inability to repay us. This risk may increase if there is a general economic downturn affecting a large number of our customers and in the event our customers do not adequately manage their business or properly disclose their financial condition. Also, several of our larger customers, including tier 1 carrier customers, require greater than 30-day payment terms which could increase our credit risk and decrease our operating cash flow. 

We may explore additional growth through acquisitions.

As part of our growth strategy, we may continue to pursue the acquisition of companies that either complement or expand our existing business. As a result, we regularly evaluate potential acquisition opportunities, which may be material in size and scope. In addition to those risks to which our business and the acquired businesses are generally subject to, the acquisition of these businesses gives rise to transactional and transitional risks, and the risk that the anticipated benefits will not be realized.

19

Risks associated with the foreign suppliers from whom our products are sourced could adversely affect our financial performance.

The products we sell are sourced from a wide variety of domestic and international suppliers. Global sourcing of many of the products we sell is an important factor in our financial performance. Since the onset of the weakness in the global economic environment in 2008, certain of our suppliers, particularly those in the far-east, have experienced financial difficulties and we believe it is possible that a limited number of suppliers may either cease operations or require increased prices in order to fulfill their obligations. Changes in our relationships with suppliers or increases in the costs of purchased raw materials, component parts or finished goods could result in delays, inefficiencies or our inability to market products. In addition, our profit margins would decrease if prices of purchased raw materials, component parts, or finished goods increase and we are unable to pass on those increases to our customers. The adoption or expansion of trade restrictions or the occurrence of trade wars could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial position and results of operation.

We rely on independent shipping companies to deliver inventory to us and to ship products to customers.

We rely on arrangements with independent shipping companies, for the delivery of our products from vendors and to customers. The failure or inability of these shipping companies to deliver products, or the unavailability of their shipping services, even temporarily, could have a material adverse effect on our business. We may also be adversely affected by an increase in freight surcharges due to rising fuel costs and added security. This could adversely impact our selling, general and administrative expenses or lead to price increases to our customers which could decrease customer demand for our products.

Changes in accounting rules could have a material adverse impact on our results of operations.

We prepare our financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. These accounting principles are subject to interpretation by the Financial Accounting Standards Board, the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board, the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC), the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and various other bodies formed to interpret and create appropriate accounting policies. A change in these policies or a new interpretation of an existing policy could have a significant effect on our reported results and may affect our reporting of transactions.

Changes in income tax and other regulatory legislation.

We operate in compliance with applicable laws and regulations and make plans for our structure and operations based upon existing laws and anticipated future changes in the law. When new legislation is enacted with minimal advance notice, or when new interpretations or applications of existing laws are made, we may need to implement changes in our policies or structure. We are susceptible to unanticipated changes in legislation, especially relating to income and other taxes, import/export laws, hazardous materials and other laws related to trade, accounting and business activities. Such changes in legislation may have an adverse effect on our business.

On December 22, 2017, President Trump signed into law the statute originally named the “Tax Cuts and Jobs Act” (the “2017 Tax Act”) which enacts a broad range of changes to the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. The 2017 Tax Act, among other things, includes changes to U.S. federal tax rates, imposes significant additional limitations on the deductibility of interest and net operating losses, allows for the expensing of certain capital expenditures, and modifies the tax treatment of certain intercompany transactions. We continue to examine the impact this tax legislation may have on our business.

We may be subject to litigation.

We may be subject to legal claims or regulatory matters involving stockholder, consumer, antitrust, intellectual property and other issues. Litigation is subject to inherent uncertainties, and unfavorable rulings could occur. An unfavorable ruling could include monetary damages or other adverse effects. Were an unfavorable ruling to occur, there

20

exists the possibility of a material adverse impact on our business, financial position and results of operations for the period in which the ruling occurred or future periods.

We may incur product liability claims which could be costly and could harm our reputation.

The sale of our products subjects us to the risk of product liability claims. We have also been increasing our focus on sales of our proprietary Ventev® products and on providing an increased level of support services, including product and network designs, which also subjects us to risk of product liability and performance claim risk. We seek to allocate product liability risk to our vendors where available, but may not be successful in doing so. We currently maintain product liability insurance, but our product liability insurance coverage is subject to various coverage exclusions and limits and may not be obtainable in the future on terms acceptable to us, or at all. We do not know whether claims against us with respect to our products and services, if any, would be successfully defended or whether we might be successful in allocating that risk to others, or whether our insurance would be sufficient to cover liabilities resulting from such claims. Any claims successfully brought against us could adversely affect our financial condition, and if substantial and relating to our products or industry generally, could adversely affect our business as a whole.

Our expanding offering of private labeled products may have a negative impact on our relationship with our manufacturer partners.

Our product offering includes a growing number of our own proprietary products, which represented approximately 13% of our sales in fiscal year 2018. Our proprietary products often compete with other manufacturers' branded items that we offer. A manufacturer may choose to not sell its products to us, or may substantially increase the price of products to us, in response to the competition created by the sales of our proprietary branded products. Either could have an adverse effect on our business and financial performance.

A significant portion of our product offerings, including a majority of our private label Ventev products and products we acquire from our vendors, are manufactured in foreign countries, making the price and availability of these products susceptible to international trade risks and other international conditions.

A significant portion of our products are manufactured in foreign countries, including Mexico and China.  The countries, specifically Mexico and China, in which many of our products currently are manufactured or may be manufactured in the future could become subject to trade restrictions imposed by the U.S., including increased tariffs or quotas, embargoes and customs restrictions, which could increase the cost or reduce the supply of products available to us and have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Recently, uncertainty has increased regarding tax and trade policies, border adjustments, tariffs and government regulations affecting trade between the U.S. and other countries, such as Mexico and China. This includes the possibility of imposing tariffs or penalties on products manufactured outside the United States, including the March 22, 2018 announcement of the United States government’s institution of a 25% tariff on a range of products from China.  China thereafter announced a plan to impose tariffs on a wide range of American products in retaliation for such American tariffs. There is also a concern that the imposition of additional tariffs by the United States could result in the adoption of tariffs by other countries as well. Such tariffs on imports from foreign countries, as well as changes in tax and trade policies such as a border adjustment tax or disallowance of certain tax deductions for imported product, if enacted, could materially increase our manufacturing costs, the costs of our imported product or our income tax expense, which would have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. Any tariffs by China or other foreign countries on imports of our products could also adversely affect our international e-commerce sales. Any increase in manufacturing costs, the cost of our products or limitation on the amount of products we are able to purchase, could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

21

Legislative or regulatory action could be taken that could limit our ability to use certain foreign vendors to supply us with products. 

Members of the U.S. Congress and certain regulatory agencies have raised concerns about American companies purchasing equipment and software from Chinese telecommunications companies, including concerns relating to alleged violations of intellectual property rights by Chinese companies and potential security risks posed by U.S. companies purchasing technical equipment and software from Chinese companies. In October 2012, the U.S. House of Representatives Permanent Select Committee on Intelligence issued a report asserting that network equipment manufactured by Chinese telecommunications companies poses a security threat to the United States and recommending the use of other network vendors.  The report also recommends that Congress consider adopting legislation to address these and other purported risks.  U.S. intelligence agencies have warned American citizens regarding the potential security risk associated with products – including cellular phones and other equipment – manufactured by Huawei Technology Co. and ZTE Corporation. While we do not currently include either of these companies among our vendors, any legislative or regulatory requirement that restricts us from purchasing or utilizing equipment or software from Chinese or other foreign companies with which we do or seek to do business, any determination by foreign companies upon which we rely to cease doing business in the United States, or any determination that we otherwise make that it is either necessary or advantageous for us to cease doing business with such foreign companies, could limit our product offerings, result in increased costs of goods and have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. 

Claims that our products infringe the proprietary rights of others could harm our business and cause us to incur significant costs.

Our industry has increasingly been subject to patent and other intellectual property rights litigation. We expect this trend to continue and accelerate and expect that we may be required to defend against this type of litigation, not only asserted against our own intellectual property rights, but also against the intellectual property of products which we have purchased for resale. Further, we may be obligated to indemnify and defend our customers if the products or services we supply to them are alleged to infringe a third party’s intellectual property rights. While we may be able to seek indemnification from our suppliers to protect our customers and us from such claims, there is no assurance that we will be successful in negotiating contractual terms with our suppliers to provide for such indemnification, or that we will otherwise be successful in obtaining such indemnification or that we will be protected from such claims. We may also be prohibited from marketing products, could be forced to market products without desirable features, or could incur substantial costs to defend legal actions, including where third parties claim that we or vendors who may or may not have indemnified us are infringing upon their intellectual property rights. In recent years, individuals and groups have begun purchasing intellectual property assets for the sole purpose of making claims of infringement and attempting to extract settlements from target companies. Even if we believe that such infringement claims are without merit, the claims can be time-consuming and costly to defend and divert management’s attention and resources away from our business. Claims of intellectual property infringement may require us to enter into costly settlements or pay costly damage awards, or face a temporary or permanent injunction prohibiting us from marketing or selling certain products or services, which could affect our ability to compete effectively. If an infringement claim is successful, we may be required to pay damages or seek royalty or license arrangements, which may not be available on commercially reasonable terms. Even if we have an agreement that indemnifies us against such costs, the indemnifying party may be unable or unwilling to uphold its contractual obligations to us.

We may be adversely affected by future laws or regulations.

We are subject to various U.S. Federal, state and local, and non-U.S. laws and regulations. We cannot predict the substance or impact of pending or future legislation or regulations, or the application thereof. The introduction of new laws or regulations or changes in existing laws or regulations, or the interpretations thereof, could increase the cost of doing business for us or our customers or vendors or restrict our actions and adversely affect our financial condition, operating results and cash flows. For example, annual disclosure and reporting requirements relating to the SEC’s conflict minerals rule require us to perform a reasonable country of origin inquiry and conduct further due diligence measures on our supply chain. There are costs and uncertainties associated with complying with these disclosure requirements, including for diligence to determine the sources of conflict minerals that we may find to be used in our products.  

22

RISKS RELATED TO OWNERSHIP OF OUR COMMON STOCK

A significant portion of our voting stock is controlled by our executive officers, directors and beneficial owners of 5% or more of our common stock.

Our executive officers, directors and beneficial owners of 5% or more of our common stock and their affiliates, in the aggregate, beneficially owned approximately 49% of our outstanding common stock as of April 1, 2018. Robert B. Barnhill, Jr., our Executive Chairman and Chairman of the Board, beneficially owned approximately 20% of our outstanding common stock as of April 1, 2018. Should these shareholders decide to act together, they would have the ability to significantly influence all matters requiring shareholder approval, including the election of directors and any significant corporate transaction requiring shareholder approval.

We may not be able to continue to pay dividends on our common stock in the future, which could impair the value of our common stock.

We have paid a quarterly dividend on our common stock since the second quarter of fiscal year 2010. Any future declaration of dividends remains subject to further determination from time to time by our Board of Directors. Our ability to pay dividends in the future will depend on our financial results, liquidity and financial condition. Under Delaware law, dividends to shareholders may be made only from the surplus of a company, or, in certain situations, from the net profits for the current fiscal year or the fiscal year before which the dividend is declared.  Our secured revolving credit facility restricts our ability to pay cash dividends upon a default, and when our borrowing availability is below $15.0 million, or in certain more limited circumstances $11.3 million, and contains other financial covenants and ratios that could restrict future dividend payments. There is no assurance that we will be able to pay dividends in the future, or if we are able to, that our Board of Directors will continue to declare dividends in the future, at current rates or at all.  If we discontinue or reduce the amount or frequency of dividends, the value of our common stock may be impaired.

Our quarterly financial results may fluctuate, which could lead to volatility in our stock price.

Our revenue and operating results have fluctuated from quarter to quarter in the past and may continue to do so in the future. As a result, you should not rely on quarter-to-quarter comparisons of our operating results as an indication of our future performance. Fluctuations in our revenue and operating results could negatively affect the trading price of our stock. In addition, our revenue and results of operations may, in the future, be below the expectations of analysts and investors, which could cause our stock price to decline. Factors that are likely to cause our revenue and operating results to fluctuate include the risk factors discussed throughout this section.

Without approval of our Board of Directors, it may be difficult for a third party to acquire control of the Company. This could affect the price of our common stock.

Certain provisions of our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, including advance notice bylaws, certain arrangements to which we are party, and applicable provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law (DGCL) may each make it more difficult for or may prevent a third party from acquiring control of us or changing our Board of Directors and management. We are afforded the protections of Section 203 of the DGCL, which will prevent us from engaging in a business combination with a person who acquires at least 15% of our common stock for a period of three years from the date such person acquired such common stock, unless Board of Director or shareholder approval were obtained. Some believe that the provisions described above, as well as any resulting delay or prevention of a change of control transaction or changes in our Board of Directors or management, could deter potential acquirers or prevent the completion of a transaction in which our shareholders could receive a substantial premium over the then current market price for their shares. We, on the other hand, believe that these provisions serve to protect our shareholders against abusive takeover tactics, to preserve and maximize the value of the Company for all shareholders, and to better ensure that each shareholder will be treated fairly in the event of an unsolicited offer to acquire the Company.

23

Potential uncertainty resulting from unsolicited acquisition proposals and related matters may adversely affect our business.

In the past we have received, and in the future, we may receive, unsolicited proposals to acquire our company or our assets. For example, in September 2010, the Board of Directors received an unsolicited non-binding proposal for the acquisition of all of our stock. The review and consideration of acquisition proposals and related matters could require the expenditure of significant management time and personnel resources. Such proposals may also create uncertainty for our employees, customers and vendors. Any such uncertainty could make it more difficult for us to retain key employees and hire new talent, and could cause our customers and vendors to not enter into new arrangements with us or to terminate existing arrangements. Additionally, we and members of our Board of Directors could be subject to future lawsuits related to unsolicited proposals to acquire us. Any such future lawsuits could become time consuming and expensive.

Our quarterly operating results are subject to significant fluctuation.

Our operating results have fluctuated from quarter to quarter in the past, and we expect that they will continue to do so in the future. Our earnings may not continue to grow at rates similar to the growth rates achieved in recent years and may fall short of either a prior fiscal period or investors’ expectations. Most of our operating expenses, such as compensation expenses, do not vary directly with the amount of sales and are difficult to adjust in the short term. As a result, if sales in a particular quarter are below expectations for that quarter, we may not proportionately reduce operating expenses for that quarter, and therefore such a sales shortfall would have a disproportionate effect on our net income for the quarter.

Item 1B.Unresolved Staff Comments.

None.

Item 2. Properties.

Our corporate headquarters and primary distribution center, known as the Global Logistics Center (GLC), is located in a Company-owned 184,000 square-foot facility north of Baltimore, in Hunt Valley, Maryland.

Our sales, marketing and administrative offices are located in 102,200 square feet of leased office space near the GLC, in Timonium, Maryland. The monthly rent payments range from $169,400 to $185,100 throughout the remaining lease term, which expires on December 31, 2020.

In addition, we lease 66,000 square feet of office and warehouse space adjacent to the GLC in Hunt Valley, Maryland. The monthly rent for this facility ranges from $37,100 to $39,300 throughout the remaining lease term, which expires on July 31, 2020, subject to our annual option to terminate.

Additional sales and marketing offices are located in 13,100 square feet of leased office space in San Antonio, Texas. Monthly rent payments range from $16,900 to $19,100 and the lease expires October 31, 2021.

West coast sales and fulfillment are facilitated by our Company-owned 115,000 square-foot Americas Sales & Logistics Center (ALC) located in Reno, Nevada. The ALC is used to configure and fulfill product and supply chain solutions, provide disaster backup for the GLC, and allow for future growth of staffing and increased fulfillment capabilities.

While we anticipate the need for additional space, we believe our existing facilities are generally adequate for our current requirements and that suitable additional space will be available as needed to accommodate future expansion of our operations. 

24

Item 3. Legal Proceedings.

Lawsuits and claims are filed against us from time to time in the ordinary course of business. We do not believe that any lawsuits or claims currently pending against the Company, individually or in the aggregate, are material, or will have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations. In addition, from time to time, we are also subject to review from federal and state taxing authorities in order to validate the amounts of income, sales and/or use taxes which have been claimed and remitted. No federal, state and local tax returns are currently under examination.

As we are routinely audited by state taxing authorities, we have estimated exposure and established reserves for our estimated sales tax audit liability.

Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures

Not applicable.

25

Part II

Item 5. Market for Registrant's Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities.

Our common stock has been publicly traded since September 28, 1994, on the NASDAQ Market (currently NASDAQ Global Select), under the symbol "TESS." The quarterly range of prices per share during fiscal years 2017 and 2018 are as follows:

					Dividends
	High		Low		Declared
Fiscal Year 2017
First Quarter	$	18.18	$	12.05	$	0.20
Second Quarter		14.86		12.25		0.20
Third Quarter		13.55		9.75		0.20
Fourth Quarter		15.50		12.50		0.20
Fiscal Year 2018
First Quarter	$	16.25	$	12.35	$	0.20
Second Quarter		14.75		12.15		0.20
Third Quarter		18.00		12.35		0.20
Fourth Quarter		24.85		17.45		0.20

As of May 29, 2018, the number of shareholders of record of the Company was 168. We estimate that the number of beneficial owners as of that date was approximately 3,333.

On July 28, 2009, we announced that our Board of Directors decided to commence a dividend program and we have since declared dividends on a quarterly basis. Any future declaration of dividends and the establishment of any corresponding record and payment dates remains subject to further determination from time to time by the Board of Directors. Additional information with respect to the quarterly dividends declared in fiscal years 2018 and 2017 is contained in our Selected Financial Data. The declaration and payment of future dividends will depend on many factors, including, but not limited to, our earnings, financial condition, business development needs and regulatory considerations, and is at the discretion of our Board of Directors. Our revolving credit facility may limit the amount of cash dividends that we may pay based on financial covenants and ratios that may restrict the future payment of dividends. 

We also withhold shares from our employees and directors from time to time to facilitate employees’ minimum federal and state tax withholdings related to vested performance stock units, restricted stock and exercised stock options. For fiscal years 2018 and 2017 the total value of shares withheld for taxes were $65,400 and $192,400, respectively.

Our secured revolving credit facility with SunTrust Bank restricts our ability to pay dividends and to repurchase our shares, either upon a default or when our borrowing availability is below $15.0 million, or in certain more limited circumstances $11.3 million, and also limits to $2.0 million the aggregate dollar value of shares that may be withheld or repurchased in connection with satisfaction of tax withholding obligations related to vested equity grants during any 12 month period.  This revolving credit facility also contains other financial covenants and ratios that could restrict dividends and repurchases. At April 1, 2018 we had the ability to withhold or repurchase $1.9 million in additional shares of our common stock during fiscal 2018, without violating this covenant.

The information required by Item 201(d) of Regulation S-K, pursuant to paragraph (a) of Item 5 of Form 10-K, is incorporated by reference to the information set forth under the caption “Equity Compensation Plan Information” in the Company’s Proxy Statement for the 2018 Annual Meeting of Shareholders, which is anticipated to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A no later than one hundred twenty (120) days following the end of the fiscal year reported on.

26

Stock Performance Graph

The graph set forth below shows the value of an investment of $100 on April 1, 2013 in each of the Company’s common stock, the Russell 2000 Index and a peer group for the period of April 1, 2013 to April 1, 2018. The graph assumes that all dividends, if any, were reinvested.

	3/31/2013		3/30/2014		3/29/2015		3/27/2016		3/26/2017		4/1/2018
TESSCO Technologies Incorporated	$	100.00	$	166.25	$	123.90	$	87.10	$	80.99	$	131.59
Russell 2000		100.00		122.64		133.80		118.08		150.37		172.09
Peer Group (1)		100.00		119.06		111.33		110.57		123.88		138.75

(1)– The Peer Group consists of the following: W.W. Grainger, Inc., Anixter International Inc., ScanSource, Inc., InfoSonics Corporation, and Tech Data Corp.

27

The peer group was selected based on a review of publicly available information about these companies and the Company’s determination that they are engaged in business similar to that of the Company.

Item 6. Selected Financial Data.

	Fiscal Years Ended
	April 1, 2018			March 26, 2017			March 27, 2016			March 29, 2015			March 30, 2014
STATEMENT OF  INCOME DATA
Revenues	$	580,274,700		$	533,295,100		$	530,682,100		$	549,619,000		$	560,086,600
Cost of goods sold		460,046,300			421,527,300			418,716,200			431,980,500			433,728,700
Gross profit		120,228,400			111,767,800			111,965,900			117,638,500			126,357,900
Selling, general and administrative expenses		112,326,700			108,416,300			102,932,300			102,686,700			99,868,000
Restructuring charge		—			806,600			—			573,400			—
Operating expenses		112,326,700			109,222,900			102,932,300			103,260,100			99,868,000
Income from operations		7,901,700			2,544,900			9,033,600			14,378,400			26,489,900
Interest, net		429,100			58,600			161,300			167,300			177,700
Income before provision for income taxes		7,472,600			2,486,300			8,872,300			14,211,100			26,312,200
Provision for income taxes		2,277,200			1,041,200			3,531,800			5,576,800			10,063,100
Net income	$	5,195,400		$	1,445,100		$	5,340,500		$	8,634,300		$	16,249,100
Diluted earnings per share	$	0.61		$	0.17		$	0.65		$	1.04		$	1.94
Cash dividends declared per common share	$	0.80		$	0.80		$	0.80		$	0.80		$	0.74
Percentage of Revenues
Revenues		100.0	%		100.0	%		100.0	%		100.0	%		100.0	%
Cost of goods sold		79.3			79.0			78.9			78.6			77.4
Gross profit		20.7			21.0			21.1			21.4			22.6
Selling, general and administrative expenses		19.4			20.3			19.4			18.7			17.8
Restructuring charge		—			0.2			—			0.1			—
Operating expenses		19.4			20.5			19.4			18.8			17.8
Income from operations		1.4			0.5			1.7			2.6			4.7
Interest, net		0.1			—			—			—			—
Income before provision for income taxes		1.3			0.5			1.7			2.6			4.7
Provision for income taxes		0.4			0.2			0.7			1.0			1.8
Net income		0.9	%		0.3	%		1.0	%		1.6	%		2.9	%

	Fiscal Years Ended
	April 1, 2018		March 26, 2017		March 27, 2016		March 29, 2015		March 30, 2014
SELECTED OPERATING DATA
Average non-consumer buyers per month	11,600		12,500		12,200		12,400		12,700
Return on assets (1)	2.8	%	0.8	%	3.0	%	4.6	%	8.5	%
Return on equity (2)	4.8	%	1.3	%	4.7	%	7.6	%	14.9	%

28

	As of Fiscal Years Ended
	April 1, 2018		March 26, 2017		March 27, 2016		March 29, 2015		March 30, 2014
BALANCE SHEET DATA
Working capital	$	74,789,400	$	77,194,500	$	82,523,600	$	82,220,900	$	88,090,400
Total assets		199,423,700		173,980,500		169,416,000		186,240,600		186,960,300
Short-term debt		10,862,700		26,500		251,100		250,700		250,200
Long-term debt		2,300		29,800		1,706,500		1,957,500		2,208,200
Shareholders' equity		108,051,600		108,016,300		112,527,300		113,142,100		114,828,100

(1) Net income divided by the average total assets.

(2) Net income divided by the average total equity.

Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.

This Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Results of Operations and Financial Condition (MD&A) should be read in conjunction with the other sections of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, including Part I, “Item 1: Business,” Part II, “Item 6: Selected Financial Data,” and Part II, “Item 8: Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.” The various sections of this MD&A contain a number of forward-looking statements, all of which are based on our current expectations and could be affected by the uncertainties and risk factors described throughout this filing, including Part I, “Item 1A: Risk Factors.” Our actual results may differ materially from those described in any such forward-looking statement.

Business Overview and Environment

TESSCO Technologies Incorporated (TESSCO, we, or the Company) architects and delivers innovative product and value chain solutions to support wireless systems. Although we sell products to customers in almost 100 countries, approximately 98% of our sales are to customers in the United States. We have operations and office facilities in Timonium and Hunt Valley, Maryland, Reno, Nevada and San Antonio, Texas.

Beginning with the first quarter of fiscal year 2018, we modified the structure of our internal organization, in an effort to better serve the market place.  Retail inventory typically has a shorter more defined life cycle and is, typically, ultimately used by individual end users. Commercial inventory typically has a life cycle that tends to be tied to changes in regulation or technology and includes products typically used by business entities or governments. Reflective of these differences, our sales and product teams were reorganized and each now reports to either a retail or commercial leader. We concluded that corresponding changes to our reportable segments are warranted and now evaluate our business within two segments: commercial and retail. The commercial segment consists of the following customer markets:  (1) public  carriers that are generally responsible for building and maintaining the infrastructure system and provide airtime service to individual subscribers; (2) government, including federal agencies and state and local governments that run wireless networks for their own use as well as value-added resellers who specialize in selling to the government;  (3) private system operators, including commercial entities such as enterprise customers, major utilities and transportation companies; and (4) value-added resellers that sell, install and/or service cellular telephone, wireless  networking, broadband and two-way radio communications equipment primarily for the enterprise market. The retail segment consists of the market which includes retailers, independent dealer agents and carriers. All prior financial periods presented in this Annual Report on Form 10-K reflect this change.

We offer a wide range of products that are classified into four business categories: base station infrastructure; network systems; installation, test and maintenance; and mobile devices and accessories. Base infrastructure products are used to build, repair and upgrade wireless telecommunications. Sales of traditional base station infrastructure products, such as base station radios, cable and transmission lines and antennas are in part dependent on capital spending in the wireless communications industry. Network systems products are used to build and upgrade computing and internet networks. We have also been growing our offering of wireless broadband, network equipment, security and surveillance products, which are not as dependent on the overall capital spending of the industry. Installation, test and maintenance products are used to install, tune, and maintain wireless communications equipment. This category is made up of sophisticated analysis equipment and various frequency-, voltage- and power-measuring devices, replacement parts and components as well as an assortment of tools, hardware and supplies required by service technicians. Mobile devices and

29

accessory products include cellular phone and data device accessories.  Our customers generally have the ability to purchase from any of our product categories.

The wireless communications distribution industry is competitive and fragmented, and is comprised of several national distributors. In addition, many manufacturers sell direct. Barriers to entry for distributors are relatively low, particularly in the mobile devices and accessory market, and the risk of new competitors entering the market is high. Consolidation of larger wireless carriers has and will most likely continue to impact our current and potential customer base. In addition, the agreements or arrangements with our customers or vendors looking to us for product and supply chain solutions are typically of limited duration and are terminable by either party upon several months or otherwise short notice. Our ability to maintain these relationships is subject to competitive pressures and challenges. We believe, however, that our strength in service, the breadth and depth of our product offering, our information technology system, our large customer base and our purchasing relationships with approximately 440 manufacturers provide us with a significant competitive advantage over new entrants to the market.

Results of Operations

The following tables summarize the results of our operations for fiscal years 2018, 2017 and 2016:

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)					2017 to 2018						2016 to 2017
	2018		2017		$ Change		% Change		2016		$ Change		% Change
Segment Revenues
Commercial Segment:
Public Carriers	$	115,061	$	82,015	$	33,046	40.3	%	$	89,171	$	(7,156)	(8.0)	%
Government		40,481		36,676		3,805	10.4	%		33,009		3,667	11.1	%
Private System Operators		93,246		82,508		10,738	13.0	%		76,809		5,699	7.4	%
Value-Added Resellers		136,888		130,486		6,402	4.9	%		132,403		(1,917)	(1.4)	%
Total Commercial Revenues		385,676		331,685		53,991	16.3	%		331,392		293	0.1	%
Retail Segment:
Retail		194,599		201,610		(7,011)	(3.5)	%		199,290		2,320	1.2	%
Total Revenues	$	580,275	$	533,295	$	46,980	8.8	%	$	530,682	$	2,613	0.5	%
					2017 to 2018						2016 to 2017
	2018		2017		$ Change		% Change		2016		$ Change		% Change
Segment Gross Profit
Commercial Segment:
Public Carriers	$	16,707	$	13,706	$	3,001	21.9	%	$	15,155	$	(1,449)	(9.6)	%
Government		8,954		8,235		719	8.7	%		7,713		522	6.8	%
Private System Operators		20,363		18,073		2,290	12.7	%		18,071		2	0.0	%
Value-Added Resellers		35,303		35,530		(227)	(0.6)	%		34,840		690	2.0	%
Total Commercial Gross Profit		81,327		75,544		5,783	7.7	%		75,779		(75,771)	(100.0)	%
Retail Segment:
Retail		38,901		36,224		2,677	7.4	%		36,187		37	0.1	%
Total Gross Profit		120,228		111,768		8,460	7.6	%		111,966		(198)	(0.2)	%
Selling, general and administrative expenses		112,327		108,416		3,910	3.6	%		102,932		5,484	5.3	%
Restructuring Charge		—		807		(807)	—			—		807	—
Operating Expenses		112,327		109,223		3,104	2.8	%		102,932		6,291	6.1	%
Income from operations		7,901		2,545		5,356	210.5	%		9,034		(6,489)	(71.8)	%
Interest, net		429		59		371	632.3	%		161		(102)	(63.6)	%
Income before provision for income taxes		7,472		2,486		4,986	200.5	%		8,873		(6,387)	(72.0)	%
Provision for income taxes		2,277		1,041		1,236	118.8	%		3,532		(2,491)	(70.5)	%
Net income	$	5,195	$	1,445		3,750	259.4	%	$	5,341		(3,896)	(72.9)	%
Diluted earnings per share	$	0.61	$	0.17	$	0.44	258.8	%	$	0.65		(0.48)	(73.8)	%

30

Fiscal Year 2018 Compared to Fiscal Year 2017

Revenues. Revenue for fiscal year 2018 increased by 8.8% as compared to fiscal year 2017. In the commercial segment, revenue increased by 16.3% with growth in all markets. The public carrier market revenue for fiscal year 2018 increased by 40.3%, as compared to fiscal year 2017 due to increased spending among our tower owner and program manager customers, and also due in part to better execution of our selling strategy in this market. We increased sales with our current customers and cultivated new significant customer relationships. This revenue growth was echoed in our private systems operators market and value-added resellers market with growth of 13.0% and 4.9%, respectively. Revenue from our government market increased by 10.4% due primarily to growth from our federal government customers. The revenue growth within our commercial segment was partially offset by a 3.5% decrease in our retail segment revenue for fiscal year 2018 as compared to fiscal year 2017. This decrease was due in part to consolidation of our customer base within the retail market and due to a shift in customer behavior where customers are keeping the same phone for longer periods of time, resulting in lower accessories purchases.    

Gross Profit. Gross profit increased by 7.6% in fiscal year 2018 as compared to fiscal year 2017. In the commercial segment, gross profit increased by 7.7%. This increase was primarily driven by increases in our public carriers and private systems operators markets of 21.9% and 12.7%, respectively. We experienced margin compression within our public carrier market primarily due to a change in customer mix, with increased sales going to larger customers which required better pricing. Gross profit within our government market increased by 8.7% in fiscal year 2018 as compared to fiscal year 2017. The growth in the public carriers, private systems and government markets was partially offset by a decrease in gross profit of 0.6% within our value-added resellers market. Within the retail segment, gross profit increased by 7.4% in fiscal year 2018 as compared to fiscal year 2017, despite a decline in revenue.  This increase in gross margin was a result of product mix and increased support from our vendors. Overall gross profit margin decreased slightly to 20.7% in fiscal year 2018, compared to 21.0% in fiscal year 2017, primarily due to changes in customer and product mix.

Our ongoing ability to earn revenues and gross profits from customers and vendors looking to us for product and supply chain solutions is dependent upon a number of factors. The terms, and accordingly the factors, applicable to each relationship often differ. Among these factors are the strength of the customer’s or vendor’s business, the supply and demand for the product or service, including price stability, changing customer or vendor requirements, and our ability to support the customer or vendor and to continually demonstrate that we can improve the way they do business. In addition, the agreements or arrangements on which our customer and vendor relationships are based are typically of limited duration, typically do not include any obligation in respect of any specific product purchase or sale and are terminable by either party upon several months or otherwise short notice. Our customer relationships could also be affected by wireless carrier consolidation or global financial crisis.

We account for inventory at the lower of cost or net realizable value and as a result write-offs/write-downs occur due to damage, deterioration, obsolescence, changes in prices and other causes. These expenses have been less than 1% of overall purchases for each of the last three fiscal years.

Selling, General, Administrative and Restructuring Expenses. Total selling, general, administrative and restructuring expenses increased 2.8% during fiscal year 2018 as compared to fiscal year 2017. Total selling, general, administrative and restructuring expenses as a percentage of revenues decreased from 20.5% in fiscal year 2017 to 19.4% in fiscal year 2018. The following are descriptions of changes in significant components of selling, general, administrative and restructuring expenses:

· Performance bonus expense (including both cash and equity plans) increased by $3.0 million in fiscal year 2018 as compared to fiscal year 2017. Our bonus programs are typically based on achieving annual performance targets. The relationship between expected performance and actual performance led to higher bonus accruals in fiscal 2018, as compared to fiscal 2017.

· Freight out expense increased by $0.7 million in fiscal year 2018 as compared to fiscal year 2017 due to our increased sales.

· Expenses related to information technology increased by $0.7 million in fiscal year 2018 as compared to fiscal year 2017 primarily due to increased cost relating to Tessco.com improvements.

31

· During fiscal year 2017 we incurred corporate support expenses including both recruiting and professional service fees relating to the transition to our new CEO. As the transition was completed during fiscal 2017, corporate support expense decreased by $0.9 million in fiscal year 2018 as compared to fiscal year 2017.

We continually evaluate the credit worthiness of our existing customer receivable portfolio and provide an appropriate reserve based on this evaluation. We also evaluate the credit worthiness of prospective and current customers and make decisions regarding extension of credit terms to such customers based on this evaluation. Accordingly, we recorded a provision for bad debts of $797,100 and $674,200 for fiscal year 2018 and fiscal year 2017, respectively.

Interest, Net. Net interest expense increased, from $58,600 in fiscal year 2017 to $429,100 in fiscal year 2018. The increase is primarily related higher borrowing levels on our secured revolving credit facility. Refer to Note 6 through 8 to the financial statements included as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for additional information on our borrowings.

Income Taxes, Net Income and Diluted Earnings Per Share. The effective tax rates in fiscal year 2018 and 2017 were 30.5% and 41.9%, respectively.The effective tax rate was lower for fiscal 2018, primarily due to the 2017 Tax Act that went into effect in the third quarter of fiscal 2018, as well as a change in treatment of a deferred tax liability relating to our accounting for a key man life insurance policy, discussed below. The 2017 Tax Act requires fiscal year companies to blend their federal tax rates this year. Our annual federal rate for fiscal 2018 will be based on 9 months at the old rate of approximately 35% rate and 3 months at the new 21% rate. We were also able to take a benefit on our net deferred tax liabilities in fiscal 2018, which now reflect the lower federal rate.  See Note 13 Income Taxes to the financial statements included as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for additional information on the effect of the 2017 Tax Act and the change in treatment of the deferred tax liability. As a result of the factors discussed above, net income and diluted earnings per share for fiscal year 2018 increased 259.5% and 258.8%, respectively, compared with fiscal year 2017.

After we announced our fourth quarter fiscal year 2018 financial results by press release dated May 7, 2018, we determined it necessary to change how we account for the cash surrender value of certain key-man life insurance policies held by us. We had for many years recorded a deferred tax liability related to the incremental increase year over year in the cash surrender value of the policies.  After further analysis, it was determined that the annual change in cash surrender value, which has accumulated slowly over many years, should have been treated as an offset to the non-deductible insurance premiums related to the same policies, and not as a deferred tax liability.  As such, we adjusted our fiscal 2018 financial results to reflect the favorable change in tax treatment as applied to the aggregate amount of the incremental increases that have accumulated over the multi-year period. Specifically, net deferred tax assets increased by an aggregate of $0.5 million and income tax expense correspondingly decreased by an aggregate of $0.5 million. Correspondingly, net income and earnings per share for the fourth quarter of fiscal 2018 increased by $0.5 million and $0.06 per share, respectively, due to a one-time adjustment resulting from this change in tax treatment. There was no impact on net cash flow used in operations.  This change has no impact on previously filed tax returns.

Fiscal Year 2017 Compared to Fiscal Year 2016

Revenues. Revenue for fiscal year 2017 increased slightly by 0.5% as compared to fiscal year 2016. Revenue from our government market increased by 11.1% for fiscal year 2017 as compared to fiscal year 2016. We have continued to invest in this market, which has led to an increase in government contracts, especially with our state and local government customers. Revenues within our private system operators market increased by 7.4% for fiscal year 2017 as compared to fiscal year 2016, primarily due to an increase in sales to our utility customers. Revenue from the public carrier and value-added resellers markets, decreased by 8.0% and 1.4%, respectively, due to a dramatic slowdown in the purchases by our cellular carrier customers and the general contractors and integrators doing work on their behalf, beginning in the third quarter of fiscal 2015. During the second half of fiscal 2017, we saw improved year-over-year quarterly sales in the carrier markets as purchases increased from key contractors and integrators. Revenue in the second half of fiscal 2017 increased 23.0% in the public carrier market as compared to the same period of fiscal 2016 as a result of these increased purchases. 

Gross Profit. Gross profit was essentially flat with a 0.2% decrease in fiscal year 2017 compared to fiscal year 2016. This decrease was primarily driven by a 9.6% decrease in our public carriers market for fiscal year 2017 as compared

32

to fiscal year 2016. This decrease was almost fully offset by increases in gross profit of our government market and our value-added resellers market of 6.8% and 2.0%, respectively. Overall gross profit margin decreased slightly to 21.0% in fiscal year 2017, compared to 21.1% in fiscal year 2016, primarily due to changes in customer and product mix.

Our ongoing ability to earn revenues and gross profits from customers and vendors looking to us for product and supply chain solutions is dependent upon a number of factors. The terms, and accordingly the factors, applicable to each relationship often differ. Among these factors are the strength of the customer’s or vendor’s business, the supply and demand for the product or service, including price stability, changing customer or vendor requirements, and our ability to support the customer or vendor and to continually demonstrate that we can improve the way they do business. In addition, the agreements or arrangements on which our customer and vendor relationships are based are typically of limited duration, typically do not include any obligation in respect of any specific product purchase or sale and are terminable by either party upon several months or otherwise short notice. Our customer relationships could also be affected by wireless carrier consolidation or global financial crisis.

We account for inventory at the lower of cost or net realizable value, and as a result write-offs/write-downs occur due to damage, deterioration, obsolescence, changes in prices and other causes. These expenses have been less than 1% of overall purchases for each of the last three fiscal years.

Selling, General, Administrative and Restructuring Expenses. Total selling, general, administrative and restructuring expenses increased 6.1% during fiscal year 2017 as compared to fiscal year 2016. Total selling, general, administrative and restructuring expenses as a percentage of revenues increased slightly from 19.4% in fiscal year 2016 to 20.5% in fiscal year 2017. The following are descriptions of changes in significant components of selling, general, administrative and restructuring expenses:

· Marketing expenses increased by $1.4 million, or 16.7%, in fiscal year 2017 as compared to fiscal year 2016, primarily due to direct marketing costs associated with improved design and content of our TESSCO.com website and increased market development funds associated with sales to our retail customers.

· Compensation and benefits expense increased by $4.2 million, or 6.8%, in fiscal year 2017 as compared to fiscal year 2016, primarily related to higher business generation across all markets and operations compensation costs to support the increase in retail sales volume. Additionally, we incurred $0.8 million in onetime severance costs in relation to a restructuring of our sales and product teams.

· Performance bonus expense (including both cash and equity plans) increased by $1.1 million in fiscal year 2017 as compared to fiscal year 2016. This increase is primarily related to bonuses paid to our former and current CEO related to the transition that occurred during this fiscal year.

· During the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2016, we received the results of a software license audit conducted by a major software provider. After significant negotiations, we settled the audit for $1.5 million, which was accrued in the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2016 and was paid in the first quarter of fiscal year 2017. The ongoing annual cost from the results of this audit is minimal. 

We continually evaluate the credit worthiness of our existing customer receivable portfolio and provide an appropriate reserve based on this evaluation. We also evaluate the credit worthiness of prospective and current customers and make decisions regarding extension of credit terms to such customers based on this evaluation. Accordingly, we recorded a provision for bad debts of $674,200 and $637,100 for fiscal year 2017 and fiscal year 2016, respectively.

Interest, Net. Net interest expense decreased, from $161,300 in fiscal year 2016 to $58,600 in fiscal year 2017. The decrease is primarily related to the extinguishment of our term loan and lower borrowing levels on our secured revolving credit facility. Refer to Note 6 through 8 to the consolidated financial statements included as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for additional information on our borrowings.

Income Taxes, Net Income and Diluted Earnings Per Share. The effective tax rates in fiscal year 2017 and 2016 were 41.9% and 39.8%, respectively. The increased rate is primarily a result of lower pre-tax income which increases the impact of non-deductible tax differences.  As a result of the factors discussed above, net income and diluted earnings per share for fiscal year 2017 decreased 72.9% and 73.8%, respectively, compared with fiscal year 2016.

33

Liquidity and Capital Resources

In summary, our cash flows were as follows:

	2018		2017		2016
Cash flow (used in) provided by operating activities	$	(9,247,100)	$	3,051,300	$	20,141,100
Cash flow used in investing activities		(3,539,400)		(2,563,000)		(3,513,800)
Cash flow provided by (used in) financing activities		4,265,800		(8,831,000)		(7,268,500)
Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents	$	(8,520,700)	$	(8,342,700)	$	9,358,800

We used $9.2 million of net cash from operating activities during fiscal year 2018. This outflow was driven by increases in accounts receivable and inventory, partially offset by net income (net of depreciation and amortization and non-cash stock compensation expense), and an increase in accounts payable. Increasing sales to our public carrier customers required significant investments in inventory and at times has resulted in larger accounts receivable balances. Accounts payable also increased in response to our higher inventory levels. Both current and potential opportunities within our public carrier business have required an increase in working capital investments. As such, on October 19, 2017 we entered into the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, as discussed below, based upon our anticipated borrowing and cash needs.

We generated $3.1 million of net cash from operating activities during fiscal year 2017. This inflow was driven by net income (net of depreciation and amortization and non-cash stock compensation expense), an increase in accounts payable and a decrease in prepaid expenses and other current assets partially offset by an increase in accounts receivable and product inventory. Accounts receivable increased due to higher sales in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2017 as compared to the fourth quarter of fiscal 2016. Inventory and accounts payable increased as a result of strategic purchases combined with a general increase in base station infrastructure inventory for our public system operators, contractors, and program managers market. Additionally, our inventory levels for certain Ventev® product lines have also increased. The reduction in prepaid expenses and other assets as well as the decrease in accrued expense and other liabilities are both primarily related to a tower owner customer whose inventory we have held on its behalf since fiscal year 2015.  Because we held the inventory on the tower owner’s behalf, the cost of these goods was recorded in prepaid expenses and other current assets, and we were unable to recognize the revenue and related cost of goods sold associated with the transaction until the product physically shipped.  During fiscal year 2017, most of the remaining inventory was shipped and therefore the corresponding portion of the deferred revenue and cost of goods sold were partially recognized.

We generated $20.1 million of net cash from operating activities during fiscal year 2016. This inflow was driven by net income (net of depreciation and amortization and non-cash stock compensation expense), a decrease in accounts receivable and product inventory, and a decrease in prepaid expenses and other current assets, partially offset by a decrease in trade accounts payable and accrued expense and other current liabilities. The decrease in accounts receivable was primarily related to better collections in the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2016 as compared to the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2015. The decrease in inventory was primarily due to an effort to reduce overall inventory levels while maintaining high service levels.  The reduction in prepaid expenses and other assets as well as the decrease in accrued expense and other liabilities are both primarily related to the tower owner customer referred to above. During fiscal year 2016, the majority of this inventory was shipped and therefore the corresponding portion of deferred revenue and cost of goods sold were partially recognized.

Capital expenditures of $3.5 million in fiscal year 2018 were up from $2.6 million in fiscal year 2017 and flat with $3.5 million in fiscal year 2016. Fiscal year 2018, 2017 and 2016 capital expenditures were largely comprised of investments in information technology of $2.8 million, $2.4 million, and $3.1 million, respectively.

Cash flows generated from financing in fiscal year 2018 were primarily related to borrowings from our line of

34

credit partially offset by cash dividends paid to shareholders. Cash flows used in financing activities in fiscal year 2017 were primarily related to cash dividends paid to shareholders and the repayment of our term loan which was secured by a first position deed of trust encumbering Company-owned real property in Hunt Valley, Maryland. Cash flows used in financing activities in fiscal year 2016 were primarily related to cash dividends paid to shareholders.

On April 23, 2014, our Board of Directors expanded our then existing stock buyback program and authorized the purchase on a non-accelerated basis of up to $10.0 million of the Company’s stock over a 24-month period, ending in April 2016. Our Board of Directors believes that the repurchase of our shares, when appropriate, is an excellent use of funds to enhance long-term shareholder value. Purchases were funded from working capital and/or our revolving credit facility. Shares could be purchased from time to time in the open market, by block purchase, or through negotiated transactions, or other transactions managed by broker-dealers. No shares were repurchased during fiscal years 2018, 2017, or 2016. The stock buyback program expired in April 2016.   

We also withhold shares from our employees and directors, at their request, equal to the minimum federal and state tax withholdings related to vested equity grants. For fiscal years 2018 and 2017 this totaled $65,400 and $192,400, respectively. Our revolving credit facility with SunTrust Bank limits to $2.0 million the aggregate dollar value of shares that may be withheld or repurchased in connection with satisfaction of these tax withholding obligations during any 12 month period. At April 1, 2018 we had the ability to withhold or repurchase $1.9 million in additional shares of our common stock during fiscal 2018, without violating this covenant.

On June 24, 2016, the Company and its primary operating subsidiaries entered into a Credit Agreement (the “Credit Agreement”) with SunTrust Bank, as Administrative Agent and Lender, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as a Lender, for a senior asset based secured revolving credit facility of up to $35 million (the “Revolving Credit Facility”). This replaced our previously existing $35 million unsecured revolving credit facility with both SunTrust Bank and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, which had no outstanding principal balance at the time of replacement. The replacement Revolving Credit Facility included terms providing for its maturity after five years, on June 24, 2021, and for a $5.0 million sublimit for the issuance of standby letters of credit and a $10.0 million sublimit for swing line loans. Borrowing Availability under the replacement Revolving Credit Facility as it was initially established is determined in part in accordance with a Borrowing Base, defined in the Credit Agreement, generally, as 85% of Eligible Receivables minus Reserves.

The Credit Agreement also set forth financial covenants, including a fixed charge coverage ratio to be maintained at any time during which the borrowing availability, as determined in accordance with the Credit Agreement, falls below $10 million, as well as terms that could limit our ability to engage in specified transactions or activities, including (but not limited to) investments and acquisitions, sales of assets, payment of dividends, issuance of additional debt and other matters.

Pursuant to a related Guaranty and Security Agreement by and among the Company, the other Company affiliate borrowers under the Credit Agreement and other subsidiaries of the Company, referred to collectively as the Loan Parties, and SunTrust Bank, as Administrative Agent, the Loan Parties’ obligations, which include the obligations under the Credit Agreement, were guaranteed by those Loan Parties not otherwise borrowers, and secured by continuing first priority security interests in the Company’s and the other Loan Parties’ (including both borrowers and guarantors) inventory, accounts receivable and deposit accounts, and in all documents, instruments, general intangibles, letter of credit rights and chattel paper, in each case to the extent relating to inventory and accounts, and all proceeds of the foregoing. The security interests were granted in favor of the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Lenders party to the Credit Agreement from time to time. The obligations secured also include certain other obligations of the Loan Parties to the Lenders and their affiliates arising from time to time, relating to swaps, hedges and cash management and other bank products.

Effective July 13, 2017, we entered into a First Amendment to Credit Agreement, pursuant to which, the term “Availability” as used in the Credit Agreement was amended for a period of time ending no later than October 31, 2017, to allow for the inclusion of an additional sum when calculating “Availability” for certain limited purposes. This additional sum equals the lesser of $10 million, and the amount by which the Borrowing Base exceeds $35 million. This First Amendment did not provide for any increase in the $35 million Aggregate Revolving Commitment Amount, but allowed the Company greater flexibility under the Credit Agreement for a limited period of time, until October 31, 2017, and was

35

sought by the Company in response to business opportunities identified by the Company. Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined in this and the preceding three paragraphs have the meanings ascribed to each in the Credit Agreement or First Amendment, as applicable.

On October 19, 2017, the Company and its primary operating subsidiaries, as co-borrowers, entered into an Amended and Restated Credit Agreement with SunTrust Bank, as Administrative Agent and Lender, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as a Lender (the "Amended and Restated Credit Agreement"). Pursuant to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, the Credit Agreement for the secured Revolving Credit Facility, as previously established in June 2016, was amended and restated in order to, among other things, increase the Company’s borrowing limit from up to $35 million to up to $75 million. Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined in this and the following three paragraphs have the meanings ascribed to each in the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement.

In addition to expanding the borrowing limit, the Amended and Restated Credit Facility extends the applicable maturity date to October 19, 2021. The Amended and Restated Credit Agreement otherwise includes representations, warranties, affirmative and negative covenants (including restrictions) and other terms generally consistent with those applicable to the facility as existing prior to the execution and delivery of the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, but with certain modifications. The Amended and Restated Credit Agreement provides for a $5.0 million sublimit for the issuance of standby letters of credit, a $12.5 million sublimit for swingline loans and an accordion feature which, subject to certain conditions, could increase the aggregate amount of the commitments to up to $125 million, with the optional commitments being provided by existing Lenders or new lenders reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent. No Lender is obligated to increase its commitment. Availability is determined in accordance with a Borrowing Base, which has been expanded to include not only Eligible Receivables but also Eligible Inventory and is generally: (A) the sum of (i) 85% of Eligible Receivables; (ii) the Inventory Formula Amount for all Eligible Inventory which is aged less than 181 days; and (iii) the lesser of (x) $4 million and (y) the Inventory Formula Amount for all Eligible Inventory which is aged at least 181 days; minus (B) Reserves. Upon closing, there was $23.4 million outstanding under the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement.

Like the secured Revolving Credit Facility as existing prior to the execution and delivery of the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, borrowings under the secured Revolving Credit Facility as now evidenced by the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement initially accrue interest from the applicable borrowing date at an Applicable Rate equal to the Eurodollar Rate plus the Applicable Margin. The Eurodollar Rate is the rate per annum obtained by dividing (i) LIBOR by (ii) a percentage equal to 1.00 minus the Eurodollar Reserve Percentage. When the Applicable Rate is the Eurodollar Rate plus the Applicable Margin, the Applicable Margin is 1.50% if Average Availability is greater than or equal to $15 million, and 1.75% otherwise. Under certain circumstances, the Applicable Rate is subject to change at the Lenders’ option from the Eurodollar Rate plus the Applicable Margin to the Base Rate plus the Applicable Margin. In any event, following an Event of Default, in addition to changing the Applicable Rate to the Base Rate plus the Applicable Margin, the Lenders’ may at their option set the Applicable Margin at 0.50% if the Base Rate applies or 1.75% if the Eurodollar Rate applies, and increase the Applicable Rate by an additional 200 basis points. The Applicable Rate adjusts on the first Business Day of each calendar month. The Company is required to pay a monthly Commitment Fee on the average daily unused portion of the revolving credit facility provided for pursuant to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, at a per annum rate equal to 0.25%. As of April 1, 2018, we had a $10.8 million balance on the Revolving Credit Facility; therefore, we had $64.2 million available, subject to the Borrowing Base limitations and compliance with the other applicable terms of the Credit Agreement, including the covenants referenced above.

In connection with the entering into of the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, the Company and the other Loan Parties executed and delivered to SunTrust Bank, as Administrative Agent, a Reaffirmation Agreement, pursuant to which the obligations of the Loan Parties under the Guaranty and Security Agreement delivered by the Loan Parties in connection with the secured credit facility as previously existing (including the previously existing guaranty by the Loan Parties not otherwise Borrowers and the previously existing grant by the Company and the other Loan Parties of a continuing first priority security interest in inventory, accounts receivable and deposit accounts, and on all documents, instruments, general intangibles, letter of credit rights, and all proceeds) were ratified and confirmed as respects the Obligations arising under the Amended and Restated Credit Facility from time to time.

At the end of fiscal year 2018, we were in compliance with the financial covenants applicable under our revolving

36

credit facility with SunTrust Bank.

On March 31, 2009, we entered into a term loan with the Baltimore County Economic Development Revolving Loan Fund for an aggregate principal amount of $250,000. The term loan is payable in equal monthly installments of principal and interest of $2,300, with the balance due at maturity on April 1, 2019. The term loan bears interest at 2.00% per annum and is secured by a subordinate position on our Hunt Valley, Maryland facility. At April 1, 2018, the principal balance of this term loan was approximately $29,600.

Working capital (current assets less current liabilities) decreased to $74.8 million as of April 1, 2018, from $77.2 million as of March 26, 2017. Shareholders' equity was flat at $108.1 million as of April 1, 2018, and $108.0 million as of March 26, 2017. 

We believe that our existing cash, payments from customers, and availability under our revolving credit facility (including any amendment or replacement thereof), or if needed, financing we believe would be available to us from other sources, will be sufficient to support our operations for at least the next twelve months. We expect to meet short-term liquidity needs through cash on our balance sheet and operating cash flow, supplemented by our revolving credit facility; and we expect to meet long-term liquidity needs through these same resources. If we were to undertake an acquisition or other major capital purchases that require funds in excess of our existing sources of liquidity, we would look to sources of funding from additional credit facilities, debt and/or equity issuances. There can be no assurances that such additional future sources of funding, either to fund an acquisition or major capital purchase, or to support our cash flow needs in the event of the termination of our existing revolving credit facility before it can be replaced with an asset based facility, would be available on terms acceptable to us, if at all.

In addition, our liquidity could be negatively impacted by decreasing revenues and profits resulting from a decrease in demand for our products or a reduction in capital expenditures by our customers, or by the weakened financial conditions of our customers or suppliers, in each case as a result of a possible downturn in the global economy, among other factors.

37

Contractual Obligations

The following tables reflect a summary of our contractual cash obligations and other commercial commitments as of April 1, 2018:

	Payment Due by Fiscal Year
			Less Than						More Than
	Total		1 Year		Years 1-3		Years 4-5		5 Years
Long-Term Debt Obligations	$	29,600	$	27,300	$	2,300	$	—	$	—
Revolving credit facility (1)		11,503,100		11,022,900		375,000		105,200		—
Lease Obligations		8,330,100		3,003,400		5,108,600		218,100		—
Interest payments (2)		300		300		—		—		—
Other Long-Term Liabilities (3)		1,087,500		75,000		150,000		150,000		712,500
Tax contingency reserves (4)		337,700		—		—		—		—
Total contractual cash obligations	$	21,288,300	$	14,128,900	$	5,635,900	$	473,300	$	712,500

(1) We are subject to a 0.25% fee on the unused portion of our revolving credit facility. This balance includes both the unused fees and current balance on our revolving credit facility.

(2) Interest payments include amounts owed on notes payable at their stated contractual rate

(3) Other Long-Term Liabilities reflected on the Consolidated Balance Sheet include amounts owed under a Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan.

(4) We are unable to make a reasonably reliable estimate of the period of the cash settlement with the respective taxing authorities for the $0.3 million balance of our tax contingency reserves, net of federal tax benefits. See further discussion in Note 13—"Income Taxes" to the consolidated financial statements included as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

Our discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of our operations are based on our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. The preparation of these financial statements requires us to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amount of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses and related disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.

We have identified the policies below as critical to our business operations and the understanding of our results of operations:

Revenue Recognition. We record revenues when 1) persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, 2) delivery has occurred or services have been rendered, 3) our price to the buyer is fixed or determinable, and 4) collectability is reasonably assured. Our revenue recognition policy includes evidence of arrangements for significant revenue transactions through either receipt of a customer purchase order or a web-based order. We record revenues when risk of loss has passed to the customer. In most cases, shipments are made using FOB shipping terms. For a portion of our sales, we use FOB destination terms and record the revenue when the product is received by the customer. Our prices are always fixed at the time of sale. Historically, there have not been any material concessions provided to or by customers, future discounts, or other incentives subsequent to a sale. We sell under normal commercial terms and, therefore, we only record revenues on transactions where collectability is reasonably assured.

Because a large portion of our sales transactions meet the conditions set forth in the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) on revenue recognition, we recognize revenues from sales transactions containing sales returns provisions at the time of the sale. These conditions require that 1) our price be substantially fixed or determinable at the date of sale, 2) the buyer is obligated to pay us, and such obligation is not contingent on their resale of the product, 3) the buyer’s obligation to us does not change in the event of theft or physical

38

destruction or damage of the product, 4) the buyer has economic substance apart from us, 5) we do not have significant obligations for future performance to directly bring about resale of the product by the buyer, and 6) the amount of future returns can be reasonably estimated. Because our normal terms and conditions of sale are consistent with conditions 1-5 above, and we are able to perform condition 6, we make a reasonable estimate of product returns in sales transactions and accrue a sales return reserve based on this estimate.

Our current and potential customers are continuing to look for ways to reduce their inventories and lower their total costs, including distribution, order taking and fulfillment costs, while still providing their customers excellent service. Some of these companies have turned to us to implement supply chain solutions, including purchasing inventory, assisting in demand forecasting, configuring, packaging, kitting and delivering products and managing customer and vendor relations, from order taking through cash collections. In performing these solutions, we assume varying levels of involvement in the transactions and varying levels of credit and inventory risk. As our offerings continually evolve to meet the needs of our customers, we constantly evaluate our revenue accounting based on the guidance set forth in accounting standards generally accepted in the United States. When applying this guidance in accordance with the FASB standard regarding revenue recognition for principal-agent considerations, we look at the following indicators: whether we are the primary obligor in the transaction; whether we have general inventory risk; whether we have latitude in establishing price; the extent to which we change the product or perform part of the service; whether we have responsibility for supplier selection; whether we are involved in the determination of product and service specifications; whether we have physical inventory risk; whether we have credit risk; and whether the amount we earn is fixed. Each of our customer relationships is independently evaluated based on the above guidance and revenues are recorded on the appropriate basis.  Based on a review of the factors above, in the majority of our sales relationships, we have concluded that we are the principal in the transaction and we record revenues based upon the gross amounts earned and booked. However, we do have certain relationships where we are not the principal and we record revenues on a net fee basis, regardless of amounts billed (less than 1% of our total revenues for fiscal year 2018).

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts. We use estimates to determine the amount of the allowance for doubtful accounts necessary to reduce accounts receivable and unbilled receivables to their expected net realizable value. We estimate the amount of the required allowance by reviewing the status of past-due receivables and analyzing historical bad debt trends. Actual collection experience has not varied significantly from estimates, due primarily to credit policies, collection experience and our stability as it relates to our current customer base. Typical payments from commercial customers are due 30 days from the date of the invoice. We charge-off receivables deemed to be uncollectible to the allowance for doubtful accounts. Accounts receivable balances are not collateralized.

Inventory Reserves. We establish inventory reserves for excess and obsolete inventory. We regularly review inventory to evaluate continued demand and identify any obsolete or excess quantities of inventory. We record a provision for the difference between excess and obsolete inventory and its estimated realizable value. Estimated realizable value is based on anticipated future product demand, market conditions and liquidation values. Actual results differing from these projections could have a material effect on our results of operations.

Impairment of Long-Lived and Indefinite-Lived Assets. Our Consolidated Balance Sheet as of April 1, 2018, includes goodwill of approximately $11.7 million and other indefinite lived intangible assets of $0.8 million. We perform annual impairment tests for goodwill and other indefinite lived assets on the first day of our fourth quarter. We also periodically evaluate our long-lived assets for potential impairment indicators. The goodwill and intangible assets impairment test involves an initial qualitative analysis to determine if it is more likely than not that an intangible asset’s fair value is less than its carrying amount. If qualitative factors suggest a possible impairment the company then performs an additional two-step approach. Our judgments regarding the existence of impairment indicators are based on estimated future cash flows, market conditions, operational performance and legal factors. The key assumptions used to determine the fair value of our goodwill reporting units include (a) a cash flow period; (b) a terminal value based on a growth rate; and (c) a discount rate, which is based on our weighted average cost of capital adjusted for risks associated with our operations. Based on the Company’s qualitative assessment for fiscal year 2018, we have concluded that it is not more likely than not that the carrying value of our reporting units with goodwill or intangible assets is above the fair value of the related reporting unit.  Due to the change in segment reporting, we performed a quantitative impairment test for goodwill on the annual impairment testing date in fiscal year 2018. Based on this quantitative testing we have concluded that it is not more likely than not that the carrying value of our reporting units with goodwill is above the fair value of the

39

related reporting unit. Future events, such as significant changes in cash flow assumptions, could cause us to conclude that impairment indicators exist and that the net book value of goodwill, long-lived assets or intangible assets are impaired. We will continue to monitor our market capitalization as a potential impairment indicator considering overall market conditions and specific industry events. Had the determination been made that the goodwill and other indefinite lived intangible assets were impaired, the value of these assets would have been reduced by an amount up to $12.5 million, resulting in a corresponding charge to operations.

The methods of assessing fair value for reporting units with goodwill as well as for indefinite lived assets require significant judgments to be made by management, including future revenues, expenses, cash flows and discount rates. Changes in such estimates or the application of alternative assumptions could produce significantly different results.

Income Taxes. We recognize deferred tax assets and liabilities based on the differences between the financial statement carrying amounts and the tax bases of assets and liabilities. We regularly review our deferred tax assets for recoverability. This review is based on historical taxable income, projected future taxable income and the expected timing of the reversals of existing temporary differences. Based on this review, we have not established a valuation allowance because our deferred tax assets are more likely than not realizable.  If we are unable to generate sufficient taxable income, or if there is a material change in the actual effective tax rates or time period within which the underlying temporary differences become taxable or deductible, we could be required to establish a valuation allowance against all or a significant portion of our deferred tax assets that are not more likely than not realizable, resulting in a substantial increase in our effective tax rate and a material adverse impact on our operating results.

We account for income taxes under the FASB’s ASC on accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in an enterprise’s financial statements. This standard prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. It also provides guidance on de-recognition, measurement, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure and transition. As of April 1, 2018, we had total net unrecognized tax benefits of approximately $377,700, all of which, if recognized, would favorably affect the effective income tax rate in future periods.

Stock-Based Compensation. We record stock-based compensation in accordance with the FASB standard regarding stock compensation and share-based payments. We account for forfeitures as they occur rather than estimate expected forfeitures. The standard also requires stock awards granted or modified after the adoption of the standard that include both performance conditions and graded vesting to be amortized by an accelerated method rather than the straight-line method.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We have no material off-balance sheet arrangements.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

A description of recently issued and adopted accounting pronouncements is contained in Note 2 to our Consolidated Financial Statements.

Forward‑Looking Statements

This Report may contain forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements may generally be identified by the use of the words “may,” “will,” “expects,” “anticipates,” “believes,” “estimates,” and similar expressions, but the absence of these words or phrases does not necessarily mean that a statement is not forward looking. Forward looking statements involve a number of risks and uncertainties. Our actual results may differ materially from those described in or contemplated by any such forward-looking statement for a variety of reasons, including those risks identified in our most recent Annual Report on Form 10-K and other periodic reports filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, under the heading “Risk Factors” and otherwise. Consequently, the reader is cautioned to consider all forward-looking statements in light of the risks to which they are subject.

40

We are not able to identify or control all circumstances that could occur in the future that may adversely affect our business and operating results. Without limiting the risks that we describe in our periodic reports and elsewhere, among the risks that could lead to a materially adverse impact on our business or operating results are the following: termination or non-renewal of limited duration agreements or arrangements with our vendors and affinity partners which are typically terminable by either party upon several months or otherwise relatively short notice; loss of significant customers, vendors or relationships, including affinity relationships; loss of customers or a reduction in customer business either directly or indirectly as a result of consolidation among large wireless service carriers and others within the wireless communications industry; any deterioration in the strength of our customers’, vendors’ or affinity partners’ businesses; increasingly negative or prolonged adverse economic conditions, including those adversely affecting consumer confidence or consumer or business spending, or otherwise adversely affecting our vendors or customers, including their access to capital or liquidity or our customers’ demand for our ability to fund or pay for the purchase of our products and services; our dependence on a relatively small number of suppliers and vendors, which could hamper our ability to maintain appropriate inventory levels and meet customer demand; failure of our information technology systems or distribution systems, exposure to cyber-attacks, and the cost associated with ongoing efforts to maintain cyber security measures and to meet applicable compliance standards; damage or destruction of our distribution or other facilities; prolonged or otherwise unusual quality or performance control problems; technology changes in the wireless communications industry, or technological failures, which could lead to significant inventory obsolescence or devaluation and/or our inability to offer key products that our customers demand; third-party freight carrier interruption; increased competition from competitors, including manufacturers or national and regional distributors of the products we sell and the absence of significant barriers to entry which could result in pricing and other pressures on profitability and market share; our relative bargaining power and inability to negotiate favorable terms with our vendors and customers; our inability to access capital and obtain or retain financing as and when needed; transitional and other risks associated with acquisitions of companies that we may undertake in an effort to expand our business; the possibility that, for unforeseen reasons, we may be delayed in entering into or performing, or may fail to enter into or perform, anticipated contracts or may otherwise be delayed in realizing or fail to realize anticipated revenues or anticipated savings; our inability to protect certain intellectual property, including systems and technologies on which we rely; claims against us for breach of the intellectual property rights of third parties; product liability claims; changes in political and regulatory conditions, including tax and trade policies; and our inability to hire or retain for any reason our key professionals, management and staff.

Available Information

Our internet web site address is: www.tessco.com. We make available free of charge through our website, our Annual Report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act as soon as reasonably practicable after such documents are electronically filed with, or furnished to, the Securities and Exchange Commission. Also available on our website is our Code of Business Conduct and Ethics. We have not incorporated herein by reference the information on our website, and it should not be considered a part of this filing.

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk.

Interest Rate Risk:

We are exposed to an immaterial level of market risk from changes in interest rates. We have from time to time previously used interest rate swap agreements to modify variable rate obligations to fixed rate obligations, thereby reducing our exposure to interest rate fluctuations. We had no long-term variable rate debt obligations as of April 1, 2018. Based on April 1, 2018 borrowing levels, a 1.0% increase or decrease in current market interest rates would have no material effect on our statement of income.

Foreign Currency Exchange Rate Risk:

We are exposed to an immaterial level of market risk from changes in foreign currency rates.  Almost all of our sales are made in U.S. Dollars so we have an immaterial amount of foreign currency risk.  Those sales not made in U.S. Dollars are made in Canadian Dollars.

41

Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.

TESSCO TECHNOLOGIES INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Balance Sheets

	April 1,		March 26,
	2018		2017
ASSETS
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents	$	19,400	$	8,540,100
Trade accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $1,094,900 and $782,200, respectively		87,862,300		64,778,900
Product inventory, net		72,323,000		63,984,300
Prepaid expenses and other current assets		4,489,100		3,864,100
Total current assets		164,693,800		141,167,400
Property and equipment, net		13,662,800		13,830,900
Goodwill, net		11,677,700		11,677,700
Deferred tax assets		710,500		—
Other long-term assets		8,678,900		7,304,500
Total assets	$	199,423,700	$	173,980,500
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Current liabilities:
Trade accounts payable	$	67,041,100	$	53,581,400
Payroll, benefits and taxes		8,291,100		6,772,100
Income and sales tax liabilities		2,339,200		1,364,700
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities		1,370,300		2,228,200
Revolving line of credit		10,835,400		—
Current portion of long-term debt		27,300		26,500
Total current liabilities		89,904,400		63,972,900
Deferred tax liabilities		—		386,800
Long-term debt, net of current portion		2,300		29,800
Other long-term liabilities		1,465,400		1,574,700
Total liabilities		91,372,100		65,964,200
Shareholders’ equity:
Preferred stock, $0.01 par value, 500,000 shares authorized and no shares issued and outstanding		—		—
Common stock $0.01 par value, 15,000,000 shares authorized, 14,111,703 shares issued and 8,396,537 shares outstanding as of April 1, 2018, and 14,048,392 shares issued and 8,337,669 shares outstanding as of March 26, 2017		99,000		98,400
Additional paid-in capital		60,611,900		59,006,000
Treasury stock, at cost, 5,715,166 shares as of April 1, 2018 and 5,710,723 shares as of March 26, 2017		(57,503,000)		(57,437,600)
Retained earnings		104,843,700		106,349,500
Total shareholders’ equity		108,051,600		108,016,300
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity	$	199,423,700	$	173,980,500

The accompanying Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements are an integral part of these consolidated statements.

42

TESSCO TECHNOLOGIES INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Income

	Fiscal Years Ended
	April 1, 2018		March 26, 2017		March 27, 2016
Revenues	$	580,274,700	$	533,295,100	$	530,682,100
Cost of goods sold		460,046,300		421,527,300		418,716,200
Gross profit		120,228,400		111,767,800		111,965,900
Selling, general and administrative expenses		112,326,700		108,416,300		102,932,300
Restructuring Charge		—		806,600		—
Income from operations		7,901,700		2,544,900		9,033,600
Interest expense, net		429,100		58,600		161,300
Income before provision for income taxes		7,472,600		2,486,300		8,872,300
Provision for income taxes		2,277,200		1,041,200		3,531,800
Net income	$	5,195,400	$	1,445,100	$	5,340,500
Basic earnings per share	$	0.62	$	0.17	$	0.65
Diluted earnings per share	$	0.61	$	0.17	$	0.65
Basic weighted-average common shares outstanding		8,370,742		8,312,731		8,220,023
Effect of dilutive options and other equity instruments		100,263		27,686		—
Diluted weighted-average common shares outstanding		8,471,005		8,340,417		8,220,023
Cash dividends declared per common share	$	0.80	$	0.80	$	0.80

The accompanying Notes to these Consolidated Financial Statements are an integral part of these consolidated statements.

43

TESSCO TECHNOLOGIES INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders' Equity

	Common Stock			Additional						Total
				Paid-in		Treasury		Retained		Shareholders’
	Shares	Amount		Capital		Stock		Earnings		Equity
Balance at March 29, 2015	8,159,592		96,100		56,517,600		(56,307,900)		112,836,300		113,142,100
Proceeds from issuance of stock	25,067		300		487,000		—		—		487,300
Treasury stock purchases	(40,623)		—				(937,300)		—		(937,300)
Non-cash stock compensation expense	128,088		1,200		727,800		—		—		729,000
Excess tax benefit from stock-based compensation	—		—		381,400		—		—		381,400
Cash dividends paid	—		—		—		—		(6,615,700)		(6,615,700)
Net income	—		—		—		—		5,340,500		5,340,500
Balance at March 27, 2016	8,272,124		97,600		58,113,800		(57,245,200)		111,561,100		112,527,300
Proceeds from issuance of stock	37,432		400		458,200		—		—		458,600
Treasury stock purchases	(12,453)		—				(192,400)		—		(192,400)
Non-cash stock compensation expense	40,566		400		434,000		—		—		434,400
Excess tax benefit from stock-based compensation	—		—				—		—		—
Cash dividends paid	—		—		—		—		(6,656,700)		(6,656,700)
Net income	—		—		—		—		1,445,100		1,445,100
Balance at March 26, 2017	8,337,669		98,400		59,006,000		(57,437,600)		106,349,500		108,016,300
Proceeds from issuance of stock	44,458		400		604,000		—		—		604,400
Treasury stock purchases	(4,443)		—				(65,400)		—		(65,400)
Non-cash stock compensation expense	18,853		200		1,001,900		—		—		1,002,100
Cash dividends paid	—		—		—		—		(6,701,200)		(6,701,200)
Net income	—		—		—		—		5,195,400		5,195,400
Balance at April 1, 2018	8,396,537	$	99,000	$	60,611,900	$	(57,503,000)	$	104,843,700	$	108,051,600

The accompanying Notes to these Consolidated Financial Statements are an integral part of these consolidated statements.

44

TESSCO TECHNOLOGIES INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

	Year Ended
	April 1, 2018		March 26, 2017		March 27, 2016
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
Net income	$	5,195,400	$	1,445,100	$	5,340,500
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash (used in) provided by operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization		3,992,600		4,238,900		4,730,000
Loss (gain) on sale of property and equipment		—		114,500		—
Non-cash stock-based compensation expense		1,002,100		434,400		729,000
Deferred income taxes and other		(2,866,100)		(788,600)		(47,700)
Change in trade accounts receivable		(23,158,400)		(6,388,200)		1,256,400
Change in product inventory		(8,338,700)		(10,080,400)		18,459,700
Change in prepaid expenses and other current assets		(625,000)		2,053,000		4,951,800
Change in trade accounts payable		13,459,700		11,595,400		(9,818,200)
Change in payroll, benefits and taxes		1,519,000		1,844,200		(604,000)
Change in income and sales tax liabilities		974,500		(107,700)		(375,600)
Change in accrued expenses and other current liabilities		(402,200)		(1,309,300)		(4,480,800)
Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities		(9,247,100)		3,051,300		20,141,100
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES
Acquisition of property and equipment		(1,646,600)		(730,200)		(547,500)
Purchases of internal use software licenses eligible for capitalization		(1,892,800)		(1,832,800)		(2,966,300)
Net cash used in investing activities		(3,539,400)		(2,563,000)		(3,513,800)
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES
Net borrowings from revolving line of credit		10,835,400		—		—
Proceeds from note receivable		75,000		—		—
Payments of debt issuance costs		—		(218,200)		—
Payments on long-term debt		(26,700)		(1,901,300)		(250,600)
Proceeds from issuance of common stock		148,700		137,600		153,700
Cash dividends paid		(6,701,200)		(6,656,700)		(6,615,700)
Excess tax benefit from stock-based compensation		—		—		381,400
Purchases of treasury stock and repurchases of stock from employees		(65,400)		(192,400)		(937,300)
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities		4,265,800		(8,831,000)		(7,268,500)
Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents		(8,520,700)		(8,342,700)		9,358,800
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, beginning of period		8,540,100		16,882,800		7,524,000
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, end of period	$	19,400	$	8,540,100	$	16,882,800

The accompanying Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements are an integral part of these consolidated statements.

45

Note 1. Organization

TESSCO Technologies Incorporated, a Delaware corporation (TESSCO, we, or the Company), architects and delivers innovative product and value chain solutions to support wireless systems. The Company provides marketing and sales services, knowledge and supply chain management, product-solution delivery and control systems utilizing extensive internet and information technology. Approximately 98% of the Company’s sales are made to customers in the United States. The Company takes orders in several ways, including phone, fax, online and through electronic data interchange. Almost all of the Company’s sales are made in United States Dollars.

Note 2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Principles of Consolidation

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. Intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

Fiscal Year

The Company's fiscal year is the 52 or 53 weeks ending on the Sunday falling on or between March 26 and April 1 to allow the financial year to better reflect the Company's natural weekly accounting and business cycle.  The fiscal year ended April 1, 2018 contained 53 weeks and the fiscal years ended March 26, 2017 and March 27, 2016 each contain 52 weeks.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents include cash and highly liquid investments with an original maturity of 90 days or less.

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

The Company uses estimates to determine the amount of the allowance for doubtful accounts necessary to reduce accounts receivable to their expected net realizable value. The Company estimates the amount of the required allowance by reviewing the status of past-due receivables and analyzing historical bad debt trends and current economic conditions. Actual collection experience has not varied significantly from estimates, due primarily to consistent credit policies, collection experience, as well as the Company’s stability as it relates to its current customer base. Typical payments from a large majority of commercial customers are due 30 days from the date of the invoice. The Company charges-off receivables deemed to be uncollectible to the allowance for doubtful accounts. Accounts receivable balances are not collateralized.

Product Inventory

Product inventory, consisting primarily of finished goods, is stated at the lower of cost or net realizable value, cost being determined on the first-in, first-out (“FIFO”) method and includes certain charges directly and indirectly incurred in bringing product inventories to the point of sale. Inventory is written down for estimated obsolescence equal to the difference between the cost of inventory and the estimated net realizable value, based upon specifically known inventory-related risks (such as technological obsolescence and the nature of vendor terms surrounding price protection and product returns), and assumptions about future demand. At April 1, 2018 and March 26, 2017, the Company had a reserve for excess and/or obsolete inventory of $5,739,700 and $6,360,600, respectively.

46

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment is stated at cost. Depreciation is recorded using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets as follows:

	Useful lives
Information technology equipment	1	-	5	years
Furniture, telephone system, equipment and tooling	3	-	10	years
Building, building improvements and leasehold improvements	2	-	40	years

The Company capitalizes computer software costs incurred in connection with developing or obtaining computer software for internal use when both the preliminary project stage is completed and when management authorizes and commits to funding the project and it is probable that the project will be completed.  Development and acquisition costs are capitalized when the software project is either for the development of new software, to increase the life of existing software or to add significantly to the functionality of existing software. Capitalization ceases when the software project is substantially complete and ready for its intended use.

Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of their useful lives or the remaining lease term.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

Long-lived assets, including amortizable intangible assets, are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset or group of assets may not be fully recoverable. These events or changes in circumstances may include a significant deterioration of operating results, changes in business plans, or changes in anticipated future cash flows. If an impairment indicator is present, the Company evaluates recoverability by a comparison of the carrying amount of the assets to future undiscounted net cash flows expected to be generated by the assets. Assets are grouped at the lowest level for which there are identifiable cash flows that are largely independent of the cash flows generated by other asset groups. If future undiscounted cash flows are less than the carrying value of the asset group, the Company calculates the fair value of the asset group. If the assets are impaired, the impairment recognized is measured by the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds the fair value of the assets. Fair value is generally determined by estimates of discounted cash flows. The discount rate used in any estimate of discounted cash flows would be the rate required for a similar investment of like risk. There were no impairment charges in fiscal years 2018, 2017, or 2016.

Assets to be disposed of are reported at the lower of carrying value or fair values, less estimated costs of disposal.

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

Goodwill represents the future economic benefits arising from other assets acquired in a business combination that are not individually identified and separately recognized. Goodwill amounts and indefinite lived intangible assets are not amortized, but rather are tested for impairment at least annually or whenever an impairment indicator is identified. The Company performs its annual impairment test on the first day of its fourth quarter. Intangible assets that are not considered to have an indefinite useful life are amortized over their useful life of 4 to 6 years using the straight-line method. Intangible assets other than goodwill are recorded within other long-term assets in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets. The goodwill impairment test involves an initial qualitative analysis to determine if it is more likely than not that an intangible asset’s fair value is less than its carrying amount. If qualitative factors suggest a possible impairment, the Company then performs an additional two-step approach. Under the first step, the Company determines the fair value of each reporting unit to which goodwill has been assigned. The Company then compares the fair value of each reporting unit to its carrying value, including goodwill. The Company estimates the fair value of each reporting unit using various valuation techniques, with the primary technique being a discounted cash flow or income approach, under which the Company estimates the present value of the reporting unit’s future cash flows. Key assumptions used to determine the present value of a reporting unit’s future cash flows include (a) a cash flow period; (b) a terminal value based on a growth rate; and (c) a discount rate, which is based on the Company’s weighted average cost of capital adjusted for risks associated with our operations. If the

47

fair value exceeds the carrying value, no impairment loss is recognized. If the carrying value exceeds the fair value, the goodwill of the reporting unit is considered potentially impaired and the second step is completed in order to measure the impairment loss. Under the second step, the Company calculates the implied fair value of goodwill by deducting the fair value of all tangible and intangible net assets, including any unrecognized intangible assets, of the reporting unit from the fair value of the reporting unit as determined in the first step. The Company then compares the implied fair value of goodwill to the carrying value of goodwill. If the implied fair value of goodwill is less than the carrying value of goodwill, the Company recognizes an impairment loss equal to the difference.

The indefinite lived intangible asset impairment test involves an initial qualitative analysis to determine if it is more likely than not that an intangible asset’s fair value is less than its carrying amount. If qualitative factors suggest a possible impairment, the Company then determines the fair value of the intangible asset. If the fair value of the intangible asset is less than its carrying value, an impairment loss is recognized for an amount equal to the difference. The intangible asset is then carried at its new fair value. Fair value is determined using estimates of discounted cash flows. These estimates of discounted cash flows will likely change over time as impairment tests are performed. Estimates of fair value are also adversely affected by increases in interest rates and the applicable discount rate.

Based on the Company’s qualitative and/or quantitative impairment testing performed, the Company did not recognize an impairment loss on goodwill or other indefinite lived intangible assets in fiscal years 2018, 2017, or 2016.

The methods of assessing fair value for our reporting unit with goodwill as well as for indefinite lived assets require significant judgments to be made by management, including future revenues, expenses, cash flows and discount rates. Changes in such estimates or the application of alternative assumptions could produce significantly different results.

Revenue Recognition

The Company records revenues when 1) persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, 2) delivery has occurred or services have been rendered, 3) price to the buyer is fixed or determinable, and 4) collectability is reasonably assured. The Company’s revenue recognition policy includes evidence of arrangements for significant revenue transactions through either receipt of a customer purchase order or a web-based order. The Company records revenues when risk of loss has passed to the customer. In most cases, shipments are made using FOB shipping terms. FOB destination terms are used for a portion of sales, and revenue for these sales is recorded when the product is received by the customer. Prices are always fixed at the time of sale. Historically, there have not been any material concessions provided to or by customers, future discounts provided by the company, or other incentives subsequent to a sale.The Company sells under normal commercial terms and, therefore, only records sales on transactions where collectability is reasonably assured. The Company recognizes revenues net of sales tax.

Because the Company’s sales transactions meet the conditions set forth in the Financial Accounting Standards Board’s (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) No. 605, it recognizes revenues from sales transactions containing sales returns provisions at the time of the sale. These conditions require that 1) the price be substantially fixed or determinable at the date of sale, 2) the buyer is obligated to pay, and the payment is not contingent on their resale of the product, 3) the buyer’s obligation to the Company does not change in the event of theft or physical destruction or damage of the product, 4) the buyer has economic substance apart from the Company, 5) the Company does not have significant obligations for future performance to directly bring about resale of the product by the buyer, and 6) the amount of future returns can be reasonably estimated. Because the Company’s normal terms and conditions of sale are consistent with conditions 1-5 above, and the Company is able to perform condition 6, it makes a reasonable estimate of product returns in sales transactions and accrues a sales return reserve based on this estimate.

Certain companies have turned to TESSCO to implement supply chain solutions, including purchasing inventory, assisting in demand forecasting, configuring, packaging, kitting and delivering products and managing customer and vendor relations, from order taking through cash collections. In performing these solutions, the Company assumes varying levels of involvement in the transactions and varying levels of credit and inventory risk. As the Company’s solutions offerings continually evolve to meet the needs of its customers, the Company constantly evaluates its revenue accounting based on the guidance set forth in accounting standards generally accepted in the United States. When applying this guidance in accordance with the ASC No. 605-45, the Company looks at the following indicators: whether it is the primary

48

obligor in the transaction; whether it has general inventory risk; whether it has latitude in establishing price; the extent to which it changes the product or performs part of the service; whether it has discretion in supplier selection; whether it is involved in the determination of product and service specifications; whether it has physical inventory risk; whether it has credit risk; and whether the amount it earns is fixed. Each of the Company’s customer relationships is independently evaluated based on the above guidance and revenues are recorded on the appropriate basis. Based on a review of the factors above, in the majority of the Company’s sales relationships, the Company has concluded that it is the principal in the transaction and records revenues based upon the gross amounts earned and booked. However, the Company does have relationships where it is not the principal and records revenues on a net fee basis, regardless of amounts billed (less than 1% of total revenues for fiscal year 2018). If applying this revenue recognition guidance resulted in recording revenues on a different basis from which the Company has previously concluded, or if the factors above change significantly, revenues could increase or decrease; however, gross profit and net income would remain constant.

Service revenue associated with training and other services is recognized when the training or work is complete and the four criteria discussed above have been met. Service revenues have represented less than 1% of total revenues for fiscal years 2018, 2017 and 2016.

Other than sales relating to the Company’s private brands, we offer no product warranties in excess of original equipment manufacturers’ warranties. The Company’s warranty expense is estimated and accrued at the time of sale. Warranty expense was immaterial for fiscal years 2018, 2017, and 2016.

Vendor Programs

Funds received from vendors for price protection, product rebates and marketing/promotion are recorded as a reduction in cost of goods sold in accordance with ASC 605-50-45: Customer’s Characterization of Certain Considerations Received from a Vendor.

Shipping and Handling Costs

Shipping costs incurred to ship products from our distribution centers to our customers’ sites are included in selling, general and administrative expenses in the Consolidated Statements of Income and totaled $14,875,100, $14,179,700, and $13,642,700 for fiscal years 2018, 2017, and 2016, respectively.

Stock Compensation Awards Granted to Team Members

The Company records stock compensation expense for awards in accordance with ASC No. 718. The Company accounts for forfeitures as they occur rather than estimate expected forfeitures. The standard also requires stock awards granted or modified after the adoption of the standard that include both performance conditions and graded vesting based on service to the Company to be amortized by an accelerated method rather than the straight-line method.

Income Taxes

The Company accounts for income taxes under the asset and liability method in accordance with ASC No. 740. Under this method, deferred income tax assets and liabilities arise from differences between the tax basis of assets or liabilities and their reported amounts in the financial statements. Deferred tax balances are determined by using the enacted tax rate to be in effect when the taxes are paid or refunds received. A valuation allowance related to deferred tax assets is recorded when it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized.

In accordance with ASC No. 740, the Company recognizes a provision for tax uncertainties in its financial statements. See Note 13 for further discussion of the standard and its impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

49

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP) requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities as of the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. On an ongoing basis, the Company reviews and evaluates its estimates and assumptions, including but not limited to, those that relate to tax reserves, stock-based compensation, accounts receivable reserves, inventory reserves and future cash flows associated with impairment testing for goodwill and other long-lived assets. Actual results could significantly differ from those estimates.

Recently issued accounting pronouncements not yet adopted:

In May 2014, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers. This guidance will supersede Topic 605, Revenue Recognition, in addition to other industry specific guidance, once effective. The new standard requires a company to recognize revenue in a manner that depicts the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the company expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods and services. In August 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-14, Revenue from Contracts with Customers: Deferral of the Effective Date, as a revision to ASU 2014-09, which revised the effective date to fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2017. Early adoption is permitted but not prior to periods beginning after December 15, 2016 (i.e. the original adoption date per ASU 2014-09). In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-08, Revenue from Contracts with Customers: Principal versus Agent Considerations, which clarifies certain aspects of the principal-versus-agent guidance, including how an entity should identify the unit of accounting for the principal versus agent evaluation and how it should apply the control principle to certain types of arrangements, such as service transactions. The amendments also reframe the indicators to focus on evidence that an entity is acting as a principal rather than as an agent. In April 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-10, Revenue from Contracts with Customers: Identifying Performance Obligations and Licensing, which clarifies how an entity should evaluate the nature of its promise in granting a license of intellectual property, which will determine whether it recognizes revenue over time or at a point in time. The amendments also clarify when a promised good or service is separately identifiable (i.e., distinct within the context of the contract) and allow entities to disregard items that are immaterial in the context of a contract. The Company has assessed the impact this new standard will have on its ongoing financial reporting. The Company has identified its revenue streams both by contract and product type and has assessed each for potential impacts. The Company had determined there to be no impact to the timing or amount of revenue recognized.  The Company will modify the balance sheet presentation of the returns reserve beginning on April 2, 2018 in order to be in accordance with ASC 606. However, as the Company’s returns have historically been less than 3% of revenue and this change will only affect the balance sheet, and this will not have a material impact on the Financial Statements. Based on this assessment, the Company will adopt the standard on a modified retrospective basis on April 2, 2018, the first day of fiscal 2019.

In February 2016, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2016-02, Leases. This ASU requires lessees to recognize most leases on their balance sheets related to the rights and obligations created by those leases. The ASU also requires additional qualitative and quantitative disclosures related to the nature, timing and uncertainty of cash flows arising from leases. The guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, and interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact the adoption of this new standard will have on its Consolidated Financial Statements.

In August 2016, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2016-15, Classification of Certain Cash Receipts and Cash Payments. The new standard will change the classification of certain cash payments and receipts within the cash flow statement. Specifically, payments for debt prepayment or debt extinguishment costs, including third-party costs, premiums paid, and other fees paid to lenders that are directly related to the debt prepayment or debt extinguishment, excluding accrued interest, will now be classified as financing activities. Previously, these payments were classified as operating expenses. The guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, and interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019, with early adoption permitted, and will be applied retrospectively. The Company does not expect that the adoption of this new standard will have a material impact on its Consolidated Financial Statements.

50

Recently issued accounting pronouncements adopted:

In March 2016, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2016-09, Compensation – Stock Compensation. The new standard modified several aspects of the accounting and reporting for employee share-based payments and related tax accounting impacts, including the presentation in the statements of operations and cash flows of certain tax benefits or deficiencies and employee tax withholdings, as well as the accounting for award forfeitures over the vesting period. One provision within this pronouncement requires that excess income tax benefits and tax deficiencies related to share-based payments be recognized within income tax expense in the statement of income, rather than within additional paid-in capital on the balance sheet. The Company adopted this provision in the first quarter of fiscal 2018. The adoption of this provision was applied prospectively. The impact to the Company's results of operations related to this provision in fiscal 2018 was an increase in the provision for income taxes of $0.04 million, and a 0.4% higher effective tax rate than if the standard had not been adopted. There was no material impact on fiscal 2018. The impact of this provision on the Company's future results of operations will depend in part on the market prices for the Company's shares on the dates there are taxable events related to share awards, but is not expected to be material. In connection with another provision within this pronouncement, the Company has elected to account for forfeitures as they occur rather than estimate expected forfeitures. As our previous estimated forfeiture rate was 0%, no adjustment to prior periods is needed. The adoption of this and other provisions within the pronouncement did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial statements.

In December 2016, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2016-19, Technical Corrections and Improvements. Among other things, this ASU provides clarification on the presentation of the costs of computer software developed or obtained for internal use. The Company retrospectively adopted this ASU in the three months ended June 25, 2017 and reclassified the carrying value of internal-use computer software from Property, plant and equipment, net to Intangible assets, net. The net carrying value of internal-use computer software was $4.0 million and $4.3 million, respectively, as of April 1, 2018 and March 26, 2017.

In March 2018, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2018-05, Income Taxes (Topic 740). This update provides accounting and disclosure guidance on accounting for income taxes. This guidance addresses the recognition of taxes payable or refundable for the current year and the recognition of deferred tax liabilities and deferred tax assets for the future tax consequences of events that have been recognized in the Company’s financial statements or tax returns. Topic 740 also addresses the accounting for income taxes upon a change in tax laws or tax rates, including, for example, adjusting (or re-measuring) deferred tax liabilities and deferred tax assets, as well as evaluating whether a valuation allowance is needed for deferred tax assets. The Company adopted this ASU in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2018. The adoption of this pronouncement did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial statements.

Note 3. Property and Equipment

All of the Company’s property and equipment is located in the United States and is summarized as follows:

	2018		2017
Land	$	4,740,800	$	4,740,800
Building, building improvements and leasehold improvements		20,896,300		20,704,100
Information technology equipment		4,988,600		5,898,700
Furniture, telephone system, equipment and tooling		7,569,400		7,006,900
		38,195,100		38,350,500
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization		(24,532,300)		(24,519,600)
Property and equipment, net	$	13,662,800	$	13,830,900

Depreciation and amortization of property and equipment was $3,992,600, $4,238,900, and $4,730,000 for fiscal years 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

51

Note 4. Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

Other intangible assets, which are included in other long-term assets on the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets as of April 1, 2018 and March 26, 2017, consists of indefinite lived intangible assets in the amount of $795,400. At April 1, 2018 and March 26, 2017, amortizable intangible assets were fully amortized. There were no material changes in the carrying amount of goodwill for the fiscal years ended April 1, 2018 and March 26, 2017.

Capitalized internally developed computer software, net of accumulated amortization, as of April 1, 2018 and March 26, 2017 was $2,379,100 and $2,427,800, respectively. Amortization expense of capitalized internally developed computer software was $1,721,000, $1,355,000, and $1,194,200 for fiscal years 2018, 2017, and 2016.

Note 5. Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities consisted of the following:

	April 1, 2018		March 26, 2017
Deferred Revenue	$	58,400	$	635,100
Other Accrued Expenses		1,311,900		1,593,100
Total Accrued Expenses	$	1,370,300	$	2,228,200

Note 6. Borrowings Under Revolving Credit Facility 

Fiscal Year 2018 Revolving Credit Facility Activity

On October 19, 2017, the Company and its primary operating subsidiaries, as co-borrowers, and SunTrust Bank, as Administrative Agent and Lender, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as a Lender, entered into an Amended and Restated Credit Agreement (the “Amended and Restated Credit Agreement”). Pursuant to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, the Credit Agreement for the secured Revolving Credit Facility as initially established in June 2016 was amended and restated in order to, among other things, increase the Company’s borrowing limit from up to $35 million to up to $75 million. Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined in this and the immediately following three paragraphs have the meaning ascribed to each in the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement.

In addition to expanding the Company’s borrowing limit, the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement extends the applicable maturity date to October 19, 2021. The Amended and Restated Credit Agreement otherwise includes representations, warranties, affirmative and negative covenants (including restrictions) and other terms generally consistent with those applicable to the facility as existing prior to the execution and delivery of the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, but with certain modifications. The Amended and Restated Credit Agreement provides for a $5.0 million sublimit for the issuance of standby letters of credit, a $12.5 million sublimit for swing line loans, and an accordion feature which, subject to certain conditions, could increase the aggregate amount of the commitments to up to $125 million, with the optional commitments being provided by existing Lenders or new lenders reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent. No Lender is obligated to increase its commitment. Availability continues to be determined in accordance with a Borrowing Base, which has been expanded to include not only Eligible Receivables but also Eligible Inventory and is generally: (A) the sum of (i) 85% of Eligible Receivables; (ii) the Inventory Formula Amount for all Eligible Inventory which is aged less than 181 days; and (iii) the lesser of (x) $4 million and (y) the Inventory Formula Amount for all Eligible Inventory which is aged at least 181 days; minus (B) Reserves. Upon closing, there was $23.4 million outstanding under the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement.

Like the secured Revolving Credit Facility as existing prior to execution and delivery of the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, borrowings under the secured Revolving Credit Facility as now evidenced by the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement initially accrue interest from the applicable borrowing date at an Applicable Rate equal to the Eurodollar Rate plus the Applicable Margin. The Eurodollar Rate is the rate per annum obtained by dividing (i) LIBOR by (ii) a percentage equal to 1.00 minus the Eurodollar Reserve Percentage. When the Applicable Rate is the Eurodollar Rate plus the Applicable Margin, the Applicable Margin is 1.50% if Average Availability is greater than or equal to $15 million, and 1.75% otherwise. On April 1, 2018, the interest rate applicable to borrowings under the replacement Revolving

52

Credit Facility was 3.17%. The weighted average interest rate on borrowings under the Company’s revolving credit facilities during fiscal year 2018 was 2.89%. Under certain circumstances, the Applicable Rate is subject to change at the Lenders’ option from the Eurodollar Rate plus the Applicable Margin to the Base Rate plus the Applicable Margin. Following an Event of Default, in addition to changing the Applicable Rate to the Base Rate plus the Applicable Margin, the Lenders’ may at their option set the Applicable Margin at 0.50% if the Base Rate applies or 1.75% if the Eurodollar Rate applies, and increase the Applicable Rate by an additional 200 basis points. The Applicable Rate adjusts on the first Business Day of each calendar month. The Company is required to pay a monthly Commitment Fee on the average daily unused portion of the Revolving Credit Facility provided for pursuant to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, at a per annum rate equal to 0.25%.

In connection with the entering into of the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, the Company and other Loan Parties executed and delivered to SunTrust Bank, as Administrative Agent, a Reaffirmation Agreement, pursuant to which the obligations of the Loan Parties under the Guaranty and Security Agreement delivered by them in connection with the secured credit facility as previously existing (including the previously existing guaranty by the Loan Parties not otherwise Borrowers and the previously existing grant by the Company and the other Loan Parties of a continuing first priority security interest in inventory, accounts receivable and deposit accounts, and on all documents, instruments, general intangibles, letter of credit rights, and all proceeds) were ratified and confirmed as respects the Obligations arising under the Amended and Restated Credit Facility from time to time.

Interest expense on this Revolving Credit Facility for fiscal year 2018 totaled $444,200. Average borrowings under this Revolving Credit Facility totaled $14,938,800 and maximum borrowings totaled $28,596,600 for fiscal year 2018. The average In addition to the interest charged on borrowings, the Company is subject to a 0.25% fee on the unused portion of the Revolving Credit Facility.

Borrowings under the Revolving Credit Facility may be used for working capital and other general corporate purposes, and as further provided in, and subject to the applicable terms of, the Credit Agreement. As of April 1, 2018, borrowings under this Revolving Credit Facility totaled $10.8 million and, therefore, the Company had $64.2 million available for borrowing as of April 1,2018, subject to the Borrowing Base limitation and compliance with the other applicable terms of the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, including the covenants referenced above. The line of credit has a lockbox arrangement associated with it and therefore the outstanding balance is classified as a current liability on our balance sheet.

The Company was in compliance with the terms and financial covenants applicable to the revolving credit facility at the end of fiscal year 2018.

Fiscal Year 2017 Revolving Credit Facility Activity

On June 24, 2016, the Company and its primary operating subsidiaries entered into a Credit Agreement (the “Credit Agreement”) with SunTrust Bank, as Administrative Agent. The Credit Agreement provides for a senior asset based secured revolving credit facility of up to $35 million (the “Revolving Credit Facility”). This replaced the Company’s previously existing $35 million unsecured revolving credit facility with both SunTrust Bank and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, which had no outstanding principal balance at the time of replacement. The replacement Revolving Credit Facility included terms providing for its maturity after five years, on June 24, 2021, and for a $5.0 million sublimit for the issuance of standby letters of credit and a $10.0 million sublimit for swing line loans. The Credit Agreement also included a provision permitting the Company, subject to certain conditions and approval of the Lenders, to increase the aggregate amount of the commitments under the Revolving Credit Facility to up to $50 million, through optional increased commitments from existing Lenders or new commitments from additional lenders, although no Lender was obligated to increase its commitment. Borrowing availability under the replacement Revolving credit Agreement as it was initially established was determined in part in accordance with a borrowing base, which is generally 85% of eligible receivables minus reserves. The Credit Agreement also set forth certain financial covenants, including a fixed charge coverage ratio to be maintained at any time during which the borrowing fell below $10 million, as well as terms that could the Company’s ability to engage in specified transactions or activities, including (but not limited to) investments and acquisitions, sales of assets, payment of dividends, issuance of additional debt and other matters.

53

Pursuant to a related Guaranty and Security Agreement, by and among the Company, the other borrowers under the Credit Agreement and other subsidiaries of the Company, referred to collectively as the Loan Parties, and SunTrust Bank, as Administrative Agent, the Loan Parties’ obligations, which include the obligations under the Credit Agreement, were guaranteed by the Loan Parties not otherwise borrowers, and secured by continuing first priority security interests in the Company’s and the other Loan Parties’ (including both borrowers and guarantors) inventory, accounts receivable, and deposit accounts, and on all documents, instruments, general intangibles, letter of credit rights, and chattel paper, in each case to the extent relating to inventory and accounts, and all proceeds of the foregoing. The security interests were granted in favor of the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Lenders party to the Credit Agreement from time to time.  The obligations thereby secured also include certain other obligations of the Loan Parties to the Lenders and their affiliates arising from time to time, relating to swaps, hedges and cash management and other bank products.

Effective July 13, 2017, the Company and its primary operating subsidiaries, as co-borrowers, and SunTrust Bank, as Administrative Agent and Lender, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as a Lender, entered into a First Amendment to Credit Agreement (the “First Amendment”), to amend select terms of the Credit Agreement. Pursuant to the First Amendment, the term “Availability” as used in the Credit Agreement was amended for a period of time ending no later than October 31, 2017, to allow for the inclusion of an additional sum when calculating Availability for certain limited purposes. This additional sum equals the lesser of $10 million, and the amount by which the Borrowing Base exceeds $35 million. This First Amendment did not increase the $35 million Aggregate Revolving Commitment Amount, but allowed the Company greater flexibility under the Credit Agreement for a limited period of time, until October 31, 2017, and was sought by the Company in response to business opportunities identified by the Company. Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined in this and the immediately preceding two paragraphs have the meaning ascribed to each in the Credit Agreement and First Amendment, as applicable.

Borrowings initially accrue interest from the applicable borrowing date, generally the Eurodollar rate plus an applicable margin ranging from 1.5% to 1.75%. Under certain circumstances, the applicable interest rate is subject to change from the Eurodollar rate plus the applicable margin to the base rate plus the applicable margin. The weighted average interest rate on borrowings under the Company’s revolving credit facilities during fiscal 2017 was 2.12%. Interest expense on this revolving credit facility for fiscal year 2017 totaled $45,500. Average borrowings under this revolving credit facility totaled $2,118,500, and maximum borrowings totaled $13,473,200 for fiscal year 2017, respectively. In addition to the interest charged on borrowings, the Company was subject to a 0.25% fee on the unused portion of the revolving credit facility.

As of March 26, 2017, the Company had a zero balance on its revolving credit facility. Therefore, the Company had $35.0 million available on its revolving line of credit facility as of March 26, 2017, subject to the applicable borrowing base limitations and compliance with the other applicable terms.

The Company was in compliance with the terms and financial covenants applicable to this prior revolving credit facility at the end of fiscal year 2017.

Fiscal Year 2016 Revolving Credit Facility Activity

On May 31, 2007, pursuant to a Credit Agreement, the Company established a revolving credit facility with both Wells Fargo Bank, National Association and SunTrust Bank. The facility has since been replaced with the credit facility mentioned above. The facility was unsecured and provided for monthly payments of interest accruing at a rate of LIBOR plus an applicable margin. The terms of the revolving credit facility required the Company to meet certain financial covenants and ratios and contained other limitations, including certain restrictions on dividend payments.

The facility provided for monthly payments of interest accruing at a rate of LIBOR plus an applicable margin ranging from 1.50% to 2.50%. The weighted average interest rate on borrowings under the Company’s revolving credit facilities was 2.12% fiscal years 2016, respectively. Interest expense on this revolving credit facility for fiscal year 2016 was $59,000. Average borrowings under this revolving credit facility totaled $3,454,500 and maximum borrowings totaled $12,301,100, for fiscal year 2016.

54

As of March 27, 2016, the Company had no outstanding balance on its revolving credit facility. Therefore, the Company had $35.0 million available on its revolving line of credit facility as of March 27, 2016, subject to the applicable borrowing base limitations and compliance with the other applicable terms.

The Company was in compliance with the terms and financial covenants applicable to this prior revolving credit facility at the end of fiscal year 2016.

Note 7. Extinguishment of Debt

Simultaneously with entering into the senior asset based Revolving Credit Facility described in Note 6, in June 2016 the Company terminated its previously existing $35 million unsecured revolving credit facility with SunTrust Bank and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, which had no outstanding principal balance at the time of termination. 

At the same time, the Company also repaid in full its obligations under its Term Loan from Wells Fargo Bank, National Association and SunTrust Bank in the original principal amount of $4.5 million. The Term Loan was secured by a first position deed of trust encumbering Company-owned real property in Hunt Valley, Maryland and had an outstanding principal balance of $1.9 million at the time of repayment.

Note 8. Long-Term Debt

On June 30, 2004, the Company refinanced its then existing indebtedness through a term loan with an original principal amount of $4.5 million, payable in monthly installments of principal and interest. As discussed in Note 7, this loan was repaid in full during the first quarter of fiscal 2017. The interest rate on this term loan was LIBOR plus 2.00%. The note was secured by a first position deed of trust encumbering Company-owned real property in Hunt Valley, Maryland. The weighted average interest rate on borrowings under this note was 2.40% and 2.21% for fiscal years 2017 and 2016, respectively. Interest expense under this note was $11,000 and $43,900, for fiscal years 2017, and 2016, respectively.

On March 31, 2009, the Company entered into a term loan with the Baltimore County Economic Development Revolving Loan Fund for an aggregate principal amount of $250,000. At April 1, 2018 and March 26, 2017, the principal balance of this term loan was $29,600 and $56,300, respectively. The term loan is payable in equal monthly installments of principal and interest of $2,300, with the balance due at maturity on April 1, 2019. The term loan bears interest at 2.00% per annum. Interest expense under this note was $900, $1,300, and $2,000 for fiscal years 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively. The term loan is secured by a subordinate position on Company-owned real property located in Hunt Valley, Maryland.

As of April 1, 2018, scheduled annual maturities of long-term debt are as follows:

Fiscal year:
2019	$	27,300
2020		2,300
Thereafter		—
	$	29,600

Note 9. Commitments and Contingencies

The Company is committed to making rental payments under non-cancelable operating leases covering various facilities and equipment. Rent expense for fiscal years 2018, 2017 and 2016 totaled $3,041,700, $3,047,500, and $3,035,600, respectively.

The Company leases office space in Timonium, Maryland, where the Company’s sales, marketing and administrative offices are located. This space is nearby to the Company’s Global Logistics Center in Hunt Valley,

55

Maryland. The Agreement of Lease expires on December 31, 2020. Monthly rent payments now range from $169,400 to $185,100 through the remaining lease term.

The Company also leases office and warehouse space in Hunt Valley, Maryland, adjacent to the Company’s Global Logistics Center, expiring on July 31, 2020; however, the Company has an ongoing annual option to terminate the lease. The monthly rental fee ranges from $37,100 to $39,300 through the remaining lease term.

Additional sales and marketing offices are located in additional leased office space in San Antonio, Texas.  This space is leased pursuant to a lease agreement expiring on October 31, 2021.  Monthly rent payments range from $16,900 to $19,100 through the remaining lease term.

The Company’s minimum future obligations as of April 1, 2018 under existing operating leases are as follows:

Fiscal year:
2019	$	3,003,400
2020		2,997,000
2021		2,111,600
2022		203,200
2023		14,900
Thereafter		—
	$	8,330,100

Lawsuits and claims are filed against the Company from time to time in the ordinary course of business. The Company does not believe that any lawsuits or claims pending against the Company, individually or in the aggregate, are material, or will have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition or results of operations. In addition, from time to time, the Company is also subject to review from federal and state taxing authorities in order to validate the amounts of income, sales and/or use taxes which have been claimed and remitted. No federal, state and local tax returns are currently under examination.

As the Company is routinely audited by state taxing authorities, the Company has estimated exposure and established reserves for its estimated sales tax audit liability.

Note 10. Operating Segments

Beginning with the first quarter of fiscal year 2018, the Company modified the structure of its internal organization in an effort to better serve the market place. Retail inventory typically has a shorter more defined life cycle and is, typically, ultimately used by individual end users. Commercial inventory typically has a life cycle that tends to be tied to changes in regulation or technology and includes products typically used by business entities or governments. Reflective of these differences, our sales and product teams have been reorganized and each now report to either a retail or commercial leader. The Company concluded that corresponding changes to its reportable segments are warranted and now evaluates its business within two segments: commercial and retail. The commercial segment consists of the following customer markets: (1) public carriers, that are generally responsible for building and maintaining the infrastructure system and provide airtime service to individual subscribers; (2) government, including federal agencies and state and local governments that run wireless networks for their own use as well as value-added resellers who specialize in selling to the government; (3) private system operators including commercial entities such as enterprise customers, major utilities and transportation companies; and (4) value-added resellers that sell, install and/or service cellular telephone, wireless networking, broadband and two-way radio communications equipment primarily for the enterprise market. The retail segment consists of the market which includes retailers, independent dealer agents and carriers. All prior periods have been restated to reflect this change.

During the first quarter of fiscal year 2018, in conjunction with the modification of the structure of the internal organization of the Company, as described above, the Company reviewed several customer types, including a large repair center customer, and reclassified them from the private system operators market to either the value-added resellers market or the retail segment, based on their purchase history. The Company has restated prior periods to reflect these changes.

56

The Company evaluates revenue, gross profit and net profit contribution, and income before provision for income taxes in the in the aggregate for both the commercial and retail segments. Net profit contribution is defined as gross profit less any expenses that can be directly attributed.  This includes sales, product management, purchasing, credit and collections and distribution team expenses, plus freight out and internal and external marketing costs.  Corporate support expenses include administrative costs – finance, human resources, information technology, operating facility occupancy expenses, depreciation, amortization and interest, plus the company-wide pay on performance bonus expense.

Certain cost of sales and other applicable expenses have been allocated to each market based on a percentage of revenues and/or gross profit, where appropriate.

Segment activity for the fiscal years ended 2018, 2017 and 2016 is as follows (in thousands):

	Year Ended
	April 1, 2018
	Commercial		Retail
	Segment		Segment		Total
Revenues
Public Carrier	$	115,061	$	—	$	115,061
Government		40,481		—		40,481
Private System Operators		93,246		—		93,246
Value-Added Resellers		136,888		—		136,888
Retail		—		194,599		194,599
Total revenues	$	385,676	$	194,599	$	580,275
Gross Profit
Public Carrier	$	16,707	$	—	$	16,707
Government		8,954		—		8,954
Private System Operators		20,363		—		20,363
Value-Added Resellers		35,303		—		35,303
Retail		—		38,901		38,901
Total gross profit	$	81,327	$	38,901	$	120,228
Directly allocable expenses		32,592		15,535		48,127
Segment net profit contribution	$	48,735	$	23,366		72,101
Corporate support expenses						64,628
Income before provision for income taxes					$	7,473

57

	Year Ended
	March 26, 2017
	Commercial		Retail
	Segment		Segment		Total
Revenues
Public Carrier	$	82,015	$	—	$	82,015
Government		36,676		—		36,676
Private System Operators		82,508		—		82,508
Value-Added Resellers		130,486		—		130,486
Retail		—		201,610		201,610
Total revenues	$	331,685	$	201,610	$	533,295
Gross Profit
Public Carrier	$	13,706	$	—	$	13,706
Government		8,235		—		8,235
Private System Operators		18,073		—		18,073
Value-Added Resellers		35,530		—		35,530
Retail		—		36,224		36,224
Total gross profit	$	75,544	$	36,224	$	111,768
Directly allocable expenses		32,455		16,399		48,854
Segment net profit contribution	$	43,089	$	19,825		62,914
Corporate support expenses						60,428
Income before provision for income taxes					$	2,486

58

	Year Ended
	March 27, 2016
	Commercial		Retail
	Segment		Segment		Total
Revenues
Public Carrier	$	89,171	$	—	$	89,171
Government		33,009		—		33,009
Private System Operators		76,809		—		76,809
Value-Added Resellers		132,403		—		132,403
Retail		—		199,290		199,290
Total revenues	$	331,392	$	199,290	$	530,682
Gross Profit
Public Carrier	$	15,155	$	—	$	15,155
Government		7,713		—		7,713
Private System Operators		18,071		—		18,071
Value-Added Resellers		34,840		—		34,840
Retail		—		36,187		36,187
Total gross profit	$	75,779	$	36,187	$	111,966
Directly allocable expenses		46,422		27,985		74,407
Segment net profit contribution	$	29,357	$	8,202		37,559
Corporate support expenses						28,687
Income before provision for income taxes					$	8,872

The Company also reviews revenue and gross profit by its four product categories:

· Base station infrastructure products are used to build, repair and upgrade wireless telecommunications. Products include base station antennas, cable and transmission lines, small towers, lightning protection devices, connectors, power systems, miscellaneous hardware, and mobile antennas. Our base station infrastructure service offering includes connector installation, custom jumper assembly, site kitting and logistics integration.

· Network systems products are used to build and upgrade computing and internet networks.  Products include fixed and mobile broadband equipment, wireless networking, filtering systems, distributed antenna systems, two-way radios and security and surveillance products.  This product category also includes training classes, technical support and engineering design services.

· Installation, test and maintenance products are used to install, tune, and maintain wireless communications equipment. Products include sophisticated analysis equipment and various frequency-, voltage- and power-measuring devices, as well as an assortment of tools, hardware, GPS, safety and replacement and component parts and supplies required by service technicians.  

· Mobile devices and accessory products include cellular phone and data device accessories such as replacement batteries, cases, speakers, mobile amplifiers, power supplies, headsets, mounts, car antennas, music accessories and data and memory cards. Retail merchandising displays, promotional programs, customized order fulfillment services and affinity-marketing programs, including private label internet sites, complement our mobile devices and accessory product offering.

59

Supplemental revenue and gross profit information by product category for the fiscal years 2018, 2017 and 2016 are as follows (in thousands):

	April 1, 2018		March 26, 2017		March 27, 2016
Revenues
Base station infrastructure	$	248,949	$	209,869	$	206,604
Network systems		98,642		87,222		83,480
Installation, test and maintenance		33,200		31,851		34,936
Mobile device accessories		199,484		204,353		205,662
Total revenues	$	580,275	$	533,295	$	530,682
Gross Profit
Base station infrastructure		58,015		54,280		51,610
Network systems		14,649		11,897		12,893
Installation, test and maintenance		6,266		5,921		6,607
Mobile device accessories		41,298		39,670		40,856
Total gross profit	$	120,228	$	111,768	$	111,966

Note 11. Restructuring Charge

In the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2017, in an effort to streamline the organization, the Company took actions to restructure its operations thereby reducing costs, resulting in a $0.8 million pre-tax charge, which is included in our Consolidated Statements of Income for fiscal year 2017. The restructuring charge primarily consisted of severance-related expenses associated with a reduction in headcount paid in the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2017 through the first quarter of fiscal year 2018.  

Note 12. Stock Buyback

The Company withholds shares of common stock from its employees and directors, at their request, equal to the minimum federal and state tax withholdings related to vested performance stock units, stock option exercises and restricted stock awards. For fiscal years 2018, 2017, and 2016 the total value of shares withheld for taxes was $65,400, $192,400, and $937,300, respectively.

Note 13. Income Taxes

A reconciliation of the difference between the provision for income taxes computed at statutory rates and the provision for income taxes provided in the consolidated statements of income is as follows:

	2018		2017		2016
Statutory federal rate	31.3	%	34.0	%	34.0	%
State taxes, net of federal benefit	4.0		4.6		4.5
Non-deductible expenses	4.4		5.4		2.1
Change in deferred tax related to key man life insurance	(7.3)		—		—
Other	(1.9)		(2.1)		(0.8)
Effective rate	30.5	%	41.9	%	39.8	%

60

The provision for income taxes was comprised of the following:

	2018		2017		2016
Federal:    Current	$	3,073,400	$	1,083,600	$	2,350,000
Deferred		(1,081,600)		(69,100)		763,100
State:        Current		433,400		53,100		345,100
Deferred		(148,000)		(26,400)		73,600
Provision for income taxes	$	2,277,200	$	1,041,200	$	3,531,800

Total net deferred tax assets (liabilities) as of April 1, 2018 and March 26, 2017, and the sources of the differences between financial accounting and tax basis of the Company's assets and liabilities which give rise to the deferred tax assets and liabilities, are as follows:

	2018		2017
Net deferred tax assets (liabilities):
Deferred compensation	$	160,600	$	142,600
Accrued vacation		340,200		566,900
Deferred rent		37,200		208,900
Allowance for doubtful accounts		249,700		259,300
Inventory reserves		1,414,600		2,338,800
Sales tax reserves		217,500		366,000
Other assets		1,364,900		800,000
Tax contingency reserve		83,400		215,800
Depreciation and amortization		(2,542,800)		(3,659,100)
Other liabilities		—		(461,600)
Accrued compensation		—		(286,300)
Prepaid expenses		(614,800)		(878,100)
Net Deferred Tax Assets/(Liabilities)	$	710,500	$	(386,800)

The Company has reviewed its deferred tax assets realization and has determined that no valuation allowance is required as of April 1, 2018 or March 26, 2017.

The Company has changed the way in which it accounts for the cash surrender value of certain key-man life insurance policies. The Company had for many years recorded a deferred tax liability related to the incremental increase year over year in the cash surrender value of the policies.  After further analysis, it was determined that the annual change in cash surrender value, which has accumulated slowly over many years, should have been treated as an offset to the non-deductible insurance premiums related to the same policies, and not as a deferred tax liability.  As such, the Company adjusted its fiscal 2018 financial results to reflect the favorable change in tax treatment as applied to the aggregate amount of the incremental increases that have accumulated over the multi-year period. Specifically, net deferred tax assets increased by an aggregate of $0.5 million and income tax expense correspondingly decreased by an aggregate of $0.5 million. Correspondingly, net income and earnings per share for the fourth quarter of fiscal 2018 increased by $0.5 million and $0.06 per share, respectively, due to a one-time adjustment for this change in tax treatment. There was no impact on net cash flow used in operations.  This change has no impact on previously filed tax returns.

As of April 1, 2018, the Company had gross unrecognized tax benefit of $112,700 ($87,200 net of federal benefit). As of March 26, 2017, the Company had gross unrecognized tax benefits of $204,500 ($147,800 net of federal benefit).

The Company’s accounting policy with respect to interest and penalties related to tax uncertainties is to classify these amounts as income taxes. The total amount of interest and penalties related to tax uncertainties recognized in the consolidated statement of income for fiscal year 2018 was a benefit of $38,100 (net of federal expense) and the cumulative amount included as a liability in the consolidated balance sheet as of April 1, 2018 was $250,500 (net of federal benefit). The total amount of interest and penalties related to tax uncertainties recognized in the consolidated statement of income

61

for fiscal year 2017 was a benefit of $10,000 (net of federal expense) and the cumulative amount included as a liability in the consolidated balance sheet as of March 26, 2017 was $314,300 (net of federal benefit). The total amount of interest and penalties related to tax uncertainties recognized in the consolidated statement of income for fiscal year 2016 was an expense of $16,600 (net of federal benefit). 

As of April 1, 2018, the total net amount of unrecognized tax benefits, inclusive of indirect tax benefits and deferred tax benefits was $87,200 and associated penalties and interest were $250,500. The net amount of $337,700, if recognized, would affect the effective tax rate.

A reconciliation of the changes in the gross balance of unrecognized tax benefit amounts, net of interest, is as follows:

	2018		2017		2016
Beginning balance of unrecognized tax benefit	$	204,500	$	290,400	$	394,400
Increases related to current period tax positions		—		3,100		3,800
Reductions as a result of a lapse in the applicable statute of limitations		(91,800)		(89,000)		(107,800)
Ending balance of unrecognized tax benefits	$	112,700	$	204,500	$	290,400

The Company has adopted Accounting Standards Update No. 2016-09 Topic 718, Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting, effective as of March 27, 2017. This new guidance requires all of the tax effects related to share-based payments to be recognized through the income statement and is effective for public entities for annual and interim reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016. The Company treated the tax effects of share-based compensation awards as discrete items in the interim reporting periods in which the windfalls or shortfalls occurred. As a result of the adoption of this ASU, the effective rate is 0.4% higher than if the ASU was not adopted for the fiscal year ended April 1, 2018.

On December 22, 2017, President Trump signed into law the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act, which we refer to herein as the 2017 Tax Act. ASC 740, Accounting for Income Taxes, requires companies to recognize the effect of tax law changes in the period of enactment even though the effective date for most provisions is for tax years beginning after December 31, 2017, or in the case of certain other provisions, January 1, 2018. Though certain key aspects of the new law are effective January 1, 2018 and have an immediate accounting effect, other significant provisions are not effective or may not result in accounting effects for fiscal year companies until the following fiscal year. In the Company’s case, the following fiscal year is the fiscal year beginning April 2, 2018.

Given the significance of the legislation, the SEC staff issued Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 118 (SAB 118), which allows registrants to record provisional amounts during a one year “measurement period” similar to that used when accounting for business combinations. However, the measurement period is deemed to have ended earlier when the registrant has obtained, prepared and analyzed the information necessary to finalize its accounting. During the measurement period, impacts of the law are expected to be recorded at the time a reasonable estimate for all or a portion of the effects can be made, and provisional amounts can be recognized and adjusted as information becomes available, prepared or analyzed. SAB 118 summarizes a three-step process to be applied at each reporting period to account for and

qualitatively disclose: (1) the effects of the change in tax law for which accounting is complete; (2) provisional amounts (or adjustments to provisional amounts) for the effects of the tax law where accounting is not complete, but that a reasonable estimate has been determined; and (3) a reasonable estimate cannot yet be made and therefore taxes are reflected in accordance with law prior to the enactment of the 2017 Tax Act.

Amounts recorded where a provisional estimate that has been determined for the fiscal year ended April 1, 2018 principally relate to the reduction in the U.S. corporate income tax rate from 35% to 21% effective January 1, 2018. The new law requires companies with a fiscal year that includes January 1, 2018 to determine their federal income tax rate under a blended rate approach. The Company’s annual federal rate for fiscal 2018 will be based on 9 months at the tax rates in effect before the new tax law and 3 months at the new 21% rate for a blended rate of 31.3%. The company applied this blended rate to fiscal 2018 current taxable income. The company also re-measured its deferred tax assets and liabilities and the unrecognized tax benefit from uncertain tax positions discussed above based on the new 21% rate. As such, the Company recorded an income tax benefit of $0.2 million as a result of the new legislation. The Company is currently

62

evaluating the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act with its professional advisers; the full impact of the 2017 Tax Act on the Company in future periods cannot be predicted at this time and no assurances in that regard are made by the Company.

Changes on account of the 2017 Tax Act for which a reasonable estimate of the accounting effects has not yet been made include additional limitations on certain meals and entertainment expenses and repeal to the exception for performance based compensation under the excessive compensation limitation rules.

Other significant provisions of the 2017 Tax Act that are not yet effective but may impact income taxes in future years include: limitation on the current deductibility of net interest expense in excess of 30 percent of adjusted taxable income and a limitation of net operating losses generated after fiscal 2018 to 80 percent of taxable income.

The Company files income tax returns in U.S. federal, state and local jurisdictions. Certain income tax returns for fiscal years 2013 through 2017 remain open to examination by U.S. federal, state and local tax authorities. No federal, state and local income tax returns are currently under examination.

Note 14. Retirement Plans

The Company has a 401(k) plan that covers all eligible employees. Contributions to the plan can be made by employees and the Company may make matching contributions at its discretion. Expense related to this matching contribution was $928,100, $621,600, and $635,500 during fiscal years 2018, 2017, and 2016, respectively. As of April 1, 2018, plan assets included 157,708 shares of common stock of the Company.

The Company maintains a Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan for Robert B. Barnhill, Jr., our Executive Chairman and Chairman of the Board. This plan is funded through life insurance policies for which the Company is the sole beneficiary. The cash surrender value of the life insurance policies and the net present value of the benefit obligation of approximately $2,204,500 and $901,400, respectively, as of April 1, 2018 and $2,128,200 and $883,400, respectively, as of March 26, 2017, are included in other long-term assets and other long-term liabilities, respectively, in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets.

Note 15. Earnings Per Share

The Company presents the computation of earnings per share (“EPS”) on a basic and diluted basis. Basic EPS is computed by dividing net income by the weighted average number of shares outstanding during the reported period. Diluted earnings per share are computed similarly to basic earnings per share, except that the denominator is increased to include the number of additional common shares that would have been outstanding if the potential additional common shares that were dilutive had been issued. Shares of common stock are excluded from the calculation if they are determined to be anti-dilutive.

63

The following table presents the calculation of basic and diluted earnings per common share:

	Amounts in thousands, except per share amounts
Amounts in thousands, except per share amounts	2018		2017		2016
Earnings per share – Basic:
Net earnings	$	5,195	$	1,445	$	5,341
Less: Distributed and undistributed earnings allocated to nonvested stock		—		—		(15)
Earnings available to common shareholders – Basic	$	5,195	$	1,445	$	5,326
Weighted average common shares outstanding – Basic		8,371		8,313		8,220
Earnings per common share – Basic	$	0.62	$	0.17	$	0.65
Earnings per share – Diluted:
Net earnings	$	5,195	$	1,445	$	5,341
Less: Distributed and undistributed earnings allocated to nonvested stock		—		—		(1)
Earnings available to common shareholders – Diluted	$	5,195	$	1,445	$	5,340
Weighted average common shares outstanding – Basic		8,371		8,313		8,220
Effect of dilutive options		100		27		—
Weighted average common shares outstanding – Diluted		8,471		8,340		8,220
Earnings per common share – Diluted	$	0.61	$	0.17	$	0.65
Anti-dilutive equity awards not included above		40		60		100

At April 1, 2018, March 26, 2017, and March 27, 2016 stock options with respect to 540,000, 420,000 and 100,000 shares of common stock were outstanding, respectively. The anti-dilutive stock options outstanding at April 1, 2018, March 26, 2017 and March 27, 2016 total 40,000, 60,000 and 100,000, respectively.  There were no anti-dilutive Performance Stock Units or Restricted Stock outstanding as of April 1, 2018, March 26, 2017 or March 27, 2016.

Note 16. Stock‑Based Compensation

The Company’s selling, general and administrative expenses for the fiscal years ended April 1, 2018, March 26, 2017, and March 27, 2016 includes $1,002,100, $434,400, and $729,000, respectively, of stock compensation expense. Provision for income taxes for the fiscal years ended April 1, 2018, March 26, 2017, and March 27, 2016 includes $305,400, $181,900, and $290,100, respectively, of income tax benefits related to our stock-based compensation arrangements. Stock compensation expense is primarily related to our Performance Stock Units (PSUs), Restricted Stock Units (RSUs) and Stock Options, granted or outstanding under the Company’s Third Amended and Restated Stock and Incentive Plan (the “1994 Plan”).

As of April 1, 2018, 366,700 shares were available for issue in respect of future awards under the 1994 Plan. Subsequent to the Company’s 2018 fiscal year end, on May 10, 2018, based on fiscal year 2018 results, 16,750 shares related to Performance Stock Units (PSUs) were canceled, and as a result, these shares were made available for future grants. On May 10, 2018, additional PSUs and restricted stock awards were made providing recipients with the opportunity to earn up to an aggregate of 71,000 and 18,000 additional shares, respectively of the Company’s common stock. Also, on May 10, 2018, the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors with concurrence of the full Board of Directors, granted stock options to select key employees to purchase an aggregate of 49,000 shares of the Company’s common stock. Accordingly, as of May 10, 2018, an aggregate of 245,450 shares were available for issue pursuant to future awards.

64

No additional awards can be made under the 1994 Plan after July 21, 2021, without or unless made subject to shareholder approval of an extension of the plan term. Stock Options, restricted stock and PSU awards have historically been granted as awards under the 1994 Plan. Shares which are subject to outstanding PSU or other awards under the 1994 Plan, and which are not earned, are returned to the 1994 Plan and become available for future issuance in accordance with and otherwise subject to the terms of the 1994 Plan.

Performance Stock Units: The Company’s equity-based compensation philosophy has been generally focused on granting performance-based and time-vested stock grants, although over the last two fiscal years stock option grants have also been made to senior management. Under a program established by the Board of Directors, Performance Stock Units (PSUs) have been granted under the 1994 Plan to selected employees. Each PSU entitles the participant to earn TESSCO common stock, but only after earnings per share and, for non-director employee participants, individual performance targets are met over a defined performance cycle. Performance cycles, which are fixed for each grant at the date of grant, are one year. Once earned, shares vest and are issued over a specified period of time determined at the time of the grant, provided that the participant remains employed by or associated with the Company at the time of share issuance. Earnings per share targets, which take into account the earnings impact of this program, are set by the Board of Directors in advance for the complete performance cycle at levels designed to grow shareholder value. If actual performance does not reach the minimum annual or threshold targets, no shares are issued. In accordance with ASC No. 718, the Company records compensation expense on its PSUs over the service period, based on the number of shares management estimates will ultimately be issued. Accordingly, the Company determines the periodic financial statement compensation expense based upon the stock price at the PSU grant date, net of the present value of dividends expected to be paid on TESSCO common stock before the PSU vests, management’s projections of future EPS performance over the performance period, and the resulting amount of estimated share issuances. As discussed in Note 2 above, theCompany now accounts for forfeitures as they occur rather than estimate expected forfeitures. To the extent that forfeitures occur, stock based compensation related to the restricted awards may be different from the Company’s expectations.

The following table summarizes the activity under the Company’s PSU program for fiscal years 2018, 2017 and 2016:

	2018			2017			2016
		Weighted			Weighted			Weighted
		Average Fair			Average Fair			Average Fair
	Shares	Value at Grant		Shares	Value at Grant		Shares	Value at Grant
Unvested shares available for issue under outstanding PSUs, beginning of period	170,100	$	11.17	138,925	$	21.46	203,841	$	20.65
PSU’s Granted	86,000		12.67	207,000		10.77	103,000		22.15
PSU’s Vested	(7,600)		19.58	(27,671)		19.40	(87,648)		13.88
PSU’s Forfeited/Cancelled	(181,500)		10.99	(148,154)		18.72	(80,268)		28.57
Unvested shares available for issue under outstanding PSUs, end of period	67,000	$	12.65	170,100	$	11.17	138,925	$	21.46

As of April 1, 2018, there was $0.3 million unrecognized compensation cost, related to fiscal year 2018 PSUs earned. Total fair value of shares vested during fiscal years 2018, 2017 and 2016 was $277,600, $628,200 and $2,543,000, respectively.

The PSUs canceled during fiscal year 2018 primarily related to the fiscal year 2017 grant of PSUs which had a one-year measurement period (fiscal 2017). The PSUs were canceled because the minimum applicable fiscal 2017 performance targets were not fully satisfied. Per the provisions of the 1994 Plan, the shares related to these forfeited and canceled PSUs were added back to the 1994 Plan and became available for future issuance under the 1994 Plan.

Of the PSUs outstanding at the end of fiscal year 2018 covering 67,000 non-vested shares, PSUs covering 16,750 shares were subsequently canceled in May 2018, based on fiscal year 2018 performance. These PSUs were canceled because fiscal year 2018 earnings per share did not fully reach the target performance set forth in the PSU award agreements. The remaining 50,250 shares covered by PSUs outstanding at the end of fiscal year 2018 were earned based on fiscal year 2018 performance, but were not yet vested as of April 1, 2018. Assuming the respective participants remain

65

employed by, or affiliated with the Company, these shares will vest ratably on or about May 1 of 2018, 2019, 2020, and 2021.

Subsequent to the Company’s 2018 fiscal year end, on May 10, 2018, the Compensation Committee, with the concurrence of the full Board of Directors, granted additional PSUs to selected key employees, providing them with the opportunity to earn up to 71,000 additional shares of the Company’s common stock in the aggregate, depending upon whether certain threshold or goal earnings per share targets are met and individual performance metrics are satisfied in fiscal year 2019. These PSUs have only one measurement year (fiscal year 2019), with any shares earned at the end of fiscal year 2019 to vest 25% on or about each of May 1 of 2019, 2020, 2021, and 2022. Pursuant to the typical PSU award agreement, however, performance metrics are deemed met upon the occurrence of a change in control, and shares earned are issued earlier upon the occurrence of a change in control, or death or disability of the participant, or upon termination of the participant’s employment without cause or by the participant for good reason, as those terms are defined in the agreement.

Restricted Stock/Restricted Stock Units: During the second quarter of fiscal year 2007, the Company granted 225,000 shares of the Company’s common stock to its then Chairman and Chief Executive Officer as a restricted stock award under the 1994 Plan. These shares vested ratably over ten fiscal years based on service, beginning on the last day of fiscal year 2007 and ending on the last day of fiscal year 2016. The weighted average fair value for these shares at the grant date was $10.56. On March 27, 2016, 22,500 shares of restricted stock were released and vested. As of April 1, 2018, there were no remaining unvested shares related to restricted stock.

On May 11, 2015, the Compensation Committee, with the concurrence of the full Board of Directors, granted an aggregate of 10,000 RSU awards to non-employee directors of the Company.  These awards provide for the issuance of shares of the Company’s common stock in accordance with a vesting schedule.  These awards have vested or will vest, and shares have been or will be issued 25% on or about each of May 1 of 2016, 2017, 2018 and 2019, provided that the participant remains associated with the Company (or meets other criteria as prescribed in the agreement) on each such date. As of April 1, 2018, there was approximately $0.1 million of total unrecognized compensation costs related to these awards. Unrecognized compensation costs related to these awards are expected to be recognized ratably over a period of approximately one year. 

On May 11, 2016, the Compensation Committee, with the concurrence of the full Board of Directors, granted an aggregate of 10,000 RSU awards to non-employee directors of the Company. These awards provide for the issuance of the shares of the Company’s common stock in accordance with a vesting schedule.  These awards have vested or will vest, and shares have been or will be issued 25% on or about each of May 1 of 2017, 2018, 2019 and 2020, provided that the participant remains associated with the Company (or meets other criteria as prescribed in the agreement) on each such date. As of April 1, 2018, there was approximately $0.1 million of total unrecognized compensation costs related to these awards. Unrecognized compensation costs related to these awards are expected to be recognized ratably over a period of approximately two years. 

On May 10, 2017, the Compensation Committee, with the concurrence of the full Board of Directors, granted an aggregate of 18,000 RSU awards to non-employee directors of the Company and to the Executive Chairman.  These awards provide for the issuance of shares of the Company’s common stock in accordance with a vesting schedule.  These awards have vested or will vest, and shares have been or will be issued, 25% on or about each of May 1 of 2018, 2019, 2020 and 2021, provided that the participant remains associated with the Company (or meets other criteria as prescribed in the agreement) on each such date.

On August 8, 2017, the Compensation Committee, with the concurrence of the full Board of Directors, awarded an aggregate of up to 56,000 RSUs to several senior executives. The number of shares earned by a recipient will be determined by multiplying the number of RSUs covered by the award by a fraction, the numerator of which is the cumulative amount of dividends (regular, ordinary and special) declared and paid, per share, on the common stock, over an earnings period of up to four years, and the denominator of which is $3.20. Subject to earlier issuance upon the occurrence of certain events (as described in the applicable award agreement), any earned shares are issued and distributed to the recipient upon the fourth anniversary of the award date. As of April 1, 2018, 8,000 of these 56,000 RSUs have been canceled due to employee departures, leaving 48,000 of these RSUs outstanding.

66

As of April 1, 2018, there was approximately $0.6 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to all outstanding RSUs issued in fiscal year 2018, assuming all shares are earned. Unrecognized compensation costs are expected to be recognized ratably over a weighted average period of approximately three years.

Subsequent to the Company’s 2018 fiscal year end, on May 10, 2018, the Compensation Committee, with the concurrence of the full Board of Directors, granted an aggregate of 18,000 RSU awards to non-employee directors and the Executive Chairman of the Company.  These awards provide for the issuance of shares of the Company’s common stock in accordance with a vesting schedule.  These awards will vest and shares will be issued 25% on or about each of May 1 of 2019, 2020, 2021 and 2022, provided that the participant remains associated with the Company (or meets other criteria as prescribed in the agreement) on each such date.

PSUs and RSUs are expensed based on the grant date fair value, calculated as the closing price of TESSCO common stock as reported by NASDAQ on the date of grant minus the present value of dividends expected to be paid on the common stock before the award vests, because dividends or dividend-equivalent amounts do not accrue and are not paid on unvested PSUs and RSUs.

The Company now accounts for forfeitures as they occur rather than estimate expected forfeitures. To the extent that forfeitures occur, stock based compensation related to the restricted awards may be different from the Company’s expectations.

Stock Options:  The grant date value of the Company’s stock options has been determined using the Black-Scholes-Merton pricing model, based upon facts and assumptions existing at the date of grant. Stock options granted have exercise prices equal to the market price of the Company’s stock on the grant date. The stock options vest 25% after one year and then 1/36 per month for the following three years. During fiscal 2018, stock options for 110,000 shares were forfeited due to employee departure. 

The value of each option at the date of grant is amortized as compensation expense over the service period. This occurs without regard to subsequent changes in stock price, volatility or interest rates over time, provided the option remains outstanding. The following tables summarize the pertinent information for outstanding options.

	2018			2017
		Weighted			Weighted
		Average Fair			Average Fair
	Shares	Value at Grant		Shares	Value at Grant
Unvested options, beginning of period	395,000	$	1.96	100,000		3.43
Options Granted	230,000		2.57	410,000		1.85
Options Vested	(122,500)		1.87	(25,000)		3.55
Options Forfeited/Cancelled	(110,000)		2.42	(90,000)		2.64
Unvested options, end of period	392,500	$	2.21	395,000	$	1.96

				April 1, 2018
Grant Fiscal Year	Options Granted		Option Exercise Price	Options Outstanding	Options Exercisable
2018	230,000	$	15.12	170,000	-
2017	410,000	$	12.57	330,000	120,833
2016	100,000	$	22.42	40,000	26,667
Total				540,000	147,500

67

Grant Fiscal Year	Expected Stock Price Volatility			Risk-Free Interest rate		Expected Dividend Yield		Average Expected Term	Resulting Black Scholes Value
2018	32.63	%	1.96		%	5.34	%	4.0	$	2.57
2017	32.85	%	1.32		%	6.30	%	4.0	$	1.85
2016	26.40	%	1.67		%	3.50	%	4.0	$	3.43

As of April 1, 2018, there was approximately $0.8 million of total unrecognized compensation costs related to these awards. Unrecognized compensation costs related to these awards are expected to be recognized ratably over a period of approximately three years. No options were exercised during fiscal 2018, 2017, or 2016.

Team Member Stock Purchase Plan: The Company has a Team Member Stock Purchase Plan that permits eligible employees to purchase up to an aggregate of 450,000 shares of the Company's common stock at 85% of the lower of the market price on the first day of a six-month period or the market price on the last day of that same six-month period. Expenses incurred for the Team Member Stock Purchase Plan during the fiscal years ended April 1, 2018, March 26, 2017, and March 27, 2016 were $148,700, $137,800, and $48,900, respectively. During the fiscal years ended April 1, 2018, March 26, 2017, and March 27, 2016, 13,423, 12,901, and 9,113 shares were sold to employees under this plan, having a weighted average market value of $11.08, $10.68, and $16.86, respectively.

Note 17. Fair Value Disclosure

Assets and liabilities carried at fair value are classified and disclosed in one of the following three categories:

· Level 1: Quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

· Level 2: Inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly. These include quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets, and quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active.

· Level 3: Unobservable inputs for the asset or liability that reflect the reporting entity’s own assumptions about the inputs used in pricing the asset or liability.

As of April 1, 2018 and March 26, 2017, the Company has no assets or liabilities recorded at fair value. 

The carrying amounts of cash and cash equivalents, trade accounts receivable, product inventory, trade accounts payable, accrued expenses, our term loan, life insurance policies and other current liabilities approximate their fair values as of April 1, 2018 and March 26, 2017 due to their short-term nature.

Fair value of long term debt is calculated using current market interest rates, which we consider to be a Level 2 input as described in the fair value accounting guidance on fair value measurements, and future principle payments, as of April 1, 2018 and March 26, 2017 is estimated as follows:

	April 1, 2018				March 26, 2017
	Carrying		Fair		Carrying		Fair
	Amount		Value		Amount		Value
Note payable to Baltimore County	$	29,600	$	28,827	$	56,300	$	54,229

Note 18. Supplemental Cash Flow Information

Cash paid for income taxes net of refunds, for fiscal years 2018, 2017, and 2016 totaled $2,440,000, $55,600, and $1,979,800, respectively. Cash paid for interest during fiscal years 2018, 2017, and 2016 totaled $406,200, $60,600, and $180,300, respectively. No interest was capitalized during fiscal years 2018, 2017 and 2016.

68

Note 19. Concentration of Risk

Sales to customers and purchases from vendors are largely governed by individual sales or purchase orders, so there is no guarantee of future business. In some cases, the Company has more formal agreements with significant customers or vendors, but they are largely administrative in nature and are terminable by either party upon several months or otherwise short notice and they typically contain no obligation to make purchases from TESSCO. In the event a significant customer decides to make its purchases from another source, experiences a significant change in demand internally or from its own customer base, becomes financially unstable, or is acquired by another company, the Company’s ability to generate revenues from these customers may be significantly affected, resulting in an adverse effect on its financial position and results of operations.

The Company is dependent on third-party equipment manufacturers, distributors and dealers for all of its supply of wireless communications equipment. For fiscal years 2018, 2017, and 2016, sales of products purchased from the Company's top ten vendors accounted for 43%, 41%, and 42% of total revenues, respectively. Products purchased from the Company’s largest commercial vendor accounted for approximately 11%, 10%, and 11% of total revenues in fiscal years 2018, 2017, and 2016, respectively. Products purchased from the Company’s largest retail vendor accounted for approximately 10%, 11%, and 15% of total revenues in fiscal years 2018, 2017, and 2016, respectively. The Company is dependent on the ability of its vendors to provide products on a timely basis and on favorable pricing terms. The Company believes that alternative sources of supply are available for many of the product types it carries, but not for all products offered by the Company. The loss of certain principal suppliers, including the suppliers referenced above, or of other suppliers whose products may be difficult to source on comparable terms elsewhere, or the loss of one or more of certain ongoing affinity relationships, would have a material adverse effect on the Company.

As noted, the Company's future results could also be negatively impacted by the loss of certain customers, and/or vendor relationships. For fiscal years 2018, 2017, and 2016, sales of products to the Company's top ten customer relationships accounted for 28%, 26%, and 22% of total revenues, respectively. No customer accounted for more than 10% of total revenues in fiscal year 2018, 2017, and 2016.

69

Note 20. Quarterly Results of Operations (Unaudited)

Summarized quarterly financial data for the fiscal years ended April 1, 2018 and March 26, 2017 is presented in the table below. For comparison purposes, fiscal quarter ended April 1, 2018 has fourteen weeks, all other quarters have thirteen weeks. 

	Fiscal Year 2018 Quarters Ended								Fiscal Year 2017 Quarters Ended
	April 1,		December 24,		September 24,		June 25,		March 26,		December 25,		September 25,		June 26,
	2018		2017		2017		2017		2017		2016		2016		2016
Revenues	$	148,920,100	$	146,260,300	$	145,083,500	$	140,010,800	$	122,602,900	$	147,198,400	$	134,633,800	$	128,860,000
Cost of goods sold		117,381,400		116,660,500		115,160,400		110,844,000		96,665,300		117,229,800		105,878,200		101,754,000
Gross profit		31,538,700		29,599,800		29,923,100		29,166,800		25,937,600		29,968,600		28,755,600		27,106,000
Selling, general and administrative expenses		30,357,600		27,413,200		26,674,400		27,881,500		26,890,400		27,860,700		26,709,500		26,955,700
Restructuring charges		—		—		—		—		806,600		—		—		—
Operating expenses		30,357,600		27,413,200		26,674,400		27,881,500		27,697,000		27,860,700		26,709,500		26,955,700
Income (loss) from operations		1,181,100		2,186,600		3,248,700		1,285,300		(1,759,400)		2,107,900		2,046,100		150,300
Interest, net		89,500		114,500		156,500		68,600		(7,100)		37,100		17,200		11,400
Income (loss) before provision for income taxes		1,091,600		2,072,100		3,092,200		1,216,700		(1,752,300)		2,070,800		2,028,900		138,900
Provision for income taxes		(76,800)		501,900		1,318,300		533,800		(895,000)		843,100		1,034,700		58,400
Net income (loss)	$	1,168,400	$	1,570,200	$	1,773,900	$	682,900	$	(857,300)	$	1,227,700	$	994,200	$	80,500
Diluted earnings (loss) per share	$	0.14	$	0.19	$	0.21	$	0.08	$	(0.10)	$	0.15	$	0.12	$	0.01
Cash dividends declared per common share	$	0.20	$	0.20	$	0.20	$	0.20	$	0.20	$	0.20	$	0.20	$	0.20

70

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Shareholders and the Board of Directors of TESSCO Technologies Incorporated

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of TESSCO Technologies Incorporated and subsidiaries (the Company) as of April 1, 2018 and March 26, 2017, and the related consolidated statements of income, changes in shareholders' equity and cash flows for each of the three fiscal years in the period ended April 1, 2018, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”) and financial statement schedule listed in the Index at Item 15(a)2. In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company at April 1, 2018 and March 26, 2017, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended April 1, 2018, in conformity with U.S generally accepted accounting principles.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the Company's internal control over financial reporting as of April 1, 2018, based on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013 framework) and our report dated June 1, 2018 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

Basis for Opinion

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ ERNST & YOUNG LLP

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2002.

Baltimore, Maryland

June 1, 2018

71

Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure.

None.

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures.

Disclosure Controls and Procedures

We maintain a system of disclosure controls and procedures that is designed to provide reasonable assurance that information, which is required to be disclosed by the Company in the reports that it files or submits under the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the rules and forms of the Securities and Exchange Commission, and is accumulated and communicated to management in a timely manner. Our chief executive officer and chief financial officer have evaluated our disclosure controls and procedures as of the end of the period covered by this annual report, and have concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures are effective at the reasonable assurance level.

Internal Control over Financial Reporting

Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting as defined in Rule 13(a)-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. Our system of internal control is designed to provide reasonable assurance to management and the Board of Directors regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.

Any system of internal control over financial reporting, no matter how well designed, has inherent limitations and may not prevent or detect misstatements. Therefore, internal control systems determined to be effective can only provide reasonable assurance with respect to financial statement preparation and presentation. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may be inadequate because of changes in conditions, or the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our President and Chief Executive Officer, we conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting based on the framework in Internal Control-Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. This evaluation included review of the documentation of controls, evaluation of the design effectiveness of controls, testing of the operating effectiveness of controls, and the conclusion of this evaluation. Based on this evaluation, management concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of April 1, 2018.

The effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of April 1, 2018 has been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report which is included within this Item 9A of Part II of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

There has not been any change in our internal control over financial reporting during the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2018 that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

72

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Shareholders and the Board of Directors of TESSCO Technologies Incorporated

Opinion on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

We have audited TESSCO Technologies Incorporated and subsidiaries’ internal control over financial reporting as of April 1, 2018, based on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013 framework), (the COSO criteria). In our opinion, TESSCO Technologies Incorporated and subsidiaries (the Company) maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of April 1, 2018, based on the COSO criteria.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the consolidated balance sheets of TESSCO Technologies Incorporated and subsidiaries as of April 1, 2018 and March 26, 2017, the related consolidated statements of income, shareholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended April 1, 2018, and the related notes and financial statement schedule listed in the Index at Item 15(a)2 and our report dated June 1, 2018 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

Basis for Opinion

The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting, appearing in Item 9A. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects.

Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Definition and Limitations of Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

/s/ ERNST & YOUNG LLP

Baltimore, Maryland

June 1, 2018

73

Item 9B. Other Information.

None.

Part III

Items 10, 11, 12, 13 and 14.

The information with respect to the identity and business experience of executive officers of the Company as required to be included in Item 10 to this Form 10-K is set forth in Part I of this Form 10-K. The information otherwise required by Items 10 through 14 will be contained in a definitive proxy statement for our Annual Meeting of Shareholders, which we anticipate will be filed no later than 120 days after the end of our fiscal year pursuant to Regulation 14A, and accordingly, these items have been omitted in accordance with General Instruction G (3) to Form 10-K.

Part IV

Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

(a) The following documents are filed as part of this report:

1. The following consolidated financial statements are included in Item 8 of this report:

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of April 1, 2018 and March 26, 2017

Consolidated Statements of Income for the fiscal years ended April 1, 2018, March 26, 2017 and March 27, 2016

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders' Equity for the fiscal years ended April 1, 2018, March 26, 2017 and March 27, 2016

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the fiscal years ended April 1, 2018, March 26, 2017 and March 27, 2016

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

2. The following financial statement schedules are required to be filed by Item 8 and paragraph (b) of this Item 15 included herewith:

Schedule IIValuation and Qualifying Accounts

Schedules not listed above have been omitted because the information required to be set forth therein is not applicable.

74

3. Exhibits

3.1.1	Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company filed with the Secretary of State of Delaware on September 29, 1993 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1.1 to the Company's Registration Statement on Form S‑1 (No. 33‑81834)).
3.1.2	Certificate of Retirement of the Company filed with the Secretary of State of Delaware on January 13, 1994 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1.2 to the Company's Registration Statement on Form S‑1 (No. 33‑81834)).
3.1.3	Certificate of Amendment to Certificate of Incorporation of the Company filed with the Secretary of State of Delaware on July 20, 1994 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1.3 to the Company's Registration Statement on Form S‑1 (No. 33‑81834)).
3.1.4	Certificate of Amendment to Certificate of Incorporation of the Company filed with the Secretary of State of Delaware on September 6, 1996 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1.4 to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10‑K filed for the fiscal year ended March 28, 1997).
3.1.5	Certificate of Correction filed with the Secretary of State of Delaware on February 7, 2007 to Certificate of Amendment to Certificate of Incorporation of the Company filed with the Secretary of State of Delaware on September 6, 1996 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1.5 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed for the fiscal quarter ended December 24, 2006).
3.2.1	Sixth Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 28, 2011).
3.2.2	First Amendment to Sixth Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on July 22, 2011).
3.2.3	Second Amendment to Sixth Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 29, 2016).
10.1.1	Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated March 26, 2016, with Robert B. Barnhill, Jr. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 31, 2016).
10.2.1	Team Member Stock Purchase Plan (incorporated by reference to Appendix No. 2 to the Company's Definitive Proxy Statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on July 15, 1999).
10.2.2	Form of Restricted Stock Award (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed for the fiscal quarter ended June 26, 2011).
10.2.3	Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on July 30, 2013).
10.2.4	Form of Stock Option (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed for the fiscal quarter ended September 27, 2015).
10.3.1	Form of TESSCO Technologies Incorporated Performance Share Unit Agreement – Officers and Employees (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed for the fiscal quarter ended June 27, 2004).
10.3.2	Form of TESSCO Technologies Incorporated Performance Share Unit Agreement – Non-Employee Directors (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed for the fiscal quarter ended June 27, 2004).
10.3.3	TESSCO Technologies Incorporated Third Amended and Restated 1994 Stock and Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 27, 2016).
10.4.1	Agreement of Lease by and between Atrium Building, LLC and TESSCO Technologies Incorporated (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed for the fiscal quarter ended September 28, 2003).

75

10.4.2	Third Amendment to Agreement of Lease by and between Atrium Building, LLC and TESSCO Technologies Incorporated (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 18, 2011).
10.5.1	Credit Agreement dated as of June 24, 2016, among TESSCO Technologies Incorporated, the additional borrowers party thereto, the Lenders party thereto, and SunTrust Bank, as administrative agent, swingline lender and an issuing bank (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current report on Form 8-K, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 24, 2016).
10.5.2	Guaranty and Security Agreement dated as of June 24, 2016, among TESSCO Technologies Incorporated and its subsidiaries, the Lenders party thereto, and SunTrust Bank, as administrative agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current report on Form 8-K, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 24, 2016).
10.5.3	First Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated as of July 13, 2017, by and among the Company and certain subsidiaries, as co-borrowers, and SunTrust Bank, as administrative agent and lender, and Wells Fargo Bank NA, as lender (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on July 18, 2017).
10.5.4	Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of October 19, 2017, among TESSCO Technologies Incorporated, the additional borrowers party thereto, the Lenders party thereto, and SunTrust Bank, as administrative agent, swingline lender and an issuing bank, together with exhibits and schedules thereto (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 23, 2017).
10.5.5	Reaffirmation Agreement dated as of October 19, 2017, among TESSCO Technologies Incorporated, its subsidiaries, the Lenders party thereto, and SunTrust Bank, as administrative agent (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 23, 2017).
10.6.1	Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan, between the Company and Robert B. Barnhill, Jr., (originally filed as Exhibit C to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (No. 33-81834)) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9.1 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed for the fiscal year ended March 29, 2009).
10.6.2	Amendment No. 1 to Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan, dated as of December 31, 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9.2 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed for the fiscal year ended March 29, 2009).
10.7.1	Form of Severance and Restrictive Covenant Agreement entered into between the Company and Douglas A. Rein (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10.1 to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed for the fiscal year ended March 29, 2009).
10.7.2	Severance and Restrictive Covenant Agreement, dated May 27, 2014, and entered into between the Company and Aric Spitulnik (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8.2 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed for the fiscal year ended March 30, 2014).
10.7.3*	Form of Severance and Restrictive Covenant Agreement entered into between the Company and Elizabeth S. Robinson.
10.7.4	Form of Performance Stock Unit Agreement – Officers and Employees (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.4.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed for the fiscal quarter ended June 26, 2016).
10.7.5	Employment Agreement, dated as of August 29, 2016, by and between the Company and Murray Wright (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 1, 2016).
10.7.6	Form of Stock Option to Murray Wright (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 1, 2016).
11.1.1*	Statement re: Computation of Per Share Earnings.
21.1.1*	Subsidiaries of the Company.
23.1.1*	Consent of Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
31.1.1*	Rule 15d-14(a) Certification of Murray Wright, Chief Executive Officer.
31.2.1*	Rule 15d-14(a) Certification of Aric Spitulnik, Chief Financial Officer.
32.1.1*	Section 1350 Certification of Murray Wright, Chief Executive Officer.
32.2.1*	Section 1350 Certification of Aric Spitulnik, Chief Financial Officer.

76

101.1*

The following financial information from TESSCO Technologies Incorporated’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended April 1, 2018 formatted in XBRL: (i) Consolidated Statement of Income for the years ended April 1, 2018, March 26, 2017 and March 27, 2016; (ii) Consolidated Balance Sheet at April 1, 2018 and March 26, 2017; (iii)  Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows for the years April 1, 2018 and March 26, 2017; and (iv) Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

*

Filed herewith

77

Schedule II: Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

For the fiscal years ended:

	2018		2017		2016
Allowance for doubtful accounts:
Balance, beginning of period	$	782,200	$	841,400	$	661,900
Provision for bad debts		797,100		674,200		637,100
Write-offs and other adjustments		(484,400)		(733,400)		(457,600)
Balance, end of period	$	1,094,900	$	782,200	$	841,400

	2018		2017		2016
Inventory Reserve:
Balance, beginning of period	$	6,360,600	$	6,071,100	$	5,780,600
Inventory reserve expense		4,361,400		3,193,200		3,412,000
Write-offs and other adjustments		(4,982,300)		(2,903,700)		(3,121,500)
Balance, end of period	$	5,739,700	$	6,360,600	$	6,071,100

78

Signatures

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

TESSCO Technologies Incorporated
By:	/s/ Murray Wright
	Murray Wright, President and Chief Executive Officer
	June 1, 2018

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

/s/ Murray Wright	President and Chief Executive Officer (principal executive officer)	June 1, 2018
Murray Wright
/s/ Aric Spitulnik	Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer, and Corporate Secretary (principal financial and accounting officer)	June 1, 2018
Aric Spitulnik
/s/ Robert B. Barnhill, Jr.	Chairman of the Board	June 1, 2018
Robert B. Barnhill, Jr.
/s/ Jay G. Baitler	Director	June 1, 2018
Jay G. Baitler
/s/ John D. Beletic	Director	June 1, 2018
John D. Beletic
/s/ Benn R. Konsynski	Director	June 1, 2018
Benn R. Konsynski
/s/ Dennis J. Shaughnessy	Director	June 1, 2018
Dennis J. Shaughnessy
/s/ Morton F. Zifferer	Director	June 1, 2018
Morton F. Zifferer

79

EX-10.7.3

Exhibit 10.7.3

SEVERANCE AND RESTRICTIVE COVENANT AGREEMENT

THIS SEVERANCE AND RESTRICTIVE COVENANT AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is dated as of July ___, 2017 (the “Effective Date”), between TESSCO TECHNOLOGIES INCORPORATED, a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and ELIZABETH S. ROBINSON (“Executive”).

Section 1.        TERM OF AGREEMENT

The term of this Agreement shall commence on and as of the Effective Date and continue until Executive’s employment has terminated and the obligations of the parties hereunder have terminated or expired or have been satisfied in accordance with their terms.

Section 2.        DEFINITIONS

For purposes of this Agreement, the following terms have the meanings set forth in this Section:

2.1.      “Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

2.2.       “Cause” means:

(a)       Executive’s willful violation of a Company policy (excluding any act or omission that Executive reasonably believed in good faith to have been in the best interest of the Company), commission of an act of fraud or dishonesty, or willful engagement in illegal conduct or gross misconduct, which in each case is materially and demonstrably injurious to the Company;

(b)       Executive’s continued failure to substantially perform Executive’s duties with the Company or to substantially comply with a specific and lawful directive of the Company’s President and Chief Executive Officer or the Board (other than a continued failure caused by or attributable to physical or mental illness or infirmity), in each case after a written demand for substantial performance or substantial compliance is delivered to Executive by or on behalf of the Company’s President and Chief Executive Officer or the Board, which demand is based on a good-faith determination by the Company’s President and Chief Executive Officer or the Board, after reasonable inquiry, specifically identifying the manner in which the Company’s President and Chief Executive Officer or the Board believes Executive has not substantially performed Executive’s duties or substantially complied with a lawful directive;

(c)       Executive’s conviction of (including a plea of nolo contendere to) a crime constituting a felony;

(d)       Executive’s embezzlement or criminal diversion of funds; or

(e)       Executive’s failure (other than by reason of physical or mental illness or infirmity) to perform or to comply with any material term or condition of this Agreement, which failure:

(i)is of such a nature that it is reasonably capable of being cured, but only if (x) Executive does not cure such failure within thirty (30) days after written notice of such failure or (y) if such failure cannot be cured in such period and the continuation of

such failure will not be materially and demonstrably injurious to the Company, Executive does not commence and diligently seek to cure such failure within such period and thereafter continue to seek to cure such failure until cured; or

(ii)is of such a nature that it is not reasonably capable of being cured, in which case Executive shall be given written notice thereof but shall not be entitled to any opportunity to cure such failure.

2.3.      “Change in Control” means the occurrence of any of the following:

(a)       any “person” (as that term is used in Section 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”) (other than Robert B. Barnhill, Jr., his affiliates, and members of his family) becomes the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing fifty percent (50%) or more of the combined voting power of the then-outstanding securities of the Company; or

(b)       there is a change in the composition of a majority of the Board of Directors of the Company within twelve (12) months after any “person” (as defined above) (other than Robert B. Barnhill, Jr., his affiliates, and members of his family) becomes the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing thirty percent (30%) or more of the combined voting power of the then-outstanding securities of the Company; or

(c)       there is consummated any consolidation or merger or share exchange involving the Company in which the Company is not the continuing or surviving corporation or pursuant to which shares of the Company’s common stock would be converted into cash, securities, or other property, other than a merger of the Company in which the holders of the Company’s common stock immediately before the merger have substantially the same proportionate ownership of common stock of the surviving entity immediately after the merger; or

(d)       there is consummated any sale, lease, exchange, or other transfer (in one transaction or a series of related transactions) of all or a substantial portion of the assets of the Company other than to one or more of its wholly-owned subsidiaries; or

(e)       the stockholders of the Company approve a plan or proposal for the complete or partial liquidation, dissolution, or divisive reorganization of the Company.

2.4.       “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

2.5.      “Date of Termination” means: (i) if Executive’s employment terminates by virtue of Executive’s death, the date of death and (ii) in all other cases, the date as of which a termination of Executive’s employment becomes effective in accordance with the provisions of Section 3.1(d).

2.6.      “Disability” means any physical or mental illness or infirmity of Executive (expressly excluding habitual use of alcohol or drugs) that causes Executive to be substantially unable to perform Executive’s duties hereunder for any period of one hundred eighty (180) consecutive days or two hundred seventy (270) days, whether or not consecutive, in any period of three hundred sixty five (365) days, despite provision by the Company of reasonable

accommodations as required by law. The determination of whether a Disability exists shall be made by a licensed physician who is board certified in the specialty mutually determined by the Company and Executive to be applicable and who is mutually selected by the Company and Executive. If the parties cannot agree on such a physician or specialty, each party shall select a physician and the two physicians so selected shall select a third physician board certified in the specialty determined appropriate by the two physicians, and such board-certified physician shall make the determination of whether a Disability exists. Absent certification by the physician so selected that the circumstances of Executive’s condition have changed materially since the time of the then most recent determination, neither party shall be able to initiate a determination as to Disability for a period of nine months after the completion of the then most recent determination.

2.7.      “Good Reason” means the occurrence, without Executive’s express prior written consent, of any of the following:

(a)        Any substantial reduction in the scope of Executive’s authority, duties, or responsibilities, other than a reduction attributable to Executive’s continued failure to substantially perform Executive’s duties with the Company or to accommodate Executive’s physical or mental illness or infirmity;

(b)        Any substantial reduction in Executive’s base compensation or total compensation opportunity for any fiscal year (taking into account base compensation, bonus or other incentive compensation opportunities, and noncash compensation); or

(c)        Any relocation by the Company of Executive’s primary office work location to a point that is more than fifty (50) miles from 11126 McCormick Road, Hunt Valley, MD 21031 resulting from or in connection with a Change in Control;

but only if (i) Executive delivers a written notice to the Company specifically identifying the occurrence and demanding that it be remedied within ninety (90) days of the initial existence of such occurrence and (ii) if the same is capable of being rectified, the Company fails to rectify the same within thirty (30) days after receiving such written notice or, if the same is not capable of being rectified within such period of time, the Company fails to commence diligently to seek to rectify the same within such period and thereafter to continue to seek to rectify such failure until rectified.

For the avoidance of doubt: (x) neither the relocation of Executive’s place of employment to another location nor the occurrence of a Change in Control shall, of itself, constitute “Good Reason” and (y) any prospective action that would, if actually taken or implemented, constitute Good Reason through the application of (a) or (b) above (after the expiration without cure of the applicable notice and cure period provided for above) shall not in any event be deemed to have occurred unless and until such action is actually taken or implemented.

2.8.      “Separation from Service” means a termination of Executive’s employment that constitutes a separation from service under Section 409A(a)(2)(A)(i) of the Code.

Section 3.        TERMINATION AND COMPENSATION UPON TERMINATION

3.1.      In General.

(a)        Termination by Company. The Company (acting through the President and Chief Executive Officer or the Board) may at any time elect to terminate Executive’s employment by delivery of a notice of termination to Executive for any reason (including on account of Disability) or no reason, with or without Cause.

(b)        Termination by Executive. Executive may elect to terminate Executive’s employment by delivery of a notice of termination for any reason (including on account of Disability) or no reason, with or without Good Reason at any time.

(c)        Notice of Termination. Any termination of Executive’s employment, whether by the Company or by Executive, shall be communicated by written notice of termination to the other party in accordance with the terms of Section 5.5. The notice of termination shall state the specific termination provision in this Agreement relied upon and set forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a basis for termination of Executive’s employment under the provision so indicated and shall state an effective date of termination that complies with the requirements of subsection (d).

(d)        Effective Date of Termination. Unless otherwise agreed upon in writing by the Company and Executive:

(i)The effective date of termination of Executive’s employment in the case of a termination of Executive’s employment by the Company for any or no reason shall not be more than ninety (90) days after the date the notice of termination is given by the Company; and

(ii)The effective date of termination in the case of a termination of Executive’s employment by Executive for any reason shall not be less than thirty (30) nor more than thirty-five (35) days after the date the notice of termination is given by Executive.

The foregoing, however, shall not preclude the Company from requiring that Executive take a leave of absence with pay until the expiration of the period between the date the notice of termination is given and the effective date of termination.

(e)        Section 409A.

(i)All payments made to or in respect of Executive pursuant to this Section 3 shall be made in a cash lump sum within thirty (30) days following the Date of Termination, except where this Agreement (or the plan pursuant to which such payment is to be made) provides otherwise. No amounts that are “deferred compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code and that are payable under this Agreement as a result of Executive’s termination of employment shall be payable to Executive unless Executive’s termination of employment also constitutes a Separation from Service.

(ii)In the event that any payments due under Section 3.3(c) constitute “deferred compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code, Executive’s right to receive a series of installment payments shall be treated as a right to a series of separate payments.

3.2.      Death, Disability, Cause, or Resignation Without Good Reason. Executive’s employment shall be terminated automatically on the date of Executive’s death or Disability. Upon such a termination of employment, or upon a termination of employment by the

Company for Cause, or upon a termination of employment by Executive without Good Reason, the Company shall pay to Executive (or, in the event of Executive’s death, to Executive’s beneficiary or estate), when the same would otherwise have been due, (i) Executive’s base compensation through the Date of Termination and (ii) any Accrued Bonus as of the Date of Termination (determined in accordance with Section 3.4) and shall have no further obligations under this Agreement.

3.3.      Termination Without Cause or With Good Reason. If Executive’s employment is terminated by the Company without Cause or by Executive for Good Reason, the Company shall pay to Executive:

(a)        When the same would otherwise have become due and payable, Executive’s base compensation through the Date of Termination (without regard to any reduction therein constituting Good Reason within the meaning of Section 2.7(b));  plus

(b)        When the same would otherwise have become due and payable, any Accrued Bonus as of the Date of Termination (determined in accordance with Section 3.4 and without regard to any reduction therein constituting Good Reason within the meaning of Section 2.7(b));  plus

(c)        An amount of severance pay equal to one hundred percent (100%) of Executive’s annual base compensation as in effect on the Date of Termination (without regard to any reduction therein constituting Good Reason within the meaning of Section 2.7(b)), which amount shall be paid in twelve (12) consecutive equal monthly installments (A) commencing on the later of (x) the first day of second calendar month following the Date of Termination and (y) the tenth (10th) day after Executive has executed and delivered to the Company the general release agreement required by Section 3.6 (and provided that Executive has not thereafter revoked or rescinded such release) and (B) continuing thereafter monthly until paid in full.

3.4.      Determination of Accrued Bonus. For purposes of Section 3.2 and Section 3.3(b), “Accrued Bonus” determined as of Executive’s Date of Termination means any bonus or other cash incentive compensation earned or accrued on the Company’s books as of or through the Date of Termination in accordance with this Section 3.4. In making this calculation, to the extent applicable: (i) Executive’s based compensation or other earnings will be based on actual earnings through the Date of Termination (determined without regard to any reduction therein constituting Good Reason within the meaning of Section 2.7(b)), (ii) any individual contribution percentage or individual performance factor will be set at 100%, and (iii) any Company performance factors will be based on those used to calculate bonus accruals for the most recently completed fiscal quarter of the fiscal year in which the Date of Termination falls, unless the Date of Termination falls within the Company’s first fiscal quarter of the fiscal year, in which case any Company performance factors will be calculated as reasonably determined by the Company in good faith.

3.5.      Cost of COBRA Continuation Coverage. If and to the extent that Executive, following a termination of Executive’s employment described in Section 3.3, properly and timely elects (on behalf of Executive and Executive’s qualified beneficiaries) continuation coverage under the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985, as amended (“COBRA”) with respect to the Company’s group health plan, Executive shall pay from time to time the then-current portion of the cost of such coverage that would be payable by the Company’s similarly situated active employees and the Company shall pay the balance of such then-current costs as long as and for the period during which the Company remains obligated for continuing payments under Section 3.3(c) (without regard to any acceleration by the Company of such payments). The Company shall be authorized to deduct from the installments to be paid under Section 3.3 Executive’s then-current share of the cost of such coverage. The Company’s subsidy of such group health plan coverage shall terminate upon the earlier of (1) the date of termination of COBRA continuation coverage and (2) the payment in full by the Company of its obligations under

Section 3.3(c) (without regard to any acceleration by the Company of such payments), whereupon Executive shall be fully responsible for the cost of continuing coverage and benefits, if any.

3.6.      General Release Agreement. The obligations of the Company to make the payments and provide the benefits described in Sections 3.3 and 3.5 are expressly conditioned upon Executive’s signing and delivering to the Company, not later than forty-five (45) days after the Date of Termination, and thereafter not revoking a valid general release agreement in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Company, which release shall will include a general release of all claims against the Company, its directors, officers, and affiliates (other than claims in respect of future Company obligations under this Agreement). Any breach of Executive’s nondisclosure, nonsolicitation, or noncompetition obligations to the Company that has or is reasonably likely to have a material and adverse effect on the Company shall, in addition to all other remedies available to Company, result in the immediate release of the Company from any obligation it would otherwise have to make further payments or provide further benefits under this Agreement. Executive expressly acknowledges that the Company is prepared to vigorously enforce these promises and that violation of Executive’s obligations could result in an award of damages or other legal remedies against Executive and Executive’s subsequent employers.

3.7.      Limitation.

(a)        The foregoing notwithstanding, the total of the payments made to Executive pursuant to Sections 3.3 and 3.5 shall be reduced to the extent that the payment of such amount would cause Executive’s total termination benefits (as determined by the Company’s tax advisor) to constitute an “excess” parachute payment under Section 280G of the Code and thereby subject Executive to an excise tax under Section 4999(a) of the Code, but only if Executive determines that the after-tax value of the termination benefits calculated with the foregoing reduction exceeds the value of the termination benefits calculated without the such reduction. Any such reduction shall be reduce the cash payments otherwise to be made to Executive in reverse chronological order.

(b)        To the extent that any cash payments due under Section 3.3 or Section 3.5: (i) constitute “deferred compensation” subject to the requirements of Section 409A of the Code, (ii) are payable to an Executive who is a “specified employee” (as defined in Section 409A) as a result of Executive’s Separation from Service, and (iii) would be payable during the six (6) month period following Executive’s Separation from Service, such payments shall be suspended and accumulated by the Company and paid out to Executive on the first business day following the date that is six (6) months after Executive’s Separation from Service. In determining whether any cash payments due under Section 3.3 or Section 3.5 are deferred compensation within the meaning of Section 409A, the parties agree, to the greatest extent possible under the Treasury Regulations promulgated under Section 409A, to make use of any exemptions available under Section 409A, including the short-term deferral exemption (which may require the acceleration of certain cash termination benefits), the separation pay exemption, and the limited payment exemption.

3.8.      Termination Obligations.

(a)        Executive hereby acknowledges and agrees that all Company Property and Materials furnished or made available to or acquired by Executive in the course of or incident to Executive’s employment, belong to the Company and shall be promptly returned to the Company upon termination of Executive’s employment for whatever reason. “Company Property and Materials” for such purpose includes (i) all electronic devices owned, leased, or made available by the Company for Executive’s use, including personal computers, fax machines, cellular telephones, pagers, and tape recorders, and (ii) all books, manuals, records, reports, notes, contracts, lists, blueprints, maps and other documents, or materials, or copies thereof (including computer files) belonging to, and all other proprietary information relating to the business of, the Company. Following termination, Executive will not retain any written or other tangible material containing any proprietary information of the Company and, upon request, will confirm Executive’s compliance with this subsection in writing.

(b)        Executive’s obligations under this Section 3.8 and Section 4 shall survive termination of Executive’s employment and the expiration of this Agreement.

(c)        Upon termination of Executive’s employment, Executive will be deemed to have resigned from all offices and directorships then held with the Company or any of its affiliates.

3.9.      Right of Offset. Executive expressly agrees that the Company shall be entitled to offset against any amounts otherwise payable to Executive under Section 3.3 any amount that Executive may then be obligated to pay to the Company, pursuant to this Agreement or any other agreement or arrangement between Executive and the Company, and Executive consents to the Company’s withholding of such amounts from any amount otherwise payable pursuant to Section 3.3.

3.10.    No Duty to Mitigate. No amount due to Executive under this Agreement by virtue of the termination of Executive’s employment (other than payments to be provided in respect of health benefits to the extent that Executive is entitled to similar benefits by virtue of new employment) shall be reduced by or on account of any compensation received by Executive as the result of employment by another employer.

Section 4.        RESTRICTIVE COVENANTS

4.1.      Confidentiality. In the performance of Executive’s duties hereunder Executive shall abide by and be bound by the Company’s Code of Conduct, including the confidentiality and nonsolicitation restrictions set forth therein. In addition and not in lieu or in substitution therefor, Executive shall not, during Executive’s employment or at any time thereafter, directly or indirectly, disclose or make available to any person for any reason or purpose whatsoever, any Confidential Information (as defined below). Executive agrees that, upon termination of Executive’s employment with the Company, all Confidential Information in Executive’s possession that is in written or other tangible form (together with all copies or duplicates thereof, including computer files), whether or not otherwise included among the Company Property and Materials required to be returned pursuant to Section 3.8(a), shall be

returned to the Company and shall not be retained by Executive or furnished or disclosed to any third party in any form except as provided herein; provided, however, that Executive shall not be obligated to treat as confidential any information that (i) was publicly known at the time of disclosure to Executive, (ii) becomes publicly known or available thereafter other than by virtue of a violation of this Agreement or any other duty owed to the Company by Executive, or (iii) is lawfully disclosed to Executive by a third party. As used in this Agreement the term “Confidential Information” means otherwise nonpublic information disclosed to Executive or known by Executive as a consequence of or through Executive’s relationship with the Company, including information about the customers, vendors, employees, consultants, business methods, public relations methods, organization, procedures, business plans, or finances, of the Company or its affiliates, whether or not such information constitutes a “trade secret” under applicable law.

4.2.      Noncompetition.

(a)        Competitive Activity. In addition to the restrictions contained in the Company’s Code of Conduct, Executive agrees that Executive shall not, without the prior written consent of the Company (as may be communicated through the Company’s President and Chief Executive Officer):

(i)During the period Executive is employed by the Company (the “Employment Period”) and after termination of Executive’s employment during the Restriction Period (as defined in subsection (d)), directly or indirectly, engage or participate in (as an owner, partner, stockholder, employee, director, officer, agent, consultant or otherwise), with or without compensation, any business that is competitive with the business of the Company or any of its affiliates (x) during the Employment Period, as it is being conducted while Executive is employed by the Company or (y) during the Restriction Period, as it was being conducted at the time of the termination of Executive’s employment (each a “Competitive Business”);

(ii)After termination of Executive’s employment and during the Restriction Period, directly or indirectly, solicit or attempt to persuade any person who was, at any time within the two (2) year period before such termination an employee or independent contractor of the Company, to terminate his, her, or its relationship with the Company; or

(iii)After termination of Executive’s employment and during the Restriction Period, directly or indirectly, employ, hire, or retain any person who was an employee of the Company at any time within the one (1) year period before such termination.

For the avoidance of doubt and without limitation, subsection (i) above is intended, among other things, to prohibit, during the Employment Period and Restriction Period, the solicitation by Executive of any customer, client, or vendor of the Company for the benefit of or in furtherance of a Competitive Business and the engagement or participation of Executive by or with any business that solicits or engages in business with any customer, client, or vendor of the Company in furtherance of a Competitive Business.

(b)        Notwithstanding the foregoing, and with due recognition of the considerable breadth and scope of the products sold by the Company, the Company agrees that it will not unreasonably withhold its consent to allowing Executive to be employed during the Restriction Period by a Competing Business, provided that (and for as long as) the Competing Business competes with, or is likely to continue to compete with, the Company, as determined in the reasonable discretion of the Company, only in a manner having not more than an immaterial effect on the business, financial condition, or financial results of the Company as a whole or any business segment of the Company. Any such request shall be accompanied by a detailed statement of the then-current and anticipated business activities of the Competing Business, certified to be true, complete, and correct on behalf of such Competing Business, together with or followed by any other or additional information as may reasonably be requested by the Company to fully and properly evaluate Executive’s request.

(c)        Notwithstanding the foregoing, Executive may own up to a five percent (5%) interest in a publicly traded corporation or other person engaged in a Competitive Business.

(d)        For purposes hereof, “Restriction Period” means the period beginning upon the Date of Termination and ending on the first anniversary thereof.

4.3.      Remedies for Breach. Executive acknowledges that the provisions of Sections 4.1 and 4.2 are reasonable and necessary for the protection of the Company and that the Company may be irrevocably damaged if these provisions are not specifically enforced. Accordingly, Executive agrees that, in addition to any other legal or equitable relief or remedy available to the Company, the Company shall be entitled to seek and may obtain an appropriate injunction or other equitable remedy for the purposes of restraining Executive from any actual or threatened breach of or otherwise enforcing these provisions (and that no bond or security shall be required in connection therewith), together with an equitable accounting of all earnings, profits, and other benefits arising from such violation, which rights shall be cumulative.

4.4.      Modification. If a court determines that any of the restrictions contained in Section 4.1 or Section 4.2 is unreasonable in terms of scope, duration, geographic area, or otherwise, or any provision in Section 4.1 or Section 4.2 is otherwise illegal, invalid, or unenforceable, then such restriction or provision, as applicable, shall be reformed to the extent necessary so that the same shall be rendered enforceable to the fullest extent otherwise permissible under applicable law, and the parties hereto do hereby expressly authorize any such court to so provide.

Section 5.        GENERAL PROVISIONS

5.1.      Termination of Employment Agreements. The parties hereby agree that any and all prior employment agreements between Executive and the Company are hereby terminated as of the date hereof, and any and all such agreements shall be of no further force and effect from and after the date hereof and the parties shall be released from any further obligations thereunder. The foregoing, however, shall not be deemed to abrogate or otherwise affect any of Executive’s obligations under the Company’s Code of Conduct as heretofore or hereafter in effect or any other restrictive covenant binding upon Executive.

5.2.      Certain Rules of Construction.

(a)        Number. The definitions contained in Section 2 and elsewhere in this Agreement shall be equally applicable to both the singular and plural forms.

(b)        “Including”; “Or.” The word “including” means and shall be read as “including but not limited to” and the word “or” means “or” in the nonexclusive sense, i.e., either “and” or “or.”

(c)        Section and Subsection References. Except as otherwise specified herein, references in this Agreement to Sections, subsections, and paragraphs are references to the Sections, subsections, and paragraphs of this Agreement.

(d)        Headings. The headings of the Sections, subsections, and paragraphs of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute part of this Agreement or affect the construction hereof.

(e)        “Herein.” Words such as “herein,” “hereinafter,” “hereof,” and “hereunder” refer to this Agreement as a whole and not merely to a subdivision in which such words appear unless the context otherwise requires.

(f)        “Person.” Except as may be expressly provided otherwise herein, the word “person” includes an individual, corporation, general or limited partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, business trust, firm, association, or other form of business entity.

(g)        Joint Drafting. The parties have participated jointly in the negotiation and drafting of this Agreement. In the event an ambiguity or question of intent or interpretation arises, this Agreement shall be construed as if drafted jointly by the parties and no presumption or burden of proof shall arise favoring or disfavoring either party by virtue of the authorship of any of the provisions of this Agreement.

5.3.      Successors; Binding Agreement.

(a)        The Company shall require any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company to expressly assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform it if no such succession had taken place. Failure of the Company to obtain such assumption and agreement before the effectiveness of any such succession shall be a breach of this Agreement. Unless expressly provided otherwise, “Company” as used herein means the Company as defined in this Agreement and any successor to its business or assets as aforesaid.

(b)        This Agreement may not be assigned by Executive but shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by Executive and Executive’s personal or legal representatives, executors, administrators, heirs, distributees, devisees and legatees. If Executive dies while any amounts remains payable to Executive hereunder, all such amounts, unless otherwise provided herein, shall be paid in accordance with the terms of this Agreement to Executive’s devisee, legatee, or other designee or, if there is no such designee, to Executive’s estate.

5.4.      No Contract of Employment. Executive acknowledges that Executive’s employment with the Company is “at will.” This Agreement does not and is not intended to confer upon Executive any right of continued or future employment by the Company or any right to compensation or benefits from the Company except the rights specifically stated herein, and shall not limit the right of the Company to terminate Executive’s employment at any time with or without Cause.

5.5.      Notices. All notices, demands, and other communications required or permitted by this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given (i) when personally delivered, (ii) when transmitted by fax, email, or other electronic or digital transmission, in each case with receipt confirmed, (iii) one business day after delivery to an

overnight courier for next day delivery, or (iv) upon receipt if sent by certified or registered mail. In each case, notice shall be addressed as follows:

If to Executive:	As set forth below Executive’s signature  to this Agreement
If to the Company:	TESSCO Technologies Incorporated
	11126 McCormick Road
	Hunt Valley, MD 21031
	Attention: President and CEO
	Fax: (410) 229-1669

or to such other address as either party may have furnished to the other in writing in accordance herewith, except that notices of change of address shall be effective only upon actual receipt.

5.6.      Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in several counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original but all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument. A counterpart signature page delivered by fax or other electronic means shall be as effective as the original thereof.

5.7.      Governing Law. This Agreement shall be construed, interpreted, and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Maryland (without regard to any provision that would result in the application of the laws of any other state or jurisdiction).

5.8.      Indemnification. To the fullest extent permitted under applicable law, the Company shall indemnify, defend, and hold Executive harmless from and against any and all causes of action, claims, demands, liabilities, damages, costs, and expenses of any nature whatsoever directly or indirectly arising out of or relating to Executive’s discharge of Executive’s duties on behalf of the Company or its subsidiaries and affiliates, as long as Executive acted in good faith and within the course and scope of Executive’s duties with respect to the matter giving rise thereto.

5.9.      Nondisparagement. The Company and Executive agree that neither will knowingly make any false statement intended or reasonably likely to disparage or defame the other to any person not a party to this Agreement relating to the employment relationship between the Company and Executive, the Company's business, or Executive’s performance.

5.10.    ARBITRATION OF DISPUTES; WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL.

(a)       Any claims (including counterclaims and cross-claims) and disputes between the parties arising out of or in any way relating to this Agreement or Executive’s employment with the Company shall (except as permitted by subsection (b)) be resolved by submission to binding arbitration before a single neutral arbitrator, who shall be a member of the Bar of the State of Maryland, in accordance with the Commercial Arbitration Rules and Procedures of the American Arbitration Association (AAA) then in effect. Such arbitration shall be held in Baltimore, Maryland.

(b)       Notwithstanding subsection (a) or any other provision of this Agreement, either party shall have the right to apply to a court having appropriate jurisdiction to seek injunctive or other equitable or nonmonetary relief, on either an interim or permanent basis, in respect of any claim arising out of or in connection with this Agreement or Executive’s employment with the Company.

(c)       Without implying any limitation on the requirement of subsection (a) that disputes be submitted to and resolved by arbitration, each party hereby irrevocably waives any right to a trial by jury in any action or proceeding arising under or relating to this Agreement or to the terms or conditions of Executive’s employment with the Company.

5.11.    Attorneys’ Fees. If any legal action, arbitration, or other proceeding is brought for the enforcement of this Agreement, or because of an alleged dispute, breach, or default in connection with any of the provisions of this Agreement, the prevailing party (as determined by the court or arbitrator) shall be entitled to recover reasonable attorneys’ fees and other costs incurred in such action, arbitration, or other proceeding, including any appeal thereof, in addition to any other relief to which such party may be entitled. Any award of attorneys’ fees or costs to Executive shall not affect the award of any attorneys’ fees or costs eligible for reimbursement in any other calendar year, and all such reimbursements must be made on or before the last day of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the expense was incurred.

5.12.    Entire Agreement; Amendments. This Agreement contains the entire agreement and understanding between the Company and Executive with respect to the subject matter hereof, and no representations, promises, agreements, or understandings, written or oral, not herein contained shall be of any force or effect. This Agreement shall not be changed unless in writing and signed by both Executive and the Company.

5.13.    Executive’s Acknowledgment. Executive acknowledges (i) that Executive has had the opportunity to consult with independent counsel of Executive’s own choice concerning this Agreement, and (ii) that Executive has read and understands the Agreement, is fully aware of its legal effect, and has entered into it freely based on Executive’s own judgment.

[Balance of this page intentionally blank]

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Severance and Restrictive Covenant Agreement as of the date and year first above written.

TESSCO TECHNOLOGIES INCORPORATED
By:
	Murray Wright
	President and CEO
EXECUTIVE:
ELIZABETH S. ROBINSON
Address:
	Fax:
	Email:

EX-11.1.1

Exhibit 11.1.1

Statement re: Computation of Per Share Earnings

The information required by this Exhibit is set forth in Note 15 to the Consolidated Financial Statements of the Company contained in Item 8 of this Report.

EX-21.1.1

Exhibit 21.1.1

Subsidiaries of the Registrant

Subsidiary	State of Incorporation
TESSCO Incorporated	Delaware
Wireless Solutions Incorporated	Maryland
TESSCO Service Solutions, Inc.	Delaware
TESSCO Communications Incorporated	Delaware
TESSCO Financial Corporation	Delaware
TESSCO Business Services, LLC	Delaware
TESSCO Integrated Solutions, LLC	Delaware
GW Service Solutions, Inc.	Delaware
TCPM, Inc.	Delaware

EX-23.1.1

Exhibit 23.1.1

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

We consent to the incorporation by reference in the following Registration Statements of TESSCO Technologies Incorporated of our reports dated June 1, 2018, with respect to the consolidated financial statements and schedule of TESSCO Technologies Incorporated, and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting of TESSCO Technologies Incorporated, included in this Annual Report (Form 10-K) of TESSCO Technologies Incorporated for the year ended April 1, 2018:

Registration Statements on Form S-8: 

Name	Registration Number	Date Filed
1994 Stock and Incentive Plan	33-87178	December 7,1994
Team Member Stock Purchase Plan	333-95249	January 24, 2000
Amended and Restated 1994 Stock and Incentive Plan	333-118177	August 12, 2004
Second Amended and Restated 1994 Stock and Incentive Plan	333-158758	April 24, 2009
Second Amended and Restated 1994 Stock and Incentive Plan	333-179819	February 29, 2012
Third Amended and Restated 1994 Stock and Incentive Plan	333-214457	November 4, 2016

/s/ ERNST & YOUNG LLP

Baltimore, Maryland
June 1, 2018

1

EX-31.1.1

Exhibit 31.1.1

CERTIFICATION

I, Murray Wright, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K for the period ended April 1, 2018 of TESSCO Technologies Incorporated;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and

the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date:	June 1, 2018	By:	/s/ Murray Wright
			Murray Wright
			President and Chief Executive Officer

EX-31.2.1

Exhibit 31.2.1

CERTIFICATION

I, Aric Spitulnik, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K for the period ended April 1, 2018 of TESSCO Technologies Incorporated;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and

the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date:	June 1, 2018	By:	/s/ Aric Spitulnik
			Aric Spitulnik
			Senior Vice President, Corporate Secretary and
			Chief Financial Officer

EX-32.1.1

Exhibit 32.1.1

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE

SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

I, Murray Wright, Chief Executive Officer of TESSCO Technologies Incorporated (the “Company”), certify, pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, that:

1. The Annual Report on Form 10-K of the Company for the year ended April 1, 2018 (the “Report”), fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78m); and

2. The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

Date:	June 1, 2018	By:	/s/ Murray Wright
			Murray Wright

The foregoing certification is being furnished solely to accompany the Report pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, and is not being filed for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and is not to be incorporated by reference into any filing of the Company, whether made before or after the date hereof, regardless of any general incorporation language in such filing.

EX-32.2.1

Exhibit 32.2.1

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE

SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

I, Aric Spitulnik, Chief Financial Officer of TESSCO Technologies Incorporated (the “Company”), certify, pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, that:

1. The Annual Report on Form 10-K of the Company for the year ended April 1, 2018 (the “Report”), fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78m); and

2. The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

Date:	June 1, 2018	By:	/s/ Aric Spitulnik
			Aric Spitulnik

The foregoing certification is being furnished solely to accompany the Report pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, and is not being filed for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and is not to be incorporated by reference into any filing of the Company, whether made before or after the date hereof, regardless of any general incorporation language in such filing.

XML

Document and Entity Information - USD ($)	12 Months Ended
	Apr. 01, 2018	May 29, 2018	Sep. 24, 2017
Document and Entity Information [Abstract]
Entity Registrant Name	TESSCO TECHNOLOGIES INC
Entity Central Index Key	0000927355
Current Fiscal Year End Date	--04-01
Entity Well-known Seasoned Issuer	No
Entity Voluntary Filers	No
Entity Current Reporting Status	Yes
Entity Filer Category	Accelerated Filer
Entity Public Float			$ 80,064,597
Entity Common Stock, Shares Outstanding		8,426,655
Document Fiscal Year Focus	2018
Document Fiscal Period Focus	FY
Document Type	10-K
Amendment Flag	false
Document Period End Date	Apr. 01, 2018

XML

Consolidated Balance Sheets - USD ($)	Apr. 01, 2018	Mar. 26, 2017
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents	$ 19,400	$ 8,540,100
Trade accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $1,094,900 and $782,200, respectively	87,862,300	64,778,900
Product inventory, net	72,323,000	63,984,300
Prepaid expenses and other current assets	4,489,100	3,864,100
Total current assets	164,693,800	141,167,400
Property and equipment, net	13,662,800	13,830,900
Goodwill, net	11,677,700	11,677,700
Deferred tax assets	710,500
Other long-term assets	8,678,900	7,304,500
Total assets	199,423,700	173,980,500
Current liabilities:
Trade accounts payable	67,041,100	53,581,400
Payroll, benefits and taxes	8,291,100	6,772,100
Income and sales tax liabilities	2,339,200	1,364,700
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities	1,370,300	2,228,200
Revolving line of credit	10,835,400
Current portion of long-term debt	27,300	26,500
Total current liabilities	89,904,400	63,972,900
Deferred tax liabilities		386,800
Long-term debt, net of current portion	2,300	29,800
Other long-term liabilities	1,465,400	1,574,700
Total liabilities	91,372,100	65,964,200
Shareholders' equity:
Preferred stock, $0.01 par value, 500,000 shares authorized and no shares issued and outstanding
Common stock $0.01 par value, 15,000,000 shares authorized, 14,111,703 shares issued and 8,396,537 shares outstanding as of April 1, 2018, and 14,048,392 shares issued and 8,337,669 shares outstanding as of March 26, 2017	99,000	98,400
Additional paid-in capital	60,611,900	59,006,000
Treasury stock, at cost, 5,715,166 shares as of April 1, 2018 and 5,710,723 shares as of March 26, 2017	(57,503,000)	(57,437,600)
Retained earnings	104,843,700	106,349,500
Total shareholders' equity	108,051,600	108,016,300
Total liabilities and shareholders' equity	$ 199,423,700	$ 173,980,500

XML

Consolidated Balance Sheets (Parenthetical) - USD ($)	Apr. 01, 2018	Mar. 26, 2017
Current assets:
Trade accounts receivable, allowance for doubtful accounts	$ 1,094,900	$ 782,200
Shareholders' equity:
Preferred stock, par value (in dollars per share)	$ 0.01	$ 0.01
Preferred stock, authorized (in shares)	500,000	500,000
Preferred stock, issued (in shares)	0	0
Preferred stock, outstanding (in shares)	0	0
Common stock, par value (in dollars shares)	$ 0.01	$ 0.01
Common stock, authorized (in shares)	15,000,000	15,000,000
Common stock, issued (in shares)	14,111,703	14,048,392
Common stock, outstanding (in shares)	8,396,537	8,337,669
Treasury stock (in shares)	5,715,166	5,710,723

XML

Consolidated Statements of Income - USD ($)	3 Months Ended								12 Months Ended
	Apr. 01, 2018	Dec. 24, 2017	Sep. 24, 2017	Jun. 25, 2017	Mar. 26, 2017	Dec. 25, 2016	Sep. 25, 2016	Jun. 26, 2016	Apr. 01, 2018	Mar. 26, 2017	Mar. 27, 2016
Consolidated Statements of Income
Revenues	$ 148,920,100	$ 146,260,300	$ 145,083,500	$ 140,010,800	$ 122,602,900	$ 147,198,400	$ 134,633,800	$ 128,860,000	$ 580,274,700	$ 533,295,100	$ 530,682,100
Cost of goods sold	117,381,400	116,660,500	115,160,400	110,844,000	96,665,300	117,229,800	105,878,200	101,754,000	460,046,300	421,527,300	418,716,200
Gross profit	31,538,700	29,599,800	29,923,100	29,166,800	25,937,600	29,968,600	28,755,600	27,106,000	120,228,400	111,767,800	111,965,900
Selling, general and administrative expenses	30,357,600	27,413,200	26,674,400	27,881,500	26,890,400	27,860,700	26,709,500	26,955,700	112,326,700	108,416,300	102,932,300
Restructuring Charge					806,600					806,600
Income from operations	1,181,100	2,186,600	3,248,700	1,285,300	(1,759,400)	2,107,900	2,046,100	150,300	7,901,700	2,544,900	9,033,600
Interest expense, net	89,500	114,500	156,500	68,600	(7,100)	37,100	17,200	11,400	429,100	58,600	161,300
Income before provision for income taxes	1,091,600	2,072,100	3,092,200	1,216,700	(1,752,300)	2,070,800	2,028,900	138,900	7,472,600	2,486,300	8,872,300
Provision for income taxes	(76,800)	501,900	1,318,300	533,800	(895,000)	843,100	1,034,700	58,400	2,277,200	1,041,200	3,531,800
Net income	$ 1,168,400	$ 1,570,200	$ 1,773,900	$ 682,900	$ (857,300)	$ 1,227,700	$ 994,200	$ 80,500	$ 5,195,400	$ 1,445,100	$ 5,340,500
Basic earnings per share (in dollars per share)									$ 0.62	$ 0.17	$ 0.65
Diluted earnings per share (in dollars per share)	$ 0.14	$ 0.19	$ 0.21	$ 0.08	$ (0.10)	$ 0.15	$ 0.12	$ 0.01	$ 0.61	$ 0.17	$ 0.65
Basic weighted-average common shares outstanding (in shares)									8,370,742	8,312,731	8,220,023
Effect of dilutive options and other equity instruments (in shares)									100,263	27,686
Diluted weighted-average common shares outstanding (in shares)									8,471,005	8,340,417	8,220,023
Cash dividends declared per common share (in dollars per share)	$ 0.20	$ 0.20	$ 0.20	$ 0.20	$ 0.20	$ 0.20	$ 0.20	$ 0.20	$ 0.80	$ 0.80	$ 0.80

XML

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders' Equity - USD ($)	Common Stock	Additional Paid-in Capital	Treasury Stock	Retained Earnings	Total
Balance at Mar. 29, 2015	$ 96,100	$ 56,517,600	$ (56,307,900)	$ 112,836,300	$ 113,142,100
Balance (in shares) at Mar. 29, 2015	8,159,592
Increase (Decrease) in Stockholders' Equity
Proceeds from issuance of stock	$ 300	487,000			487,300
Proceeds from issuance of stock (in shares)	25,067
Treasury stock purchases			(937,300)		(937,300)
Treasury stock purchases (in shares)	(40,623)
Non-cash stock compensation expense	$ 1,200	727,800			729,000
Non-cash stock compensation expense (in shares)	128,088
Excess tax benefit from stock-based compensation		381,400			381,400
Cash dividends paid				(6,615,700)	(6,615,700)
Net income				5,340,500	5,340,500
Balance at Mar. 27, 2016	$ 97,600	58,113,800	(57,245,200)	111,561,100	112,527,300
Balance (in shares) at Mar. 27, 2016	8,272,124
Increase (Decrease) in Stockholders' Equity
Proceeds from issuance of stock	$ 400	458,200			458,600
Proceeds from issuance of stock (in shares)	37,432
Treasury stock purchases			(192,400)		(192,400)
Treasury stock purchases (in shares)	(12,453)
Non-cash stock compensation expense	$ 400	434,000			434,400
Non-cash stock compensation expense (in shares)	40,566
Cash dividends paid				(6,656,700)	(6,656,700)
Net income				1,445,100	1,445,100
Balance at Mar. 26, 2017	$ 98,400	59,006,000	(57,437,600)	106,349,500	$ 108,016,300
Balance (in shares) at Mar. 26, 2017	8,337,669				8,337,669
Increase (Decrease) in Stockholders' Equity
Proceeds from issuance of stock	$ 400	604,000			$ 604,400
Proceeds from issuance of stock (in shares)	44,458
Treasury stock purchases			(65,400)		(65,400)
Treasury stock purchases (in shares)	(4,443)
Non-cash stock compensation expense	$ 200	1,001,900			1,002,100
Non-cash stock compensation expense (in shares)	18,853
Cash dividends paid				(6,701,200)	(6,701,200)
Net income				5,195,400	5,195,400
Balance at Apr. 01, 2018	$ 99,000	$ 60,611,900	$ (57,503,000)	$ 104,843,700	$ 108,051,600
Balance (in shares) at Apr. 01, 2018	8,396,537				8,396,537

XML

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows - USD ($)	12 Months Ended
	Apr. 01, 2018	Mar. 26, 2017	Mar. 27, 2016
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
Net income	$ 5,195,400	$ 1,445,100	$ 5,340,500
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash (used in) provided by operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization	3,992,600	4,238,900	4,730,000
Loss (gain) on sale of property and equipment		114,500
Non-cash stock-based compensation expense	1,002,100	434,400	729,000
Deferred income taxes and other	(2,866,100)	(788,600)	(47,700)
Change in trade accounts receivable	(23,158,400)	(6,388,200)	1,256,400
Change in product inventory	(8,338,700)	(10,080,400)	18,459,700
Change in prepaid expenses and other current assets	(625,000)	2,053,000	4,951,800
Change in trade accounts payable	13,459,700	11,595,400	(9,818,200)
Change in payroll, benefits and taxes	1,519,000	1,844,200	(604,000)
Change in income and sales tax liabilities	974,500	(107,700)	(375,600)
Change in accrued expenses and other current liabilities	(402,200)	(1,309,300)	(4,480,800)
Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities	(9,247,100)	3,051,300	20,141,100
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES
Acquisition of property and equipment	(1,646,600)	(730,200)	(547,500)
Purchases of internal use software licenses eligible for capitalization	(1,892,800)	(1,832,800)	(2,966,300)
Net cash used in investing activities	(3,539,400)	(2,563,000)	(3,513,800)
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES
Net borrowings from revolving line of credit	10,835,400
Proceeds from note receivable	75,000
Payments of debt issuance costs		(218,200)
Payments on long-term debt	(26,700)	(1,901,300)	(250,600)
Proceeds from issuance of common stock	148,700	137,600	153,700
Cash dividends paid	(6,701,200)	(6,656,700)	(6,615,700)
Excess tax benefit from stock-based compensation			381,400
Purchases of treasury stock and repurchases of stock from employees	(65,400)	(192,400)	(937,300)
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities	4,265,800	(8,831,000)	(7,268,500)
Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents	(8,520,700)	(8,342,700)	9,358,800
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, beginning of period	8,540,100	16,882,800	7,524,000
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, end of period	$ 19,400	$ 8,540,100	$ 16,882,800

XML

Organization

12 Months Ended

Apr. 01, 2018

Organization

Description of Business and Basis of Presentation

Note 1. Organization

TESSCO Technologies Incorporated, a Delaware corporation (TESSCO, we, or the Company), architects and delivers innovative product and value chain solutions to support wireless systems. The Company provides marketing and sales services, knowledge and supply chain management, product-solution delivery and control systems utilizing extensive internet and information technology. Approximately 98% of the Company’s sales are made to customers in the United States. The Company takes orders in several ways, including phone, fax, online and through electronic data interchange. Almost all of the Company’s sales are made in United States Dollars.

XML

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

12 Months Ended

Apr. 01, 2018

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Note 2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Principles of Consolidation

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. Intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

Fiscal Year

The Company's fiscal year is the 52 or 53 weeks ending on the Sunday falling on or between March 26 and April 1 to allow the financial year to better reflect the Company's natural weekly accounting and business cycle.  The fiscal year ended April 1, 2018 contained 53 weeks and the fiscal years ended March 26, 2017 and March 27, 2016 each contain 52 weeks.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents include cash and highly liquid investments with an original maturity of 90 days or less.

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

The Company uses estimates to determine the amount of the allowance for doubtful accounts necessary to reduce accounts receivable to their expected net realizable value. The Company estimates the amount of the required allowance by reviewing the status of past-due receivables and analyzing historical bad debt trends and current economic conditions. Actual collection experience has not varied significantly from estimates, due primarily to consistent credit policies, collection experience, as well as the Company’s stability as it relates to its current customer base. Typical payments from a large majority of commercial customers are due 30 days from the date of the invoice. The Company charges-off receivables deemed to be uncollectible to the allowance for doubtful accounts. Accounts receivable balances are not collateralized.

Product Inventory

Product inventory, consisting primarily of finished goods, is stated at the lower of cost or net realizable value, cost being determined on the first-in, first-out (“FIFO”) method and includes certain charges directly and indirectly incurred in bringing product inventories to the point of sale. Inventory is written down for estimated obsolescence equal to the difference between the cost of inventory and the estimated net realizable value, based upon specifically known inventory-related risks (such as technological obsolescence and the nature of vendor terms surrounding price protection and product returns), and assumptions about future demand. At April 1, 2018 and March 26, 2017, the Company had a reserve for excess and/or obsolete inventory of $5,739,700 and $6,360,600, respectively.

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment is stated at cost. Depreciation is recorded using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets as follows:

	Useful lives
Information technology equipment	1	-	5	years
Furniture, telephone system, equipment and tooling	3	-	10	years
Building, building improvements and leasehold improvements	2	-	40	years

The Company capitalizes computer software costs incurred in connection with developing or obtaining computer software for internal use when both the preliminary project stage is completed and when management authorizes and commits to funding the project and it is probable that the project will be completed.  Development and acquisition costs are capitalized when the software project is either for the development of new software, to increase the life of existing software or to add significantly to the functionality of existing software. Capitalization ceases when the software project is substantially complete and ready for its intended use.

Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of their useful lives or the remaining lease term.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

Long-lived assets, including amortizable intangible assets, are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset or group of assets may not be fully recoverable. These events or changes in circumstances may include a significant deterioration of operating results, changes in business plans, or changes in anticipated future cash flows. If an impairment indicator is present, the Company evaluates recoverability by a comparison of the carrying amount of the assets to future undiscounted net cash flows expected to be generated by the assets. Assets are grouped at the lowest level for which there are identifiable cash flows that are largely independent of the cash flows generated by other asset groups. If future undiscounted cash flows are less than the carrying value of the asset group, the Company calculates the fair value of the asset group. If the assets are impaired, the impairment recognized is measured by the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds the fair value of the assets. Fair value is generally determined by estimates of discounted cash flows. The discount rate used in any estimate of discounted cash flows would be the rate required for a similar investment of like risk. There were no impairment charges in fiscal years 2018, 2017, or 2016.

Assets to be disposed of are reported at the lower of carrying value or fair values, less estimated costs of disposal.

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

Goodwill represents the future economic benefits arising from other assets acquired in a business combination that are not individually identified and separately recognized. Goodwill amounts and indefinite lived intangible assets are not amortized, but rather are tested for impairment at least annually or whenever an impairment indicator is identified. The Company performs its annual impairment test on the first day of its fourth quarter. Intangible assets that are not considered to have an indefinite useful life are amortized over their useful life of 4 to 6 years using the straight-line method. Intangible assets other than goodwill are recorded within other long-term assets in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets. The goodwill impairment test involves an initial qualitative analysis to determine if it is more likely than not that an intangible asset’s fair value is less than its carrying amount. If qualitative factors suggest a possible impairment, the Company then performs an additional two-step approach. Under the first step, the Company determines the fair value of each reporting unit to which goodwill has been assigned. The Company then compares the fair value of each reporting unit to its carrying value, including goodwill. The Company estimates the fair value of each reporting unit using various valuation techniques, with the primary technique being a discounted cash flow or income approach, under which the Company estimates the present value of the reporting unit’s future cash flows. Key assumptions used to determine the present value of a reporting unit’s future cash flows include (a) a cash flow period; (b) a terminal value based on a growth rate; and (c) a discount rate, which is based on the Company’s weighted average cost of capital adjusted for risks associated with our operations. If the fair value exceeds the carrying value, no impairment loss is recognized. If the carrying value exceeds the fair value, the goodwill of the reporting unit is considered potentially impaired and the second step is completed in order to measure the impairment loss. Under the second step, the Company calculates the implied fair value of goodwill by deducting the fair value of all tangible and intangible net assets, including any unrecognized intangible assets, of the reporting unit from the fair value of the reporting unit as determined in the first step. The Company then compares the implied fair value of goodwill to the carrying value of goodwill. If the implied fair value of goodwill is less than the carrying value of goodwill, the Company recognizes an impairment loss equal to the difference.

The indefinite lived intangible asset impairment test involves an initial qualitative analysis to determine if it is more likely than not that an intangible asset’s fair value is less than its carrying amount. If qualitative factors suggest a possible impairment, the Company then determines the fair value of the intangible asset. If the fair value of the intangible asset is less than its carrying value, an impairment loss is recognized for an amount equal to the difference. The intangible asset is then carried at its new fair value. Fair value is determined using estimates of discounted cash flows. These estimates of discounted cash flows will likely change over time as impairment tests are performed. Estimates of fair value are also adversely affected by increases in interest rates and the applicable discount rate.

Based on the Company’s qualitative and/or quantitative impairment testing performed, the Company did not recognize an impairment loss on goodwill or other indefinite lived intangible assets in fiscal years 2018, 2017, or 2016.

The methods of assessing fair value for our reporting unit with goodwill as well as for indefinite lived assets require significant judgments to be made by management, including future revenues, expenses, cash flows and discount rates. Changes in such estimates or the application of alternative assumptions could produce significantly different results.

Revenue Recognition

The Company records revenues when 1) persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, 2) delivery has occurred or services have been rendered, 3) price to the buyer is fixed or determinable, and 4) collectability is reasonably assured. The Company’s revenue recognition policy includes evidence of arrangements for significant revenue transactions through either receipt of a customer purchase order or a web-based order. The Company records revenues when risk of loss has passed to the customer. In most cases, shipments are made using FOB shipping terms. FOB destination terms are used for a portion of sales, and revenue for these sales is recorded when the product is received by the customer. Prices are always fixed at the time of sale. Historically, there have not been any material concessions provided to or by customers, future discounts provided by the company, or other incentives subsequent to a sale.The Company sells under normal commercial terms and, therefore, only records sales on transactions where collectability is reasonably assured. The Company recognizes revenues net of sales tax.

Because the Company’s sales transactions meet the conditions set forth in the Financial Accounting Standards Board’s (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) No. 605, it recognizes revenues from sales transactions containing sales returns provisions at the time of the sale. These conditions require that 1) the price be substantially fixed or determinable at the date of sale, 2) the buyer is obligated to pay, and the payment is not contingent on their resale of the product, 3) the buyer’s obligation to the Company does not change in the event of theft or physical destruction or damage of the product, 4) the buyer has economic substance apart from the Company, 5) the Company does not have significant obligations for future performance to directly bring about resale of the product by the buyer, and 6) the amount of future returns can be reasonably estimated. Because the Company’s normal terms and conditions of sale are consistent with conditions 1-5 above, and the Company is able to perform condition 6, it makes a reasonable estimate of product returns in sales transactions and accrues a sales return reserve based on this estimate.

Certain companies have turned to TESSCO to implement supply chain solutions, including purchasing inventory, assisting in demand forecasting, configuring, packaging, kitting and delivering products and managing customer and vendor relations, from order taking through cash collections. In performing these solutions, the Company assumes varying levels of involvement in the transactions and varying levels of credit and inventory risk. As the Company’s solutions offerings continually evolve to meet the needs of its customers, the Company constantly evaluates its revenue accounting based on the guidance set forth in accounting standards generally accepted in the United States. When applying this guidance in accordance with the ASC No. 605-45, the Company looks at the following indicators: whether it is the primary obligor in the transaction; whether it has general inventory risk; whether it has latitude in establishing price; the extent to which it changes the product or performs part of the service; whether it has discretion in supplier selection; whether it is involved in the determination of product and service specifications; whether it has physical inventory risk; whether it has credit risk; and whether the amount it earns is fixed. Each of the Company’s customer relationships is independently evaluated based on the above guidance and revenues are recorded on the appropriate basis. Based on a review of the factors above, in the majority of the Company’s sales relationships, the Company has concluded that it is the principal in the transaction and records revenues based upon the gross amounts earned and booked. However, the Company does have relationships where it is not the principal and records revenues on a net fee basis, regardless of amounts billed (less than 1% of total revenues for fiscal year 2018). If applying this revenue recognition guidance resulted in recording revenues on a different basis from which the Company has previously concluded, or if the factors above change significantly, revenues could increase or decrease; however, gross profit and net income would remain constant.

Service revenue associated with training and other services is recognized when the training or work is complete and the four criteria discussed above have been met. Service revenues have represented less than 1% of total revenues for fiscal years 2018, 2017 and 2016.

Other than sales relating to the Company’s private brands, we offer no product warranties in excess of original equipment manufacturers’ warranties. The Company’s warranty expense is estimated and accrued at the time of sale. Warranty expense was immaterial for fiscal years 2018, 2017, and 2016.

Vendor Programs

Funds received from vendors for price protection, product rebates and marketing/promotion are recorded as a reduction in cost of goods sold in accordance with ASC 605-50-45: Customer’s Characterization of Certain Considerations Received from a Vendor.

Shipping and Handling Costs

Shipping costs incurred to ship products from our distribution centers to our customers’ sites are included in selling, general and administrative expenses in the Consolidated Statements of Income and totaled $14,875,100,  $14,179,700, and $13,642,700 for fiscal years 2018, 2017, and 2016, respectively.

Stock Compensation Awards Granted to Team Members

The Company records stock compensation expense for awards in accordance with ASC No. 718. The Company accounts for forfeitures as they occur rather than estimate expected forfeitures. The standard also requires stock awards granted or modified after the adoption of the standard that include both performance conditions and graded vesting based on service to the Company to be amortized by an accelerated method rather than the straight-line method.

Income Taxes

The Company accounts for income taxes under the asset and liability method in accordance with ASC No. 740. Under this method, deferred income tax assets and liabilities arise from differences between the tax basis of assets or liabilities and their reported amounts in the financial statements. Deferred tax balances are determined by using the enacted tax rate to be in effect when the taxes are paid or refunds received. A valuation allowance related to deferred tax assets is recorded when it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized.

In accordance with ASC No. 740, the Company recognizes a provision for tax uncertainties in its financial statements. See Note 13 for further discussion of the standard and its impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP) requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities as of the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. On an ongoing basis, the Company reviews and evaluates its estimates and assumptions, including but not limited to, those that relate to tax reserves, stock-based compensation, accounts receivable reserves, inventory reserves and future cash flows associated with impairment testing for goodwill and other long-lived assets. Actual results could significantly differ from those estimates.

Recently issued accounting pronouncements not yet adopted:

In May 2014, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers. This guidance will supersede Topic 605, Revenue Recognition, in addition to other industry specific guidance, once effective. The new standard requires a company to recognize revenue in a manner that depicts the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the company expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods and services. In August 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-14, Revenue from Contracts with Customers: Deferral of the Effective Date, as a revision to ASU 2014-09, which revised the effective date to fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2017. Early adoption is permitted but not prior to periods beginning after December 15, 2016 (i.e. the original adoption date per ASU 2014-09). In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-08, Revenue from Contracts with Customers: Principal versus Agent Considerations, which clarifies certain aspects of the principal-versus-agent guidance, including how an entity should identify the unit of accounting for the principal versus agent evaluation and how it should apply the control principle to certain types of arrangements, such as service transactions. The amendments also reframe the indicators to focus on evidence that an entity is acting as a principal rather than as an agent. In April 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-10, Revenue from Contracts with Customers: Identifying Performance Obligations and Licensing, which clarifies how an entity should evaluate the nature of its promise in granting a license of intellectual property, which will determine whether it recognizes revenue over time or at a point in time. The amendments also clarify when a promised good or service is separately identifiable (i.e., distinct within the context of the contract) and allow entities to disregard items that are immaterial in the context of a contract. The Company has assessed the impact this new standard will have on its ongoing financial reporting. The Company has identified its revenue streams both by contract and product type and has assessed each for potential impacts. The Company had determined there to be no impact to the timing or amount of revenue recognized.  The Company will modify the balance sheet presentation of the returns reserve beginning on April 2, 2018 in order to be in accordance with ASC 606. However, as the Company’s returns have historically been less than 3% of revenue and this change will only affect the balance sheet, and this will not have a material impact on the Financial Statements. Based on this assessment, the Company will adopt the standard on a modified retrospective basis on April 2, 2018, the first day of fiscal 2019.

In February 2016, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2016-02, Leases. This ASU requires lessees to recognize most leases on their balance sheets related to the rights and obligations created by those leases. The ASU also requires additional qualitative and quantitative disclosures related to the nature, timing and uncertainty of cash flows arising from leases. The guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, and interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact the adoption of this new standard will have on its Consolidated Financial Statements.

In August 2016, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2016-15, Classification of Certain Cash Receipts and Cash Payments. The new standard will change the classification of certain cash payments and receipts within the cash flow statement. Specifically, payments for debt prepayment or debt extinguishment costs, including third-party costs, premiums paid, and other fees paid to lenders that are directly related to the debt prepayment or debt extinguishment, excluding accrued interest, will now be classified as financing activities. Previously, these payments were classified as operating expenses. The guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, and interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019, with early adoption permitted, and will be applied retrospectively. The Company does not expect that the adoption of this new standard will have a material impact on its Consolidated Financial Statements.

Recently issued accounting pronouncements adopted:

In March 2016, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2016-09, Compensation – Stock Compensation. The new standard modified several aspects of the accounting and reporting for employee share-based payments and related tax accounting impacts, including the presentation in the statements of operations and cash flows of certain tax benefits or deficiencies and employee tax withholdings, as well as the accounting for award forfeitures over the vesting period. One provision within this pronouncement requires that excess income tax benefits and tax deficiencies related to share-based payments be recognized within income tax expense in the statement of income, rather than within additional paid-in capital on the balance sheet. The Company adopted this provision in the first quarter of fiscal 2018. The adoption of this provision was applied prospectively. The impact to the Company's results of operations related to this provision in fiscal 2018 was an increase in the provision for income taxes of $0.04 million, and a 0.4% higher effective tax rate than if the standard had not been adopted. There was no material impact on fiscal 2018. The impact of this provision on the Company's future results of operations will depend in part on the market prices for the Company's shares on the dates there are taxable events related to share awards, but is not expected to be material. In connection with another provision within this pronouncement, the Company has elected to account for forfeitures as they occur rather than estimate expected forfeitures. As our previous estimated forfeiture rate was 0%,  no adjustment to prior periods is needed. The adoption of this and other provisions within the pronouncement did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial statements.

In December 2016, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2016-19, Technical Corrections and Improvements. Among other things, this ASU provides clarification on the presentation of the costs of computer software developed or obtained for internal use. The Company retrospectively adopted this ASU in the three months ended June 25, 2017 and reclassified the carrying value of internal-use computer software from Property, plant and equipment, net to Intangible assets, net. The net carrying value of internal-use computer software was $4.0 million and $4.3 million, respectively, as of April 1, 2018 and March 26, 2017.

In March 2018, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2018-05, Income Taxes (Topic 740). This update provides accounting and disclosure guidance on accounting for income taxes. This guidance addresses the recognition of taxes payable or refundable for the current year and the recognition of deferred tax liabilities and deferred tax assets for the future tax consequences of events that have been recognized in the Company’s financial statements or tax returns. Topic 740 also addresses the accounting for income taxes upon a change in tax laws or tax rates, including, for example, adjusting (or re-measuring) deferred tax liabilities and deferred tax assets, as well as evaluating whether a valuation allowance is needed for deferred tax assets. The Company adopted this ASU in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2018. The adoption of this pronouncement did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial statements.

XML

Property and Equipment

12 Months Ended

Apr. 01, 2018

Property and Equipment

Property and Equipment

Note 3. Property and Equipment

All of the Company’s property and equipment is located in the United States and is summarized as follows:

	2018		2017
Land	$	4,740,800	$	4,740,800
Building, building improvements and leasehold improvements		20,896,300		20,704,100
Information technology equipment		4,988,600		5,898,700
Furniture, telephone system, equipment and tooling		7,569,400		7,006,900
		38,195,100		38,350,500
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization		(24,532,300)		(24,519,600)
Property and equipment, net	$	13,662,800	$	13,830,900

Depreciation and amortization of property and equipment was $3,992,600,  $4,238,900, and $4,730,000 for fiscal years 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

XML

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

12 Months Ended

Apr. 01, 2018

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

Note 4. Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

Other intangible assets, which are included in other long-term assets on the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets as of April 1, 2018 and March 26, 2017, consists of indefinite lived intangible assets in the amount of $795,400. At April 1, 2018 and March 26, 2017, amortizable intangible assets were fully amortized. There were no material changes in the carrying amount of goodwill for the fiscal years ended April 1, 2018 and March 26, 2017.

Capitalized internally developed computer software, net of accumulated amortization, as of April 1, 2018 and March 26, 2017 was $2,379,100 and $2,427,800, respectively. Amortization expense of capitalized internally developed computer software was $1,721,000,  $1,355,000, and $1,194,200 for fiscal years 2018, 2017, and 2016.

XML

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

12 Months Ended

Apr. 01, 2018

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

Note 5. Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities consisted of the following:

	April 1, 2018		March 26, 2017
Deferred Revenue	$	58,400	$	635,100
Other Accrued Expenses		1,311,900		1,593,100
Total Accrued Expenses	$	1,370,300	$	2,228,200

XML

Borrowings Under Revolving Credit Facility

12 Months Ended

Apr. 01, 2018

Borrowings Under Revolving Credit Facility

Borrowings Under Revolving Credit Facility

Note 6. Borrowings Under Revolving Credit Facility 

Fiscal Year 2018 Revolving Credit Facility Activity

On October 19, 2017, the Company and its primary operating subsidiaries, as co-borrowers, and SunTrust Bank, as Administrative Agent and Lender, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as a Lender, entered into an Amended and Restated Credit Agreement (the “Amended and Restated Credit Agreement”). Pursuant to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, the Credit Agreement for the secured Revolving Credit Facility as initially established in June 2016 was amended and restated in order to, among other things, increase the Company’s borrowing limit from up to $35 million to up to $75 million. Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined in this and the immediately following three paragraphs have the meaning ascribed to each in the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement.

In addition to expanding the Company’s borrowing limit, the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement extends the applicable maturity date to October 19, 2021. The Amended and Restated Credit Agreement otherwise includes representations, warranties, affirmative and negative covenants (including restrictions) and other terms generally consistent with those applicable to the facility as existing prior to the execution and delivery of the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, but with certain modifications. The Amended and Restated Credit Agreement provides for a $5.0 million sublimit for the issuance of standby letters of credit, a $12.5 million sublimit for swing line loans, and an accordion feature which, subject to certain conditions, could increase the aggregate amount of the commitments to up to $125 million, with the optional commitments being provided by existing Lenders or new lenders reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent. No Lender is obligated to increase its commitment. Availability continues to be determined in accordance with a Borrowing Base, which has been expanded to include not only Eligible Receivables but also Eligible Inventory and is generally: (A) the sum of (i) 85% of Eligible Receivables; (ii) the Inventory Formula Amount for all Eligible Inventory which is aged less than 181 days; and (iii) the lesser of (x) $4 million and (y) the Inventory Formula Amount for all Eligible Inventory which is aged at least 181 days; minus (B) Reserves. Upon closing, there was $23.4 million outstanding under the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement.

Like the secured Revolving Credit Facility as existing prior to execution and delivery of the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, borrowings under the secured Revolving Credit Facility as now evidenced by the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement initially accrue interest from the applicable borrowing date at an Applicable Rate equal to the Eurodollar Rate plus the Applicable Margin. The Eurodollar Rate is the rate per annum obtained by dividing (i) LIBOR by (ii) a percentage equal to 1.00 minus the Eurodollar Reserve Percentage. When the Applicable Rate is the Eurodollar Rate plus the Applicable Margin, the Applicable Margin is 1.50% if Average Availability is greater than or equal to $15 million, and 1.75% otherwise. On April 1, 2018, the interest rate applicable to borrowings under the replacement Revolving Credit Facility was 3.17%. The weighted average interest rate on borrowings under the Company’s revolving credit facilities during fiscal year 2018 was 2.89%. Under certain circumstances, the Applicable Rate is subject to change at the Lenders’ option from the Eurodollar Rate plus the Applicable Margin to the Base Rate plus the Applicable Margin. Following an Event of Default, in addition to changing the Applicable Rate to the Base Rate plus the Applicable Margin, the Lenders’ may at their option set the Applicable Margin at 0.50% if the Base Rate applies or 1.75% if the Eurodollar Rate applies, and increase the Applicable Rate by an additional 200 basis points. The Applicable Rate adjusts on the first Business Day of each calendar month. The Company is required to pay a monthly Commitment Fee on the average daily unused portion of the Revolving Credit Facility provided for pursuant to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, at a per annum rate equal to 0.25%.

In connection with the entering into of the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, the Company and other Loan Parties executed and delivered to SunTrust Bank, as Administrative Agent, a Reaffirmation Agreement, pursuant to which the obligations of the Loan Parties under the Guaranty and Security Agreement delivered by them in connection with the secured credit facility as previously existing (including the previously existing guaranty by the Loan Parties not otherwise Borrowers and the previously existing grant by the Company and the other Loan Parties of a continuing first priority security interest in inventory, accounts receivable and deposit accounts, and on all documents, instruments, general intangibles, letter of credit rights, and all proceeds) were ratified and confirmed as respects the Obligations arising under the Amended and Restated Credit Facility from time to time.

Interest expense on this Revolving Credit Facility for fiscal year 2018 totaled $444,200. Average borrowings under this Revolving Credit Facility totaled $14,938,800 and maximum borrowings totaled $28,596,600 for fiscal year 2018. The average In addition to the interest charged on borrowings, the Company is subject to a 0.25% fee on the unused portion of the Revolving Credit Facility.

Borrowings under the Revolving Credit Facility may be used for working capital and other general corporate purposes, and as further provided in, and subject to the applicable terms of, the Credit Agreement. As of April 1, 2018, borrowings under this Revolving Credit Facility totaled $10.8 million and, therefore, the Company had $64.2 million available for borrowing as of April 1,2018, subject to the Borrowing Base limitation and compliance with the other applicable terms of the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, including the covenants referenced above. The line of credit has a lockbox arrangement associated with it and therefore the outstanding balance is classified as a current liability on our balance sheet.

The Company was in compliance with the terms and financial covenants applicable to the revolving credit facility at the end of fiscal year 2018.

Fiscal Year 2017 Revolving Credit Facility Activity

On June 24, 2016, the Company and its primary operating subsidiaries entered into a Credit Agreement (the “Credit Agreement”) with SunTrust Bank, as Administrative Agent. The Credit Agreement provides for a senior asset based secured revolving credit facility of up to $35 million (the “Revolving Credit Facility”). This replaced the Company’s previously existing $35 million unsecured revolving credit facility with both SunTrust Bank and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, which had no outstanding principal balance at the time of replacement. The replacement Revolving Credit Facility included terms providing for its maturity after five years, on June 24, 2021, and for a $5.0 million sublimit for the issuance of standby letters of credit and a $10.0 million sublimit for swing line loans. The Credit Agreement also included a provision permitting the Company, subject to certain conditions and approval of the Lenders, to increase the aggregate amount of the commitments under the Revolving Credit Facility to up to $50 million, through optional increased commitments from existing Lenders or new commitments from additional lenders, although no Lender was obligated to increase its commitment. Borrowing availability under the replacement Revolving credit Agreement as it was initially established was determined in part in accordance with a borrowing base, which is generally 85% of eligible receivables minus reserves. The Credit Agreement also set forth certain financial covenants, including a fixed charge coverage ratio to be maintained at any time during which the borrowing fell below $10 million, as well as terms that could the Company’s ability to engage in specified transactions or activities, including (but not limited to) investments and acquisitions, sales of assets, payment of dividends, issuance of additional debt and other matters.

Pursuant to a related Guaranty and Security Agreement, by and among the Company, the other borrowers under the Credit Agreement and other subsidiaries of the Company, referred to collectively as the Loan Parties, and SunTrust Bank, as Administrative Agent, the Loan Parties’ obligations, which include the obligations under the Credit Agreement, were guaranteed by the Loan Parties not otherwise borrowers, and secured by continuing first priority security interests in the Company’s and the other Loan Parties’ (including both borrowers and guarantors) inventory, accounts receivable, and deposit accounts, and on all documents, instruments, general intangibles, letter of credit rights, and chattel paper, in each case to the extent relating to inventory and accounts, and all proceeds of the foregoing. The security interests were granted in favor of the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Lenders party to the Credit Agreement from time to time.  The obligations thereby secured also include certain other obligations of the Loan Parties to the Lenders and their affiliates arising from time to time, relating to swaps, hedges and cash management and other bank products.

Effective July 13, 2017, the Company and its primary operating subsidiaries, as co-borrowers, and SunTrust Bank, as Administrative Agent and Lender, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as a Lender, entered into a First Amendment to Credit Agreement (the “First Amendment”), to amend select terms of the Credit Agreement. Pursuant to the First Amendment, the term “Availability” as used in the Credit Agreement was amended for a period of time ending no later than October 31, 2017, to allow for the inclusion of an additional sum when calculating Availability for certain limited purposes. This additional sum equals the lesser of $10 million, and the amount by which the Borrowing Base exceeds $35 million. This First Amendment did not increase the $35 million Aggregate Revolving Commitment Amount, but allowed the Company greater flexibility under the Credit Agreement for a limited period of time, until October 31, 2017, and was sought by the Company in response to business opportunities identified by the Company. Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined in this and the immediately preceding two paragraphs have the meaning ascribed to each in the Credit Agreement and First Amendment, as applicable.

Borrowings initially accrue interest from the applicable borrowing date, generally the Eurodollar rate plus an applicable margin ranging from 1.5% to 1.75%. Under certain circumstances, the applicable interest rate is subject to change from the Eurodollar rate plus the applicable margin to the base rate plus the applicable margin. The weighted average interest rate on borrowings under the Company’s revolving credit facilities during fiscal 2017 was 2.12%. Interest expense on this revolving credit facility for fiscal year 2017 totaled $45,500. Average borrowings under this revolving credit facility totaled $2,118,500, and maximum borrowings totaled $13,473,200 for fiscal year 2017, respectively. In addition to the interest charged on borrowings, the Company was subject to a 0.25% fee on the unused portion of the revolving credit facility.

As of March 26, 2017, the Company had a zero balance on its revolving credit facility. Therefore, the Company had $35.0 million available on its revolving line of credit facility as of March 26, 2017, subject to the applicable borrowing base limitations and compliance with the other applicable terms.

The Company was in compliance with the terms and financial covenants applicable to this prior revolving credit facility at the end of fiscal year 2017.

Fiscal Year 2016 Revolving Credit Facility Activity

On May 31, 2007, pursuant to a Credit Agreement, the Company established a revolving credit facility with both Wells Fargo Bank, National Association and SunTrust Bank. The facility has since been replaced with the credit facility mentioned above. The facility was unsecured and provided for monthly payments of interest accruing at a rate of LIBOR plus an applicable margin. The terms of the revolving credit facility required the Company to meet certain financial covenants and ratios and contained other limitations, including certain restrictions on dividend payments.

The facility provided for monthly payments of interest accruing at a rate of LIBOR plus an applicable margin ranging from 1.50% to 2.50%. The weighted average interest rate on borrowings under the Company’s revolving credit facilities was 2.12% fiscal years 2016, respectively. Interest expense on this revolving credit facility for fiscal year 2016 was $59,000. Average borrowings under this revolving credit facility totaled $3,454,500 and maximum borrowings totaled $12,301,100, for fiscal year 2016.

As of March 27, 2016, the Company had no outstanding balance on its revolving credit facility. Therefore, the Company had $35.0 million available on its revolving line of credit facility as of March 27, 2016, subject to the applicable borrowing base limitations and compliance with the other applicable terms.

The Company was in compliance with the terms and financial covenants applicable to this prior revolving credit facility at the end of fiscal year 2016.

XML

Extinguishment of Debt

12 Months Ended

Apr. 01, 2018

Extinguishment of Debt Disclosures

Extinguishment of Debt

Note 7. Extinguishment of Debt

Simultaneously with entering into the senior asset based Revolving Credit Facility described in Note 6, in June 2016 the Company terminated its previously existing $35 million unsecured revolving credit facility with SunTrust Bank and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, which had no outstanding principal balance at the time of termination. 

At the same time, the Company also repaid in full its obligations under its Term Loan from Wells Fargo Bank, National Association and SunTrust Bank in the original principal amount of $4.5 million. The Term Loan was secured by a first position deed of trust encumbering Company-owned real property in Hunt Valley, Maryland and had an outstanding principal balance of $1.9 million at the time of repayment.

XML

Long-Term Debt

12 Months Ended

Apr. 01, 2018

Long-Term Debt

Long-Term Debt

Note 8. Long-Term Debt

On June 30, 2004, the Company refinanced its then existing indebtedness through a term loan with an original principal amount of $4.5 million, payable in monthly installments of principal and interest. As discussed in Note 7, this loan was repaid in full during the first quarter of fiscal 2017. The interest rate on this term loan was LIBOR plus 2.00%. The note was secured by a first position deed of trust encumbering Company-owned real property in Hunt Valley, Maryland. The weighted average interest rate on borrowings under this note was 2.40% and 2.21% for fiscal years 2017 and 2016, respectively. Interest expense under this note was $11,000 and $43,900, for fiscal years 2017, and 2016, respectively.

On March 31, 2009, the Company entered into a term loan with the Baltimore County Economic Development Revolving Loan Fund for an aggregate principal amount of $250,000. At April 1, 2018 and March 26, 2017, the principal balance of this term loan was $29,600 and $56,300, respectively. The term loan is payable in equal monthly installments of principal and interest of $2,300, with the balance due at maturity on April 1, 2019. The term loan bears interest at 2.00% per annum. Interest expense under this note was $900,  $1,300, and $2,000 for fiscal years 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively. The term loan is secured by a subordinate position on Company-owned real property located in Hunt Valley, Maryland.

As of April 1, 2018, scheduled annual maturities of long-term debt are as follows:

Fiscal year:
2019	$	27,300
2020		2,300
Thereafter		—
	$	29,600

XML

Commitments and Contingencies

12 Months Ended

Apr. 01, 2018

Commitments and Contingencies

Commitments and Contingencies

Note 9. Commitments and Contingencies

The Company is committed to making rental payments under non-cancelable operating leases covering various facilities and equipment. Rent expense for fiscal years 2018, 2017 and 2016 totaled $3,041,700,  $3,047,500, and $3,035,600, respectively.

The Company leases office space in Timonium, Maryland, where the Company’s sales, marketing and administrative offices are located. This space is nearby to the Company’s Global Logistics Center in Hunt Valley, Maryland. The Agreement of Lease expires on December 31, 2020. Monthly rent payments now range from $169,400 to $185,100 through the remaining lease term.

The Company also leases office and warehouse space in Hunt Valley, Maryland, adjacent to the Company’s Global Logistics Center, expiring on July 31, 2020; however, the Company has an ongoing annual option to terminate the lease. The monthly rental fee ranges from $37,100 to $39,300 through the remaining lease term.

Additional sales and marketing offices are located in additional leased office space in San Antonio, Texas.  This space is leased pursuant to a lease agreement expiring on October 31, 2021.  Monthly rent payments range from $16,900 to $19,100 through the remaining lease term.

The Company’s minimum future obligations as of April 1, 2018 under existing operating leases are as follows:

Fiscal year:
2019	$	3,003,400
2020		2,997,000
2021		2,111,600
2022		203,200
2023		14,900
Thereafter		—
	$	8,330,100

Lawsuits and claims are filed against the Company from time to time in the ordinary course of business. The Company does not believe that any lawsuits or claims pending against the Company, individually or in the aggregate, are material, or will have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition or results of operations. In addition, from time to time, the Company is also subject to review from federal and state taxing authorities in order to validate the amounts of income, sales and/or use taxes which have been claimed and remitted. No federal, state and local tax returns are currently under examination.

As the Company is routinely audited by state taxing authorities, the Company has estimated exposure and established reserves for its estimated sales tax audit liability.

XML

Operating Segments

12 Months Ended

Apr. 01, 2018

Operating Segments

Operating Segment

Note 10. Operating Segments

Beginning with the first quarter of fiscal year 2018, the Company modified the structure of its internal organization in an effort to better serve the market place. Retail inventory typically has a shorter more defined life cycle and is, typically, ultimately used by individual end users. Commercial inventory typically has a life cycle that tends to be tied to changes in regulation or technology and includes products typically used by business entities or governments. Reflective of these differences, our sales and product teams have been reorganized and each now report to either a retail or commercial leader. The Company concluded that corresponding changes to its reportable segments are warranted and now evaluates its business within two segments: commercial and retail. The commercial segment consists of the following customer markets: (1) public carriers, that are generally responsible for building and maintaining the infrastructure system and provide airtime service to individual subscribers; (2) government, including federal agencies and state and local governments that run wireless networks for their own use as well as value-added resellers who specialize in selling to the government; (3) private system operators including commercial entities such as enterprise customers, major utilities and transportation companies; and (4) value-added resellers that sell, install and/or service cellular telephone, wireless networking, broadband and two-way radio communications equipment primarily for the enterprise market. The retail segment consists of the market which includes retailers, independent dealer agents and carriers. All prior periods have been restated to reflect this change.

During the first quarter of fiscal year 2018, in conjunction with the modification of the structure of the internal organization of the Company, as described above, the Company reviewed several customer types, including a large repair center customer, and reclassified them from the private system operators market to either the value-added resellers market or the retail segment, based on their purchase history. The Company has restated prior periods to reflect these changes.

The Company evaluates revenue, gross profit and net profit contribution, and income before provision for income taxes in the in the aggregate for both the commercial and retail segments. Net profit contribution is defined as gross profit less any expenses that can be directly attributed.  This includes sales, product management, purchasing, credit and collections and distribution team expenses, plus freight out and internal and external marketing costs.  Corporate support expenses include administrative costs – finance, human resources, information technology, operating facility occupancy expenses, depreciation, amortization and interest, plus the company-wide pay on performance bonus expense.

Certain cost of sales and other applicable expenses have been allocated to each market based on a percentage of revenues and/or gross profit, where appropriate.

Segment activity for the fiscal years ended 2018, 2017 and 2016 is as follows (in thousands):

	Year Ended
	April 1, 2018
	Commercial		Retail
	Segment		Segment		Total
Revenues
Public Carrier	$	115,061	$	—	$	115,061
Government		40,481		—		40,481
Private System Operators		93,246		—		93,246
Value-Added Resellers		136,888		—		136,888
Retail		—		194,599		194,599
Total revenues	$	385,676	$	194,599	$	580,275
Gross Profit
Public Carrier	$	16,707	$	—	$	16,707
Government		8,954		—		8,954
Private System Operators		20,363		—		20,363
Value-Added Resellers		35,303		—		35,303
Retail		—		38,901		38,901
Total gross profit	$	81,327	$	38,901	$	120,228
Directly allocable expenses		32,592		15,535		48,127
Segment net profit contribution	$	48,735	$	23,366		72,101
Corporate support expenses						64,628
Income before provision for income taxes					$	7,473

	Year Ended
	March 26, 2017
	Commercial		Retail
	Segment		Segment		Total
Revenues
Public Carrier	$	82,015	$	—	$	82,015
Government		36,676		—		36,676
Private System Operators		82,508		—		82,508
Value-Added Resellers		130,486		—		130,486
Retail		—		201,610		201,610
Total revenues	$	331,685	$	201,610	$	533,295
Gross Profit
Public Carrier	$	13,706	$	—	$	13,706
Government		8,235		—		8,235
Private System Operators		18,073		—		18,073
Value-Added Resellers		35,530		—		35,530
Retail		—		36,224		36,224
Total gross profit	$	75,544	$	36,224	$	111,768
Directly allocable expenses		32,455		16,399		48,854
Segment net profit contribution	$	43,089	$	19,825		62,914
Corporate support expenses						60,428
Income before provision for income taxes					$	2,486

	Year Ended
	March 27, 2016
	Commercial		Retail
	Segment		Segment		Total
Revenues
Public Carrier	$	89,171	$	—	$	89,171
Government		33,009		—		33,009
Private System Operators		76,809		—		76,809
Value-Added Resellers		132,403		—		132,403
Retail		—		199,290		199,290
Total revenues	$	331,392	$	199,290	$	530,682
Gross Profit
Public Carrier	$	15,155	$	—	$	15,155
Government		7,713		—		7,713
Private System Operators		18,071		—		18,071
Value-Added Resellers		34,840		—		34,840
Retail		—		36,187		36,187
Total gross profit	$	75,779	$	36,187	$	111,966
Directly allocable expenses		46,422		27,985		74,407
Segment net profit contribution	$	29,357	$	8,202		37,559
Corporate support expenses						28,687
Income before provision for income taxes					$	8,872

The Company also reviews revenue and gross profit by its four product categories:

· Base station infrastructure products are used to build, repair and upgrade wireless telecommunications. Products include base station antennas, cable and transmission lines, small towers, lightning protection devices, connectors, power systems, miscellaneous hardware, and mobile antennas. Our base station infrastructure service offering includes connector installation, custom jumper assembly, site kitting and logistics integration.

· Network systems products are used to build and upgrade computing and internet networks.  Products include fixed and mobile broadband equipment, wireless networking, filtering systems, distributed antenna systems, two-way radios and security and surveillance products.  This product category also includes training classes, technical support and engineering design services.

· Installation, test and maintenance products are used to install, tune, and maintain wireless communications equipment. Products include sophisticated analysis equipment and various frequency-, voltage- and power-measuring devices, as well as an assortment of tools, hardware, GPS, safety and replacement and component parts and supplies required by service technicians.  

· Mobile devices and accessory products include cellular phone and data device accessories such as replacement batteries, cases, speakers, mobile amplifiers, power supplies, headsets, mounts, car antennas, music accessories and data and memory cards. Retail merchandising displays, promotional programs, customized order fulfillment services and affinity-marketing programs, including private label internet sites, complement our mobile devices and accessory product offering.

Supplemental revenue and gross profit information by product category for the fiscal years 2018, 2017 and 2016 are as follows (in thousands):

	April 1, 2018		March 26, 2017		March 27, 2016
Revenues
Base station infrastructure	$	248,949	$	209,869	$	206,604
Network systems		98,642		87,222		83,480
Installation, test and maintenance		33,200		31,851		34,936
Mobile device accessories		199,484		204,353		205,662
Total revenues	$	580,275	$	533,295	$	530,682
Gross Profit
Base station infrastructure		58,015		54,280		51,610
Network systems		14,649		11,897		12,893
Installation, test and maintenance		6,266		5,921		6,607
Mobile device accessories		41,298		39,670		40,856
Total gross profit	$	120,228	$	111,768	$	111,966

XML

Restructuring Charge

12 Months Ended

Apr. 01, 2018

Restructuring Charge

Restructuring Charge

Note 11. Restructuring Charge

In the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2017, in an effort to streamline the organization, the Company took actions to restructure its operations thereby reducing costs, resulting in a $0.8 million pre-tax charge, which is included in our Consolidated Statements of Income for fiscal year 2017. The restructuring charge primarily consisted of severance-related expenses associated with a reduction in headcount paid in the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2017 through the first quarter of fiscal year 2018.  

XML

Stock Buyback

12 Months Ended

Apr. 01, 2018

Stock Buyback

Stock Buyback

Note 12. Stock Buyback

The Company withholds shares of common stock from its employees and directors, at their request, equal to the minimum federal and state tax withholdings related to vested performance stock units, stock option exercises and restricted stock awards. For fiscal years 2018, 2017, and 2016 the total value of shares withheld for taxes was $65,400,  $192,400, and $937,300, respectively.

XML

Income Taxes

12 Months Ended

Apr. 01, 2018

Income Taxes

Income Taxes

Note 13. Income Taxes

A reconciliation of the difference between the provision for income taxes computed at statutory rates and the provision for income taxes provided in the consolidated statements of income is as follows:

	2018		2017		2016
Statutory federal rate	31.3	%	34.0	%	34.0	%
State taxes, net of federal benefit	4.0		4.6		4.5
Non-deductible expenses	4.4		5.4		2.1
Change in deferred tax related to key man life insurance	(7.3)		—		—
Other	(1.9)		(2.1)		(0.8)
Effective rate	30.5	%	41.9	%	39.8	%

The provision for income taxes was comprised of the following:

	2018		2017		2016
Federal:    Current	$	3,073,400	$	1,083,600	$	2,350,000
Deferred		(1,081,600)		(69,100)		763,100
State:        Current		433,400		53,100		345,100
Deferred		(148,000)		(26,400)		73,600
Provision for income taxes	$	2,277,200	$	1,041,200	$	3,531,800

Total net deferred tax assets (liabilities) as of April 1, 2018 and March 26, 2017, and the sources of the differences between financial accounting and tax basis of the Company's assets and liabilities which give rise to the deferred tax assets and liabilities, are as follows:

	2018		2017
Net deferred tax assets (liabilities):
Deferred compensation	$	160,600	$	142,600
Accrued vacation		340,200		566,900
Deferred rent		37,200		208,900
Allowance for doubtful accounts		249,700		259,300
Inventory reserves		1,414,600		2,338,800
Sales tax reserves		217,500		366,000
Other assets		1,364,900		800,000
Tax contingency reserve		83,400		215,800
Depreciation and amortization		(2,542,800)		(3,659,100)
Other liabilities		—		(461,600)
Accrued compensation		—		(286,300)
Prepaid expenses		(614,800)		(878,100)
Net Deferred Tax Assets/(Liabilities)	$	710,500	$	(386,800)

The Company has reviewed its deferred tax assets realization and has determined that no valuation allowance is required as of April 1, 2018 or March 26, 2017.

The Company has changed the way in which it accounts for the cash surrender value of certain key-man life insurance policies. The Company had for many years recorded a deferred tax liability related to the incremental increase year over year in the cash surrender value of the policies.  After further analysis, it was determined that the annual change in cash surrender value, which has accumulated slowly over many years, should have been treated as an offset to the non-deductible insurance premiums related to the same policies, and not as a deferred tax liability.  As such, the Company adjusted its fiscal 2018 financial results to reflect the favorable change in tax treatment as applied to the aggregate amount of the incremental increases that have accumulated over the multi-year period. Specifically, net deferred tax assets increased by an aggregate of $0.5 million and income tax expense correspondingly decreased by an aggregate of $0.5 million. Correspondingly, net income and earnings per share for the fourth quarter of fiscal 2018 increased by $0.5 million and $0.06 per share, respectively, due to a one-time adjustment for this change in tax treatment. There was no impact on net cash flow used in operations.  This change has no impact on previously filed tax returns.

As of April 1, 2018, the Company had gross unrecognized tax benefit of $112,700 ($87,200 net of federal benefit). As of March 26, 2017, the Company had gross unrecognized tax benefits of $204,500 ($147,800 net of federal benefit).

The Company’s accounting policy with respect to interest and penalties related to tax uncertainties is to classify these amounts as income taxes. The total amount of interest and penalties related to tax uncertainties recognized in the consolidated statement of income for fiscal year 2018 was a benefit of $38,100 (net of federal expense) and the cumulative amount included as a liability in the consolidated balance sheet as of April 1, 2018 was $250,500 (net of federal benefit). The total amount of interest and penalties related to tax uncertainties recognized in the consolidated statement of income for fiscal year 2017 was a benefit of $10,000 (net of federal expense) and the cumulative amount included as a liability in the consolidated balance sheet as of March 26, 2017 was $314,300 (net of federal benefit). The total amount of interest and penalties related to tax uncertainties recognized in the consolidated statement of income for fiscal year 2016 was an expense of $16,600 (net of federal benefit). 

As of April 1, 2018, the total net amount of unrecognized tax benefits, inclusive of indirect tax benefits and deferred tax benefits was $87,200 and associated penalties and interest were $250,500. The net amount of $337,700, if recognized, would affect the effective tax rate.

A reconciliation of the changes in the gross balance of unrecognized tax benefit amounts, net of interest, is as follows:

	2018		2017		2016
Beginning balance of unrecognized tax benefit	$	204,500	$	290,400	$	394,400
Increases related to current period tax positions		—		3,100		3,800
Reductions as a result of a lapse in the applicable statute of limitations		(91,800)		(89,000)		(107,800)
Ending balance of unrecognized tax benefits	$	112,700	$	204,500	$	290,400

The Company has adopted Accounting Standards Update No. 2016-09 Topic 718, Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting, effective as of March 27, 2017. This new guidance requires all of the tax effects related to share-based payments to be recognized through the income statement and is effective for public entities for annual and interim reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016. The Company treated the tax effects of share-based compensation awards as discrete items in the interim reporting periods in which the windfalls or shortfalls occurred. As a result of the adoption of this ASU, the effective rate is 0.4% higher than if the ASU was not adopted for the fiscal year ended April 1, 2018.

On December 22, 2017, President Trump signed into law the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act, which we refer to herein as the 2017 Tax Act. ASC 740, Accounting for Income Taxes, requires companies to recognize the effect of tax law changes in the period of enactment even though the effective date for most provisions is for tax years beginning after December 31, 2017, or in the case of certain other provisions, January 1, 2018. Though certain key aspects of the new law are effective January 1, 2018 and have an immediate accounting effect, other significant provisions are not effective or may not result in accounting effects for fiscal year companies until the following fiscal year. In the Company’s case, the following fiscal year is the fiscal year beginning April 2, 2018.

Given the significance of the legislation, the SEC staff issued Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 118 (SAB 118), which allows registrants to record provisional amounts during a one year “measurement period” similar to that used when accounting for business combinations. However, the measurement period is deemed to have ended earlier when the registrant has obtained, prepared and analyzed the information necessary to finalize its accounting. During the measurement period, impacts of the law are expected to be recorded at the time a reasonable estimate for all or a portion of the effects can be made, and provisional amounts can be recognized and adjusted as information becomes available, prepared or analyzed. SAB 118 summarizes a three-step process to be applied at each reporting period to account for and

qualitatively disclose: (1) the effects of the change in tax law for which accounting is complete; (2) provisional amounts (or adjustments to provisional amounts) for the effects of the tax law where accounting is not complete, but that a reasonable estimate has been determined; and (3) a reasonable estimate cannot yet be made and therefore taxes are reflected in accordance with law prior to the enactment of the 2017 Tax Act.

Amounts recorded where a provisional estimate that has been determined for the fiscal year ended April 1, 2018 principally relate to the reduction in the U.S. corporate income tax rate from 35% to 21% effective January 1, 2018. The new law requires companies with a fiscal year that includes January 1, 2018 to determine their federal income tax rate under a blended rate approach. The Company’s annual federal rate for fiscal 2018 will be based on 9 months at the tax rates in effect before the new tax law and 3 months at the new 21% rate for a blended rate of 31.3%. The company applied this blended rate to fiscal 2018 current taxable income. The company also re-measured its deferred tax assets and liabilities and the unrecognized tax benefit from uncertain tax positions discussed above based on the new 21% rate. As such, the Company recorded an income tax benefit of $0.2 million as a result of the new legislation. The Company is currently evaluating the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act with its professional advisers; the full impact of the 2017 Tax Act on the Company in future periods cannot be predicted at this time and no assurances in that regard are made by the Company.

Changes on account of the 2017 Tax Act for which a reasonable estimate of the accounting effects has not yet been made include additional limitations on certain meals and entertainment expenses and repeal to the exception for performance based compensation under the excessive compensation limitation rules.

Other significant provisions of the 2017 Tax Act that are not yet effective but may impact income taxes in future years include: limitation on the current deductibility of net interest expense in excess of 30 percent of adjusted taxable income and a limitation of net operating losses generated after fiscal 2018 to 80 percent of taxable income.

The Company files income tax returns in U.S. federal, state and local jurisdictions. Certain income tax returns for fiscal years 2013 through 2017 remain open to examination by U.S. federal, state and local tax authorities. No federal, state and local income tax returns are currently under examination.

XML

Retirement Plans

12 Months Ended

Apr. 01, 2018

Retirement Plans

Retirement Plans

Note 14. Retirement Plans

The Company has a 401(k) plan that covers all eligible employees. Contributions to the plan can be made by employees and the Company may make matching contributions at its discretion. Expense related to this matching contribution was $928,100,  $621,600, and $635,500 during fiscal years 2018, 2017, and 2016, respectively. As of April 1, 2018, plan assets included 157,708 shares of common stock of the Company.

The Company maintains a Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan for Robert B. Barnhill, Jr., our Executive Chairman and Chairman of the Board. This plan is funded through life insurance policies for which the Company is the sole beneficiary. The cash surrender value of the life insurance policies and the net present value of the benefit obligation of approximately $2,204,500 and $901,400, respectively, as of April 1, 2018 and $2,128,200 and $883,400, respectively, as of March 26, 2017, are included in other long-term assets and other long-term liabilities, respectively, in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets. 

XML

Earnings Per Share

12 Months Ended

Apr. 01, 2018

Earnings Per Share

Earnings Per Share

Note 15. Earnings Per Share

The Company presents the computation of earnings per share (“EPS”) on a basic and diluted basis. Basic EPS is computed by dividing net income by the weighted average number of shares outstanding during the reported period. Diluted earnings per share are computed similarly to basic earnings per share, except that the denominator is increased to include the number of additional common shares that would have been outstanding if the potential additional common shares that were dilutive had been issued. Shares of common stock are excluded from the calculation if they are determined to be anti-dilutive.

The following table presents the calculation of basic and diluted earnings per common share:

	Amounts in thousands, except per share amounts
Amounts in thousands, except per share amounts	2018		2017		2016
Earnings per share – Basic:
Net earnings	$	5,195	$	1,445	$	5,341
Less: Distributed and undistributed earnings allocated to nonvested stock		—		—		(15)
Earnings available to common shareholders – Basic	$	5,195	$	1,445	$	5,326
Weighted average common shares outstanding – Basic		8,371		8,313		8,220
Earnings per common share – Basic	$	0.62	$	0.17	$	0.65
Earnings per share – Diluted:
Net earnings	$	5,195	$	1,445	$	5,341
Less: Distributed and undistributed earnings allocated to nonvested stock		—		—		(1)
Earnings available to common shareholders – Diluted	$	5,195	$	1,445	$	5,340
Weighted average common shares outstanding – Basic		8,371		8,313		8,220
Effect of dilutive options		100		27		—
Weighted average common shares outstanding – Diluted		8,471		8,340		8,220
Earnings per common share – Diluted	$	0.61	$	0.17	$	0.65
Anti-dilutive equity awards not included above		40		60		100

At April 1, 2018, March 26, 2017, and March 27, 2016 stock options with respect to 540,000,  420,000 and 100,000 shares of common stock were outstanding, respectively. The anti-dilutive stock options outstanding at April 1, 2018, March 26, 2017 and March 27, 2016 total 40,000,  60,000 and 100,000, respectively. There were no anti-dilutive Performance Stock Units or Restricted Stock outstanding as of April 1, 2018, March 26, 2017 or March 27, 2016.

XML

Stock-Based Compensation

12 Months Ended

Apr. 01, 2018

Stock-Based Compensation

Stock-Based Compensation

Note 16. Stock‑Based Compensation

The Company’s selling, general and administrative expenses for the fiscal years ended April 1, 2018, March 26, 2017, and March 27, 2016 includes $1,002,100,  $434,400, and $729,000, respectively, of stock compensation expense. Provision for income taxes for the fiscal years ended April 1, 2018, March 26, 2017, and March 27, 2016 includes $305,400,  $181,900, and $290,100, respectively, of income tax benefits related to our stock-based compensation arrangements. Stock compensation expense is primarily related to our Performance Stock Units (PSUs), Restricted Stock Units (RSUs) and Stock Options, granted or outstanding under the Company’s Third Amended and Restated Stock and Incentive Plan (the “1994 Plan”).

As of April 1, 2018, 366,700 shares were available for issue in respect of future awards under the 1994 Plan. Subsequent to the Company’s 2018 fiscal year end, on May 10, 2018, based on fiscal year 2018 results, 16,750 shares related to Performance Stock Units (PSUs) were canceled, and as a result, these shares were made available for future grants. On May 10, 2018, additional PSUs and restricted stock awards were made providing recipients with the opportunity to earn up to an aggregate of 71,000 and 18,000 additional shares, respectively of the Company’s common stock. Also, on May 10, 2018, the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors with concurrence of the full Board of Directors, granted stock options to select key employees to purchase an aggregate of 49,000 shares of the Company’s common stock. Accordingly, as of May 10, 2018, an aggregate of 245,450 shares were available for issue pursuant to future awards.

No additional awards can be made under the 1994 Plan after July 21, 2021, without or unless made subject to shareholder approval of an extension of the plan term. Stock Options, restricted stock and PSU awards have historically been granted as awards under the 1994 Plan. Shares which are subject to outstanding PSU or other awards under the 1994 Plan, and which are not earned, are returned to the 1994 Plan and become available for future issuance in accordance with and otherwise subject to the terms of the 1994 Plan.

Performance Stock Units: The Company’s equity-based compensation philosophy has been generally focused on granting performance-based and time-vested stock grants, although over the last two fiscal years stock option grants have also been made to senior management. Under a program established by the Board of Directors, Performance Stock Units (PSUs) have been granted under the 1994 Plan to selected employees. Each PSU entitles the participant to earn TESSCO common stock, but only after earnings per share and, for non-director employee participants, individual performance targets are met over a defined performance cycle. Performance cycles, which are fixed for each grant at the date of grant, are one year. Once earned, shares vest and are issued over a specified period of time determined at the time of the grant, provided that the participant remains employed by or associated with the Company at the time of share issuance. Earnings per share targets, which take into account the earnings impact of this program, are set by the Board of Directors in advance for the complete performance cycle at levels designed to grow shareholder value. If actual performance does not reach the minimum annual or threshold targets, no shares are issued. In accordance with ASC No. 718, the Company records compensation expense on its PSUs over the service period, based on the number of shares management estimates will ultimately be issued. Accordingly, the Company determines the periodic financial statement compensation expense based upon the stock price at the PSU grant date, net of the present value of dividends expected to be paid on TESSCO common stock before the PSU vests, management’s projections of future EPS performance over the performance period, and the resulting amount of estimated share issuances. As discussed in Note 2 above, theCompany now accounts for forfeitures as they occur rather than estimate expected forfeitures. To the extent that forfeitures occur, stock based compensation related to the restricted awards may be different from the Company’s expectations.

The following table summarizes the activity under the Company’s PSU program for fiscal years 2018, 2017 and 2016:

	2018			2017			2016
		Weighted			Weighted			Weighted
		Average Fair			Average Fair			Average Fair
	Shares	Value at Grant		Shares	Value at Grant		Shares	Value at Grant
Unvested shares available for issue under outstanding PSUs, beginning of period	170,100	$	11.17	138,925	$	21.46	203,841	$	20.65
PSU’s Granted	86,000		12.67	207,000		10.77	103,000		22.15
PSU’s Vested	(7,600)		19.58	(27,671)		19.40	(87,648)		13.88
PSU’s Forfeited/Cancelled	(181,500)		10.99	(148,154)		18.72	(80,268)		28.57
Unvested shares available for issue under outstanding PSUs, end of period	67,000	$	12.65	170,100	$	11.17	138,925	$	21.46

As of April 1, 2018, there was $0.3 million unrecognized compensation cost, related to fiscal year 2018 PSUs earned. Total fair value of shares vested during fiscal years 2018, 2017 and 2016 was $277,600,  $628,200 and $2,543,000, respectively.

The PSUs canceled during fiscal year 2018 primarily related to the fiscal year 2017 grant of PSUs which had a one-year measurement period (fiscal 2017). The PSUs were canceled because the minimum applicable fiscal 2017 performance targets were not fully satisfied. Per the provisions of the 1994 Plan, the shares related to these forfeited and canceled PSUs were added back to the 1994 Plan and became available for future issuance under the 1994 Plan.

Of the PSUs outstanding at the end of fiscal year 2018 covering 67,000 non-vested shares, PSUs covering 16,750 shares were subsequently canceled in May 2018, based on fiscal year 2018 performance. These PSUs were canceled because fiscal year 2018 earnings per share did not fully reach the target performance set forth in the PSU award agreements. The remaining 50,250 shares covered by PSUs outstanding at the end of fiscal year 2018 were earned based on fiscal year 2018 performance, but were not yet vested as of April 1, 2018. Assuming the respective participants remain employed by, or affiliated with the Company, these shares will vest ratably on or about May 1 of 2018, 2019, 2020, and 2021.

Subsequent to the Company’s 2018 fiscal year end, on May 10, 2018, the Compensation Committee, with the concurrence of the full Board of Directors, granted additional PSUs to selected key employees, providing them with the opportunity to earn up to 71,000 additional shares of the Company’s common stock in the aggregate, depending upon whether certain threshold or goal earnings per share targets are met and individual performance metrics are satisfied in fiscal year 2019. These PSUs have only one measurement year (fiscal year 2019), with any shares earned at the end of fiscal year 2019 to vest 25% on or about each of May 1 of 2019, 2020, 2021, and 2022. Pursuant to the typical PSU award agreement, however, performance metrics are deemed met upon the occurrence of a change in control, and shares earned are issued earlier upon the occurrence of a change in control, or death or disability of the participant, or upon termination of the participant’s employment without cause or by the participant for good reason, as those terms are defined in the agreement.

Restricted Stock/Restricted Stock Units: During the second quarter of fiscal year 2007, the Company granted 225,000 shares of the Company’s common stock to its then Chairman and Chief Executive Officer as a restricted stock award under the 1994 Plan. These shares vested ratably over ten fiscal years based on service, beginning on the last day of fiscal year 2007 and ending on the last day of fiscal year 2016. The weighted average fair value for these shares at the grant date was $10.56. On March 27, 2016, 22,500 shares of restricted stock were released and vested. As of April 1, 2018, there were no remaining unvested shares related to restricted stock.

On May 11, 2015, the Compensation Committee, with the concurrence of the full Board of Directors, granted an aggregate of 10,000 RSU awards to non-employee directors of the Company.  These awards provide for the issuance of shares of the Company’s common stock in accordance with a vesting schedule.  These awards have vested or will vest, and shares have been or will be issued 25% on or about each of May 1 of 2016, 2017, 2018 and 2019, provided that the participant remains associated with the Company (or meets other criteria as prescribed in the agreement) on each such date. As of April 1, 2018, there was approximately $0.1 million of total unrecognized compensation costs related to these awards. Unrecognized compensation costs related to these awards are expected to be recognized ratably over a period of approximately one  year. 

On May 11, 2016, the Compensation Committee, with the concurrence of the full Board of Directors, granted an aggregate of 10,000 RSU awards to non-employee directors of the Company. These awards provide for the issuance of the shares of the Company’s common stock in accordance with a vesting schedule.  These awards have vested or will vest, and shares have been or will be issued 25% on or about each of May 1 of 2017, 2018, 2019 and 2020, provided that the participant remains associated with the Company (or meets other criteria as prescribed in the agreement) on each such date. As of April 1, 2018, there was approximately $0.1 million of total unrecognized compensation costs related to these awards. Unrecognized compensation costs related to these awards are expected to be recognized ratably over a period of approximately two years. 

On May 10, 2017, the Compensation Committee, with the concurrence of the full Board of Directors, granted an aggregate of 18,000 RSU awards to non-employee directors of the Company and to the Executive Chairman.  These awards provide for the issuance of shares of the Company’s common stock in accordance with a vesting schedule.  These awards have vested or will vest, and shares have been or will be issued, 25% on or about each of May 1 of 2018, 2019, 2020 and 2021, provided that the participant remains associated with the Company (or meets other criteria as prescribed in the agreement) on each such date.

On August 8, 2017, the Compensation Committee, with the concurrence of the full Board of Directors, awarded an aggregate of up to 56,000 RSUs to several senior executives. The number of shares earned by a recipient will be determined by multiplying the number of RSUs covered by the award by a fraction, the numerator of which is the cumulative amount of dividends (regular, ordinary and special) declared and paid, per share, on the common stock, over an earnings period of up to four years, and the denominator of which is $3.20. Subject to earlier issuance upon the occurrence of certain events (as described in the applicable award agreement), any earned shares are issued and distributed to the recipient upon the fourth anniversary of the award date. As of April 1, 2018, 8,000 of these 56,000 RSUs have been canceled due to employee departures, leaving 48,000 of these RSUs outstanding.

As of April 1, 2018, there was approximately $0.6 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to all outstanding RSUs issued in fiscal year 2018, assuming all shares are earned. Unrecognized compensation costs are expected to be recognized ratably over a weighted average period of approximately three years.

Subsequent to the Company’s 2018 fiscal year end, on May 10, 2018, the Compensation Committee, with the concurrence of the full Board of Directors, granted an aggregate of 18,000 RSU awards to non-employee directors and the Executive Chairman of the Company.  These awards provide for the issuance of shares of the Company’s common stock in accordance with a vesting schedule.  These awards will vest and shares will be issued 25% on or about each of May 1 of 2019, 2020, 2021 and 2022, provided that the participant remains associated with the Company (or meets other criteria as prescribed in the agreement) on each such date.

PSUs and RSUs are expensed based on the grant date fair value, calculated as the closing price of TESSCO common stock as reported by NASDAQ on the date of grant minus the present value of dividends expected to be paid on the common stock before the award vests, because dividends or dividend-equivalent amounts do not accrue and are not paid on unvested PSUs and RSUs.

The Company now accounts for forfeitures as they occur rather than estimate expected forfeitures. To the extent that forfeitures occur, stock based compensation related to the restricted awards may be different from the Company’s expectations.

Stock Options:  The grant date value of the Company’s stock options has been determined using the Black-Scholes-Merton pricing model, based upon facts and assumptions existing at the date of grant. Stock options granted have exercise prices equal to the market price of the Company’s stock on the grant date. The stock options vest 25% after one year and then 1/36 per month for the following three years. During fiscal 2018, stock options for 110,000 shares were forfeited due to employee departure. 

The value of each option at the date of grant is amortized as compensation expense over the service period. This occurs without regard to subsequent changes in stock price, volatility or interest rates over time, provided the option remains outstanding. The following tables summarize the pertinent information for outstanding options.

	2018			2017
		Weighted			Weighted
		Average Fair			Average Fair
	Shares	Value at Grant		Shares	Value at Grant
Unvested options, beginning of period	395,000	$	1.96	100,000		3.43
Options Granted	230,000		2.57	410,000		1.85
Options Vested	(122,500)		1.87	(25,000)		3.55
Options Forfeited/Cancelled	(110,000)		2.42	(90,000)		2.64
Unvested options, end of period	392,500	$	2.21	395,000	$	1.96

				April 1, 2018
Grant Fiscal Year	Options Granted		Option Exercise Price	Options Outstanding	Options Exercisable
2018	230,000	$	15.12	170,000	-
2017	410,000	$	12.57	330,000	120,833
2016	100,000	$	22.42	40,000	26,667
Total				540,000	147,500

Grant Fiscal Year	Expected Stock Price Volatility			Risk-Free Interest rate		Expected Dividend Yield		Average Expected Term	Resulting Black Scholes Value
2018	32.63	%	1.96		%	5.34	%	4.0	$	2.57
2017	32.85	%	1.32		%	6.30	%	4.0	$	1.85
2016	26.40	%	1.67		%	3.50	%	4.0	$	3.43

As of April 1, 2018, there was approximately $0.8 million of total unrecognized compensation costs related to these awards. Unrecognized compensation costs related to these awards are expected to be recognized ratably over a period of approximately three years. No options were exercised during fiscal 2018, 2017, or 2016.

Team Member Stock Purchase Plan: The Company has a Team Member Stock Purchase Plan that permits eligible employees to purchase up to an aggregate of 450,000 shares of the Company's common stock at 85% of the lower of the market price on the first day of a six-month period or the market price on the last day of that same six-month period. Expenses incurred for the Team Member Stock Purchase Plan during the fiscal years ended April 1, 2018, March 26, 2017, and March 27, 2016 were $148,700,  $137,800, and $48,900, respectively. During the fiscal years ended April 1, 2018, March 26, 2017, and March 27, 2016, 13,423,  12,901, and 9,113 shares were sold to employees under this plan, having a weighted average market value of $11.08,  $10.68, and $16.86, respectively.

XML

Fair Value Disclosure

12 Months Ended

Apr. 01, 2018

Fair Value Disclosure

Fair Value Disclosure

Note 17. Fair Value Disclosure

Assets and liabilities carried at fair value are classified and disclosed in one of the following three categories:

· Level 1: Quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

· Level 2: Inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly. These include quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets, and quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active.

· Level 3: Unobservable inputs for the asset or liability that reflect the reporting entity’s own assumptions about the inputs used in pricing the asset or liability.

As of April 1, 2018 and March 26, 2017, the Company has no assets or liabilities recorded at fair value. 

The carrying amounts of cash and cash equivalents, trade accounts receivable, product inventory, trade accounts payable, accrued expenses, our term loan, life insurance policies and other current liabilities approximate their fair values as of April 1, 2018 and March 26, 2017 due to their short-term nature.

Fair value of long term debt is calculated using current market interest rates, which we consider to be a Level 2 input as described in the fair value accounting guidance on fair value measurements, and future principle payments, as of April 1, 2018 and March 26, 2017 is estimated as follows:

	April 1, 2018				March 26, 2017
	Carrying		Fair		Carrying		Fair
	Amount		Value		Amount		Value
Note payable to Baltimore County	$	29,600	$	28,827	$	56,300	$	54,229

XML

Supplemental Cash Flow Information

12 Months Ended

Apr. 01, 2018

Supplemental Cash Flow Information

Supplemental Cash Flow Information

Note 18. Supplemental Cash Flow Information

Cash paid for income taxes net of refunds, for fiscal years 2018, 2017, and 2016 totaled $2,440,000,  $55,600, and $1,979,800, respectively. Cash paid for interest during fiscal years 2018, 2017, and 2016 totaled $406,200,  $60,600, and $180,300, respectively. No interest was capitalized during fiscal years 2018, 2017 and 2016.

XML

Concentration of Risk

12 Months Ended

Apr. 01, 2018

Concentration of Risk

Concentration of Risk

Note 19. Concentration of Risk

Sales to customers and purchases from vendors are largely governed by individual sales or purchase orders, so there is no guarantee of future business. In some cases, the Company has more formal agreements with significant customers or vendors, but they are largely administrative in nature and are terminable by either party upon several months or otherwise short notice and they typically contain no obligation to make purchases from TESSCO. In the event a significant customer decides to make its purchases from another source, experiences a significant change in demand internally or from its own customer base, becomes financially unstable, or is acquired by another company, the Company’s ability to generate revenues from these customers may be significantly affected, resulting in an adverse effect on its financial position and results of operations.

The Company is dependent on third-party equipment manufacturers, distributors and dealers for all of its supply of wireless communications equipment. For fiscal years 2018, 2017, and 2016, sales of products purchased from the Company's top ten vendors accounted for 43%,  41%, and 42% of total revenues, respectively. Products purchased from the Company’s largest commercial vendor accounted for approximately 11%,  10%, and 11% of total revenues in fiscal years 2018, 2017, and 2016, respectively. Products purchased from the Company’s largest retail vendor accounted for approximately 10%,  11%, and 15% of total revenues in fiscal years 2018, 2017, and 2016, respectively. The Company is dependent on the ability of its vendors to provide products on a timely basis and on favorable pricing terms. The Company believes that alternative sources of supply are available for many of the product types it carries, but not for all products offered by the Company. The loss of certain principal suppliers, including the suppliers referenced above, or of other suppliers whose products may be difficult to source on comparable terms elsewhere, or the loss of one or more of certain ongoing affinity relationships, would have a material adverse effect on the Company.

As noted, the Company's future results could also be negatively impacted by the loss of certain customers, and/or vendor relationships. For fiscal years 2018, 2017, and 2016, sales of products to the Company's top ten customer relationships accounted for 28%,  26%, and 22% of total revenues, respectively. No customer accounted for more than 10% of total revenues in fiscal year 2018, 2017, and 2016.

XML

Quarterly Results of Operations (Unaudited)

12 Months Ended

Apr. 01, 2018

Quarterly Results of Operations (Unaudited)

Quarterly Results of Operations (Unaudited)

Note 20. Quarterly Results of Operations (Unaudited)

Summarized quarterly financial data for the fiscal years ended April 1, 2018 and March 26, 2017 is presented in the table below. For comparison purposes, fiscal quarter ended April 1, 2018 has fourteen weeks, all other quarters have thirteen weeks. 

	Fiscal Year 2018 Quarters Ended								Fiscal Year 2017 Quarters Ended
	April 1,		December 24,		September 24,		June 25,		March 26,		December 25,		September 25,		June 26,
	2018		2017		2017		2017		2017		2016		2016		2016
Revenues	$	148,920,100	$	146,260,300	$	145,083,500	$	140,010,800	$	122,602,900	$	147,198,400	$	134,633,800	$	128,860,000
Cost of goods sold		117,381,400		116,660,500		115,160,400		110,844,000		96,665,300		117,229,800		105,878,200		101,754,000
Gross profit		31,538,700		29,599,800		29,923,100		29,166,800		25,937,600		29,968,600		28,755,600		27,106,000
Selling, general and administrative expenses		30,357,600		27,413,200		26,674,400		27,881,500		26,890,400		27,860,700		26,709,500		26,955,700
Restructuring charges		—		—		—		—		806,600		—		—		—
Operating expenses		30,357,600		27,413,200		26,674,400		27,881,500		27,697,000		27,860,700		26,709,500		26,955,700
Income (loss) from operations		1,181,100		2,186,600		3,248,700		1,285,300		(1,759,400)		2,107,900		2,046,100		150,300
Interest, net		89,500		114,500		156,500		68,600		(7,100)		37,100		17,200		11,400
Income (loss) before provision for income taxes		1,091,600		2,072,100		3,092,200		1,216,700		(1,752,300)		2,070,800		2,028,900		138,900
Provision for income taxes		(76,800)		501,900		1,318,300		533,800		(895,000)		843,100		1,034,700		58,400
Net income (loss)	$	1,168,400	$	1,570,200	$	1,773,900	$	682,900	$	(857,300)	$	1,227,700	$	994,200	$	80,500
Diluted earnings (loss) per share	$	0.14	$	0.19	$	0.21	$	0.08	$	(0.10)	$	0.15	$	0.12	$	0.01
Cash dividends declared per common share	$	0.20	$	0.20	$	0.20	$	0.20	$	0.20	$	0.20	$	0.20	$	0.20

XML

Schedule II - Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

12 Months Ended

Apr. 01, 2018

Schedule II - Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

Schedule II - Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

Schedule II: Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

For the fiscal years ended:

	2018		2017		2016
Allowance for doubtful accounts:
Balance, beginning of period	$	782,200	$	841,400	$	661,900
Provision for bad debts		797,100		674,200		637,100
Write-offs and other adjustments		(484,400)		(733,400)		(457,600)
Balance, end of period	$	1,094,900	$	782,200	$	841,400

	2018		2017		2016
Inventory Reserve:
Balance, beginning of period	$	6,360,600	$	6,071,100	$	5,780,600
Inventory reserve expense		4,361,400		3,193,200		3,412,000
Write-offs and other adjustments		(4,982,300)		(2,903,700)		(3,121,500)
Balance, end of period	$	5,739,700	$	6,360,600	$	6,071,100

XML

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Policies)

12 Months Ended

Apr. 01, 2018

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Principles of Consolidation

Principles of Consolidation

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. Intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

Fiscal Year

Fiscal Year

The Company's fiscal year is the 52 or 53 weeks ending on the Sunday falling on or between March 26 and April 1 to allow the financial year to better reflect the Company's natural weekly accounting and business cycle.  The fiscal year ended April 1, 2018 contained 53 weeks and the fiscal years ended March 26, 2017 and March 27, 2016 each contain 52 weeks.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents include cash and highly liquid investments with an original maturity of 90 days or less.

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

The Company uses estimates to determine the amount of the allowance for doubtful accounts necessary to reduce accounts receivable to their expected net realizable value. The Company estimates the amount of the required allowance by reviewing the status of past-due receivables and analyzing historical bad debt trends and current economic conditions. Actual collection experience has not varied significantly from estimates, due primarily to consistent credit policies, collection experience, as well as the Company’s stability as it relates to its current customer base. Typical payments from a large majority of commercial customers are due 30 days from the date of the invoice. The Company charges-off receivables deemed to be uncollectible to the allowance for doubtful accounts. Accounts receivable balances are not collateralized.

Product Inventory

Product Inventory

Product inventory, consisting primarily of finished goods, is stated at the lower of cost or net realizable value, cost being determined on the first-in, first-out (“FIFO”) method and includes certain charges directly and indirectly incurred in bringing product inventories to the point of sale. Inventory is written down for estimated obsolescence equal to the difference between the cost of inventory and the estimated net realizable value, based upon specifically known inventory-related risks (such as technological obsolescence and the nature of vendor terms surrounding price protection and product returns), and assumptions about future demand. At April 1, 2018 and March 26, 2017, the Company had a reserve for excess and/or obsolete inventory of $5,739,700 and $6,360,600, respectively.

Property and Equipment

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment is stated at cost. Depreciation is recorded using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets as follows:

	Useful lives
Information technology equipment	1	-	5	years
Furniture, telephone system, equipment and tooling	3	-	10	years
Building, building improvements and leasehold improvements	2	-	40	years

The Company capitalizes computer software costs incurred in connection with developing or obtaining computer software for internal use when both the preliminary project stage is completed and when management authorizes and commits to funding the project and it is probable that the project will be completed.  Development and acquisition costs are capitalized when the software project is either for the development of new software, to increase the life of existing software or to add significantly to the functionality of existing software. Capitalization ceases when the software project is substantially complete and ready for its intended use.

Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of their useful lives or the remaining lease term.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

Long-lived assets, including amortizable intangible assets, are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset or group of assets may not be fully recoverable. These events or changes in circumstances may include a significant deterioration of operating results, changes in business plans, or changes in anticipated future cash flows. If an impairment indicator is present, the Company evaluates recoverability by a comparison of the carrying amount of the assets to future undiscounted net cash flows expected to be generated by the assets. Assets are grouped at the lowest level for which there are identifiable cash flows that are largely independent of the cash flows generated by other asset groups. If future undiscounted cash flows are less than the carrying value of the asset group, the Company calculates the fair value of the asset group. If the assets are impaired, the impairment recognized is measured by the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds the fair value of the assets. Fair value is generally determined by estimates of discounted cash flows. The discount rate used in any estimate of discounted cash flows would be the rate required for a similar investment of like risk. There were no impairment charges in fiscal years 2018, 2017, or 2016.

Assets to be disposed of are reported at the lower of carrying value or fair values, less estimated costs of disposal.

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

Goodwill represents the future economic benefits arising from other assets acquired in a business combination that are not individually identified and separately recognized. Goodwill amounts and indefinite lived intangible assets are not amortized, but rather are tested for impairment at least annually or whenever an impairment indicator is identified. The Company performs its annual impairment test on the first day of its fourth quarter. Intangible assets that are not considered to have an indefinite useful life are amortized over their useful life of 4 to 6 years using the straight-line method. Intangible assets other than goodwill are recorded within other long-term assets in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets. The goodwill impairment test involves an initial qualitative analysis to determine if it is more likely than not that an intangible asset’s fair value is less than its carrying amount. If qualitative factors suggest a possible impairment, the Company then performs an additional two-step approach. Under the first step, the Company determines the fair value of each reporting unit to which goodwill has been assigned. The Company then compares the fair value of each reporting unit to its carrying value, including goodwill. The Company estimates the fair value of each reporting unit using various valuation techniques, with the primary technique being a discounted cash flow or income approach, under which the Company estimates the present value of the reporting unit’s future cash flows. Key assumptions used to determine the present value of a reporting unit’s future cash flows include (a) a cash flow period; (b) a terminal value based on a growth rate; and (c) a discount rate, which is based on the Company’s weighted average cost of capital adjusted for risks associated with our operations. If the fair value exceeds the carrying value, no impairment loss is recognized. If the carrying value exceeds the fair value, the goodwill of the reporting unit is considered potentially impaired and the second step is completed in order to measure the impairment loss. Under the second step, the Company calculates the implied fair value of goodwill by deducting the fair value of all tangible and intangible net assets, including any unrecognized intangible assets, of the reporting unit from the fair value of the reporting unit as determined in the first step. The Company then compares the implied fair value of goodwill to the carrying value of goodwill. If the implied fair value of goodwill is less than the carrying value of goodwill, the Company recognizes an impairment loss equal to the difference.

The indefinite lived intangible asset impairment test involves an initial qualitative analysis to determine if it is more likely than not that an intangible asset’s fair value is less than its carrying amount. If qualitative factors suggest a possible impairment, the Company then determines the fair value of the intangible asset. If the fair value of the intangible asset is less than its carrying value, an impairment loss is recognized for an amount equal to the difference. The intangible asset is then carried at its new fair value. Fair value is determined using estimates of discounted cash flows. These estimates of discounted cash flows will likely change over time as impairment tests are performed. Estimates of fair value are also adversely affected by increases in interest rates and the applicable discount rate.

Based on the Company’s qualitative and/or quantitative impairment testing performed, the Company did not recognize an impairment loss on goodwill or other indefinite lived intangible assets in fiscal years 2018, 2017, or 2016.

The methods of assessing fair value for our reporting unit with goodwill as well as for indefinite lived assets require significant judgments to be made by management, including future revenues, expenses, cash flows and discount rates. Changes in such estimates or the application of alternative assumptions could produce significantly different results.

Revenue Recognition

Revenue Recognition

The Company records revenues when 1) persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, 2) delivery has occurred or services have been rendered, 3) price to the buyer is fixed or determinable, and 4) collectability is reasonably assured. The Company’s revenue recognition policy includes evidence of arrangements for significant revenue transactions through either receipt of a customer purchase order or a web-based order. The Company records revenues when risk of loss has passed to the customer. In most cases, shipments are made using FOB shipping terms. FOB destination terms are used for a portion of sales, and revenue for these sales is recorded when the product is received by the customer. Prices are always fixed at the time of sale. Historically, there have not been any material concessions provided to or by customers, future discounts provided by the company, or other incentives subsequent to a sale.The Company sells under normal commercial terms and, therefore, only records sales on transactions where collectability is reasonably assured. The Company recognizes revenues net of sales tax.

Because the Company’s sales transactions meet the conditions set forth in the Financial Accounting Standards Board’s (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) No. 605, it recognizes revenues from sales transactions containing sales returns provisions at the time of the sale. These conditions require that 1) the price be substantially fixed or determinable at the date of sale, 2) the buyer is obligated to pay, and the payment is not contingent on their resale of the product, 3) the buyer’s obligation to the Company does not change in the event of theft or physical destruction or damage of the product, 4) the buyer has economic substance apart from the Company, 5) the Company does not have significant obligations for future performance to directly bring about resale of the product by the buyer, and 6) the amount of future returns can be reasonably estimated. Because the Company’s normal terms and conditions of sale are consistent with conditions 1-5 above, and the Company is able to perform condition 6, it makes a reasonable estimate of product returns in sales transactions and accrues a sales return reserve based on this estimate.

Certain companies have turned to TESSCO to implement supply chain solutions, including purchasing inventory, assisting in demand forecasting, configuring, packaging, kitting and delivering products and managing customer and vendor relations, from order taking through cash collections. In performing these solutions, the Company assumes varying levels of involvement in the transactions and varying levels of credit and inventory risk. As the Company’s solutions offerings continually evolve to meet the needs of its customers, the Company constantly evaluates its revenue accounting based on the guidance set forth in accounting standards generally accepted in the United States. When applying this guidance in accordance with the ASC No. 605-45, the Company looks at the following indicators: whether it is the primary obligor in the transaction; whether it has general inventory risk; whether it has latitude in establishing price; the extent to which it changes the product or performs part of the service; whether it has discretion in supplier selection; whether it is involved in the determination of product and service specifications; whether it has physical inventory risk; whether it has credit risk; and whether the amount it earns is fixed. Each of the Company’s customer relationships is independently evaluated based on the above guidance and revenues are recorded on the appropriate basis. Based on a review of the factors above, in the majority of the Company’s sales relationships, the Company has concluded that it is the principal in the transaction and records revenues based upon the gross amounts earned and booked. However, the Company does have relationships where it is not the principal and records revenues on a net fee basis, regardless of amounts billed (less than 1% of total revenues for fiscal year 2018). If applying this revenue recognition guidance resulted in recording revenues on a different basis from which the Company has previously concluded, or if the factors above change significantly, revenues could increase or decrease; however, gross profit and net income would remain constant.

Service revenue associated with training and other services is recognized when the training or work is complete and the four criteria discussed above have been met. Service revenues have represented less than 1% of total revenues for fiscal years 2018, 2017 and 2016.

Other than sales relating to the Company’s private brands, we offer no product warranties in excess of original equipment manufacturers’ warranties. The Company’s warranty expense is estimated and accrued at the time of sale. Warranty expense was immaterial for fiscal years 2018, 2017, and 2016.

Vendor Programs

Vendor Programs

Funds received from vendors for price protection, product rebates and marketing/promotion are recorded as a reduction in cost of goods sold in accordance with ASC 605-50-45: Customer’s Characterization of Certain Considerations Received from a Vendor.

Shipping and Handling Costs

Shipping and Handling Costs

Shipping costs incurred to ship products from our distribution centers to our customers’ sites are included in selling, general and administrative expenses in the Consolidated Statements of Income and totaled $14,875,100,  $14,179,700, and $13,642,700 for fiscal years 2018, 2017, and 2016, respectively.

Stock Compensation Awards Granted to Team Members

Stock Compensation Awards Granted to Team Members

The Company records stock compensation expense for awards in accordance with ASC No. 718. The Company accounts for forfeitures as they occur rather than estimate expected forfeitures. The standard also requires stock awards granted or modified after the adoption of the standard that include both performance conditions and graded vesting based on service to the Company to be amortized by an accelerated method rather than the straight-line method.

Income Taxes

Income Taxes

The Company accounts for income taxes under the asset and liability method in accordance with ASC No. 740. Under this method, deferred income tax assets and liabilities arise from differences between the tax basis of assets or liabilities and their reported amounts in the financial statements. Deferred tax balances are determined by using the enacted tax rate to be in effect when the taxes are paid or refunds received. A valuation allowance related to deferred tax assets is recorded when it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized.

In accordance with ASC No. 740, the Company recognizes a provision for tax uncertainties in its financial statements. See Note 13 for further discussion of the standard and its impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

Use of Estimates

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP) requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities as of the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. On an ongoing basis, the Company reviews and evaluates its estimates and assumptions, including but not limited to, those that relate to tax reserves, stock-based compensation, accounts receivable reserves, inventory reserves and future cash flows associated with impairment testing for goodwill and other long-lived assets. Actual results could significantly differ from those estimates.

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

Recently issued accounting pronouncements not yet adopted:

In May 2014, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers. This guidance will supersede Topic 605, Revenue Recognition, in addition to other industry specific guidance, once effective. The new standard requires a company to recognize revenue in a manner that depicts the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the company expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods and services. In August 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-14, Revenue from Contracts with Customers: Deferral of the Effective Date, as a revision to ASU 2014-09, which revised the effective date to fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2017. Early adoption is permitted but not prior to periods beginning after December 15, 2016 (i.e. the original adoption date per ASU 2014-09). In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-08, Revenue from Contracts with Customers: Principal versus Agent Considerations, which clarifies certain aspects of the principal-versus-agent guidance, including how an entity should identify the unit of accounting for the principal versus agent evaluation and how it should apply the control principle to certain types of arrangements, such as service transactions. The amendments also reframe the indicators to focus on evidence that an entity is acting as a principal rather than as an agent. In April 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-10, Revenue from Contracts with Customers: Identifying Performance Obligations and Licensing, which clarifies how an entity should evaluate the nature of its promise in granting a license of intellectual property, which will determine whether it recognizes revenue over time or at a point in time. The amendments also clarify when a promised good or service is separately identifiable (i.e., distinct within the context of the contract) and allow entities to disregard items that are immaterial in the context of a contract. The Company has assessed the impact this new standard will have on its ongoing financial reporting. The Company has identified its revenue streams both by contract and product type and has assessed each for potential impacts. The Company had determined there to be no impact to the timing or amount of revenue recognized.  The Company will modify the balance sheet presentation of the returns reserve beginning on April 2, 2018 in order to be in accordance with ASC 606. However, as the Company’s returns have historically been less than 3% of revenue and this change will only affect the balance sheet, and this will not have a material impact on the Financial Statements. Based on this assessment, the Company will adopt the standard on a modified retrospective basis on April 2, 2018, the first day of fiscal 2019.

In February 2016, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2016-02, Leases. This ASU requires lessees to recognize most leases on their balance sheets related to the rights and obligations created by those leases. The ASU also requires additional qualitative and quantitative disclosures related to the nature, timing and uncertainty of cash flows arising from leases. The guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, and interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact the adoption of this new standard will have on its Consolidated Financial Statements.

In August 2016, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2016-15, Classification of Certain Cash Receipts and Cash Payments. The new standard will change the classification of certain cash payments and receipts within the cash flow statement. Specifically, payments for debt prepayment or debt extinguishment costs, including third-party costs, premiums paid, and other fees paid to lenders that are directly related to the debt prepayment or debt extinguishment, excluding accrued interest, will now be classified as financing activities. Previously, these payments were classified as operating expenses. The guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, and interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019, with early adoption permitted, and will be applied retrospectively. The Company does not expect that the adoption of this new standard will have a material impact on its Consolidated Financial Statements.

Recently issued accounting pronouncements adopted:

In March 2016, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2016-09, Compensation – Stock Compensation. The new standard modified several aspects of the accounting and reporting for employee share-based payments and related tax accounting impacts, including the presentation in the statements of operations and cash flows of certain tax benefits or deficiencies and employee tax withholdings, as well as the accounting for award forfeitures over the vesting period. One provision within this pronouncement requires that excess income tax benefits and tax deficiencies related to share-based payments be recognized within income tax expense in the statement of income, rather than within additional paid-in capital on the balance sheet. The Company adopted this provision in the first quarter of fiscal 2018. The adoption of this provision was applied prospectively. The impact to the Company's results of operations related to this provision in fiscal 2018 was an increase in the provision for income taxes of $0.04 million, and a 0.4% higher effective tax rate than if the standard had not been adopted. There was no material impact on fiscal 2018. The impact of this provision on the Company's future results of operations will depend in part on the market prices for the Company's shares on the dates there are taxable events related to share awards, but is not expected to be material. In connection with another provision within this pronouncement, the Company has elected to account for forfeitures as they occur rather than estimate expected forfeitures. As our previous estimated forfeiture rate was 0%,  no adjustment to prior periods is needed. The adoption of this and other provisions within the pronouncement did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial statements.

In December 2016, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2016-19, Technical Corrections and Improvements. Among other things, this ASU provides clarification on the presentation of the costs of computer software developed or obtained for internal use. The Company retrospectively adopted this ASU in the three months ended June 25, 2017 and reclassified the carrying value of internal-use computer software from Property, plant and equipment, net to Intangible assets, net. The net carrying value of internal-use computer software was $4.0 million and $4.3 million, respectively, as of April 1, 2018 and March 26, 2017.

In March 2018, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2018-05, Income Taxes (Topic 740). This update provides accounting and disclosure guidance on accounting for income taxes. This guidance addresses the recognition of taxes payable or refundable for the current year and the recognition of deferred tax liabilities and deferred tax assets for the future tax consequences of events that have been recognized in the Company’s financial statements or tax returns. Topic 740 also addresses the accounting for income taxes upon a change in tax laws or tax rates, including, for example, adjusting (or re-measuring) deferred tax liabilities and deferred tax assets, as well as evaluating whether a valuation allowance is needed for deferred tax assets. The Company adopted this ASU in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2018. The adoption of this pronouncement did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial statements.

XML

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Apr. 01, 2018

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Property and Equipment Useful Life

	Useful lives
Information technology equipment	1	-	5	years
Furniture, telephone system, equipment and tooling	3	-	10	years
Building, building improvements and leasehold improvements	2	-	40	years

XML

Property and Equipment (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Apr. 01, 2018

Property and Equipment

Property and Equipment

	2018		2017
Land	$	4,740,800	$	4,740,800
Building, building improvements and leasehold improvements		20,896,300		20,704,100
Information technology equipment		4,988,600		5,898,700
Furniture, telephone system, equipment and tooling		7,569,400		7,006,900
		38,195,100		38,350,500
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization		(24,532,300)		(24,519,600)
Property and equipment, net	$	13,662,800	$	13,830,900

XML

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Apr. 01, 2018

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

Accrued Expenses and Other Current Liabilities

	April 1, 2018		March 26, 2017
Deferred Revenue	$	58,400	$	635,100
Other Accrued Expenses		1,311,900		1,593,100
Total Accrued Expenses	$	1,370,300	$	2,228,200

XML

Long-Term Debt (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Apr. 01, 2018

Long-Term Debt

Scheduled Annual Maturities of Long-Term Debt

As of April 1, 2018, scheduled annual maturities of long-term debt are as follows:

Fiscal year:
2019	$	27,300
2020		2,300
Thereafter		—
	$	29,600

XML

Commitments and Contingencies (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Apr. 01, 2018

Commitments and Contingencies

Minimum Future Obligations Under Operating Leases

The Company’s minimum future obligations as of April 1, 2018 under existing operating leases are as follows:

Fiscal year:
2019	$	3,003,400
2020		2,997,000
2021		2,111,600
2022		203,200
2023		14,900
Thereafter		—
	$	8,330,100

XML

Operating Segments (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Apr. 01, 2018

Operating Segments

Revenue and Gross Profit by Market

Segment activity for the fiscal years ended 2018, 2017 and 2016 is as follows (in thousands):

	Year Ended
	April 1, 2018
	Commercial		Retail
	Segment		Segment		Total
Revenues
Public Carrier	$	115,061	$	—	$	115,061
Government		40,481		—		40,481
Private System Operators		93,246		—		93,246
Value-Added Resellers		136,888		—		136,888
Retail		—		194,599		194,599
Total revenues	$	385,676	$	194,599	$	580,275
Gross Profit
Public Carrier	$	16,707	$	—	$	16,707
Government		8,954		—		8,954
Private System Operators		20,363		—		20,363
Value-Added Resellers		35,303		—		35,303
Retail		—		38,901		38,901
Total gross profit	$	81,327	$	38,901	$	120,228
Directly allocable expenses		32,592		15,535		48,127
Segment net profit contribution	$	48,735	$	23,366		72,101
Corporate support expenses						64,628
Income before provision for income taxes					$	7,473

	Year Ended
	March 26, 2017
	Commercial		Retail
	Segment		Segment		Total
Revenues
Public Carrier	$	82,015	$	—	$	82,015
Government		36,676		—		36,676
Private System Operators		82,508		—		82,508
Value-Added Resellers		130,486		—		130,486
Retail		—		201,610		201,610
Total revenues	$	331,685	$	201,610	$	533,295
Gross Profit
Public Carrier	$	13,706	$	—	$	13,706
Government		8,235		—		8,235
Private System Operators		18,073		—		18,073
Value-Added Resellers		35,530		—		35,530
Retail		—		36,224		36,224
Total gross profit	$	75,544	$	36,224	$	111,768
Directly allocable expenses		32,455		16,399		48,854
Segment net profit contribution	$	43,089	$	19,825		62,914
Corporate support expenses						60,428
Income before provision for income taxes					$	2,486

	Year Ended
	March 27, 2016
	Commercial		Retail
	Segment		Segment		Total
Revenues
Public Carrier	$	89,171	$	—	$	89,171
Government		33,009		—		33,009
Private System Operators		76,809		—		76,809
Value-Added Resellers		132,403		—		132,403
Retail		—		199,290		199,290
Total revenues	$	331,392	$	199,290	$	530,682
Gross Profit
Public Carrier	$	15,155	$	—	$	15,155
Government		7,713		—		7,713
Private System Operators		18,071		—		18,071
Value-Added Resellers		34,840		—		34,840
Retail		—		36,187		36,187
Total gross profit	$	75,779	$	36,187	$	111,966
Directly allocable expenses		46,422		27,985		74,407
Segment net profit contribution	$	29,357	$	8,202		37,559
Corporate support expenses						28,687
Income before provision for income taxes					$	8,872

Revenue and Gross Profit by Product

Supplemental revenue and gross profit information by product category for the fiscal years 2018, 2017 and 2016 are as follows (in thousands):

	April 1, 2018		March 26, 2017		March 27, 2016
Revenues
Base station infrastructure	$	248,949	$	209,869	$	206,604
Network systems		98,642		87,222		83,480
Installation, test and maintenance		33,200		31,851		34,936
Mobile device accessories		199,484		204,353		205,662
Total revenues	$	580,275	$	533,295	$	530,682
Gross Profit
Base station infrastructure		58,015		54,280		51,610
Network systems		14,649		11,897		12,893
Installation, test and maintenance		6,266		5,921		6,607
Mobile device accessories		41,298		39,670		40,856
Total gross profit	$	120,228	$	111,768	$	111,966

XML

Income Taxes (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Apr. 01, 2018

Income Taxes

Effective Income Tax Rate Reconciliation

	2018		2017		2016
Statutory federal rate	31.3	%	34.0	%	34.0	%
State taxes, net of federal benefit	4.0		4.6		4.5
Non-deductible expenses	4.4		5.4		2.1
Change in deferred tax related to key man life insurance	(7.3)		—		—
Other	(1.9)		(2.1)		(0.8)
Effective rate	30.5	%	41.9	%	39.8	%

Provision for Income Taxes

	2018		2017		2016
Federal:    Current	$	3,073,400	$	1,083,600	$	2,350,000
Deferred		(1,081,600)		(69,100)		763,100
State:        Current		433,400		53,100		345,100
Deferred		(148,000)		(26,400)		73,600
Provision for income taxes	$	2,277,200	$	1,041,200	$	3,531,800

Deferred Tax Assets and Liabilities

	2018		2017
Net deferred tax assets (liabilities):
Deferred compensation	$	160,600	$	142,600
Accrued vacation		340,200		566,900
Deferred rent		37,200		208,900
Allowance for doubtful accounts		249,700		259,300
Inventory reserves		1,414,600		2,338,800
Sales tax reserves		217,500		366,000
Other assets		1,364,900		800,000
Tax contingency reserve		83,400		215,800
Depreciation and amortization		(2,542,800)		(3,659,100)
Other liabilities		—		(461,600)
Accrued compensation		—		(286,300)
Prepaid expenses		(614,800)		(878,100)
Net Deferred Tax Assets/(Liabilities)	$	710,500	$	(386,800)

Reconciliation of changes in unrecognized tax benefit amounts, net of interest

	2018		2017		2016
Beginning balance of unrecognized tax benefit	$	204,500	$	290,400	$	394,400
Increases related to current period tax positions		—		3,100		3,800
Reductions as a result of a lapse in the applicable statute of limitations		(91,800)		(89,000)		(107,800)
Ending balance of unrecognized tax benefits	$	112,700	$	204,500	$	290,400

XML

Earnings Per Share (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Apr. 01, 2018

Earnings Per Share

Calculation of Basic and Diluted Earnings Per Common Share

	Amounts in thousands, except per share amounts
Amounts in thousands, except per share amounts	2018		2017		2016
Earnings per share – Basic:
Net earnings	$	5,195	$	1,445	$	5,341
Less: Distributed and undistributed earnings allocated to nonvested stock		—		—		(15)
Earnings available to common shareholders – Basic	$	5,195	$	1,445	$	5,326
Weighted average common shares outstanding – Basic		8,371		8,313		8,220
Earnings per common share – Basic	$	0.62	$	0.17	$	0.65
Earnings per share – Diluted:
Net earnings	$	5,195	$	1,445	$	5,341
Less: Distributed and undistributed earnings allocated to nonvested stock		—		—		(1)
Earnings available to common shareholders – Diluted	$	5,195	$	1,445	$	5,340
Weighted average common shares outstanding – Basic		8,371		8,313		8,220
Effect of dilutive options		100		27		—
Weighted average common shares outstanding – Diluted		8,471		8,340		8,220
Earnings per common share – Diluted	$	0.61	$	0.17	$	0.65
Anti-dilutive equity awards not included above		40		60		100

XML

Stock-Based Compensation (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Apr. 01, 2018

Stock-Based Compensation

Schedule of Performance Stock Unit activity

	2018			2017			2016
		Weighted			Weighted			Weighted
		Average Fair			Average Fair			Average Fair
	Shares	Value at Grant		Shares	Value at Grant		Shares	Value at Grant
Unvested shares available for issue under outstanding PSUs, beginning of period	170,100	$	11.17	138,925	$	21.46	203,841	$	20.65
PSU’s Granted	86,000		12.67	207,000		10.77	103,000		22.15
PSU’s Vested	(7,600)		19.58	(27,671)		19.40	(87,648)		13.88
PSU’s Forfeited/Cancelled	(181,500)		10.99	(148,154)		18.72	(80,268)		28.57
Unvested shares available for issue under outstanding PSUs, end of period	67,000	$	12.65	170,100	$	11.17	138,925	$	21.46

Schedule of Stock Options

	2018			2017
		Weighted			Weighted
		Average Fair			Average Fair
	Shares	Value at Grant		Shares	Value at Grant
Unvested options, beginning of period	395,000	$	1.96	100,000		3.43
Options Granted	230,000		2.57	410,000		1.85
Options Vested	(122,500)		1.87	(25,000)		3.55
Options Forfeited/Cancelled	(110,000)		2.42	(90,000)		2.64
Unvested options, end of period	392,500	$	2.21	395,000	$	1.96

				April 1, 2018
Grant Fiscal Year	Options Granted		Option Exercise Price	Options Outstanding	Options Exercisable
2018	230,000	$	15.12	170,000	-
2017	410,000	$	12.57	330,000	120,833
2016	100,000	$	22.42	40,000	26,667
Total				540,000	147,500

Schedule of assumptions of Black-Scholes-Merton option pricing model

Grant Fiscal Year	Expected Stock Price Volatility			Risk-Free Interest rate		Expected Dividend Yield		Average Expected Term	Resulting Black Scholes Value
2018	32.63	%	1.96		%	5.34	%	4.0	$	2.57
2017	32.85	%	1.32		%	6.30	%	4.0	$	1.85
2016	26.40	%	1.67		%	3.50	%	4.0	$	3.43

XML

Fair Value Disclosure (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Apr. 01, 2018

Fair Value Disclosure

Fair Value of Long-term Debt

	April 1, 2018				March 26, 2017
	Carrying		Fair		Carrying		Fair
	Amount		Value		Amount		Value
Note payable to Baltimore County	$	29,600	$	28,827	$	56,300	$	54,229

XML

Quarterly Results of Operations (Unaudited) (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Apr. 01, 2018

Quarterly Results of Operations (Unaudited)

Summarized Quarterly Financial Data

	Fiscal Year 2018 Quarters Ended								Fiscal Year 2017 Quarters Ended
	April 1,		December 24,		September 24,		June 25,		March 26,		December 25,		September 25,		June 26,
	2018		2017		2017		2017		2017		2016		2016		2016
Revenues	$	148,920,100	$	146,260,300	$	145,083,500	$	140,010,800	$	122,602,900	$	147,198,400	$	134,633,800	$	128,860,000
Cost of goods sold		117,381,400		116,660,500		115,160,400		110,844,000		96,665,300		117,229,800		105,878,200		101,754,000
Gross profit		31,538,700		29,599,800		29,923,100		29,166,800		25,937,600		29,968,600		28,755,600		27,106,000
Selling, general and administrative expenses		30,357,600		27,413,200		26,674,400		27,881,500		26,890,400		27,860,700		26,709,500		26,955,700
Restructuring charges		—		—		—		—		806,600		—		—		—
Operating expenses		30,357,600		27,413,200		26,674,400		27,881,500		27,697,000		27,860,700		26,709,500		26,955,700
Income (loss) from operations		1,181,100		2,186,600		3,248,700		1,285,300		(1,759,400)		2,107,900		2,046,100		150,300
Interest, net		89,500		114,500		156,500		68,600		(7,100)		37,100		17,200		11,400
Income (loss) before provision for income taxes		1,091,600		2,072,100		3,092,200		1,216,700		(1,752,300)		2,070,800		2,028,900		138,900
Provision for income taxes		(76,800)		501,900		1,318,300		533,800		(895,000)		843,100		1,034,700		58,400
Net income (loss)	$	1,168,400	$	1,570,200	$	1,773,900	$	682,900	$	(857,300)	$	1,227,700	$	994,200	$	80,500
Diluted earnings (loss) per share	$	0.14	$	0.19	$	0.21	$	0.08	$	(0.10)	$	0.15	$	0.12	$	0.01
Cash dividends declared per common share	$	0.20	$	0.20	$	0.20	$	0.20	$	0.20	$	0.20	$	0.20	$	0.20

XML

Organization (Details)	12 Months Ended
	Apr. 01, 2018
US | Geographic Concentration Risk | Revenues
Concentration Risk
Concentration risk (as a percent)	98.00%

XML

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies - FY, Allowance for Doubtful Accounts and Inventory (Details) - USD ($)	3 Months Ended								12 Months Ended
	Apr. 01, 2018	Dec. 24, 2017	Sep. 24, 2017	Jun. 25, 2017	Mar. 26, 2017	Dec. 25, 2016	Sep. 25, 2016	Jun. 26, 2016	Apr. 01, 2018	Mar. 26, 2017	Mar. 27, 2016
Fiscal Year
Fiscal year duration	98 days	91 days	91 days	91 days	91 days	91 days	91 days	91 days	371 days	364 days	364 days
Allowance for Doubtful Accounts
Payment period from large majority of commercial customers									30 days
Product Inventory
Reserves for excess or obsolescence inventory	$ 5,739,700				$ 6,360,600				$ 5,739,700	$ 6,360,600
Minimum
Fiscal Year
Fiscal year duration									364 days
Maximum
Fiscal Year
Fiscal year duration									371 days

XML

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies - Property, Equipment and Long-Lived Assets (Details) - USD ($)	12 Months Ended
	Apr. 01, 2018	Mar. 26, 2017	Mar. 27, 2016
Impairment of Long-Lived Assets
Impairment charges	$ 0	$ 0	$ 0
Minimum | Information technology equipment
Property and Equipment
Useful Lives	1 year
Minimum | Furniture, telephone system, equipment and tooling
Property and Equipment
Useful Lives	3 years
Minimum | Building, building improvements and leasehold improvements
Property and Equipment
Useful Lives	2 years
Maximum | Information technology equipment
Property and Equipment
Useful Lives	5 years
Maximum | Furniture, telephone system, equipment and tooling
Property and Equipment
Useful Lives	10 years
Maximum | Building, building improvements and leasehold improvements
Property and Equipment
Useful Lives	40 years

XML

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies - Intangible Assets (Details) - USD ($)	12 Months Ended
	Apr. 01, 2018	Mar. 26, 2017	Mar. 27, 2016
Intangible Assets
Impairment loss on goodwill or other indefinite lived intangible assets	$ 0	$ 0	$ 0
Minimum
Intangible Assets
Useful Life	4 years
Maximum
Intangible Assets
Useful Life	6 years

XML

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies - Revenue Recognition, Expenses and Shipping and Handling Costs (Details) - USD ($)	12 Months Ended
	Apr. 01, 2018	Mar. 26, 2017	Mar. 27, 2016
Selling, general and administrative expenses
Shipping and Handling Costs
Shipping costs	$ 14,875,100	$ 14,179,700	$ 13,642,700
Maximum
Revenue Recognition
Revenue recorded on net fee basis (as a percent)	1.00%
Service revenue (as a percent)	1.00%	1.00%	1.00%

XML

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies - Pronouncements not yet adopted (Details) $ in Millions	Apr. 02, 2018 USD ($)
Difference between Revenue Guidance in Effect before and after Topic 606 | ASU 2014-09
Revenue, Initial Application Period Cumulative Effect Transition
Effect on revenue	$ 0.0

XML

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies - Pronouncements adopted (Details) - USD ($)	3 Months Ended								12 Months Ended
	Apr. 01, 2018	Dec. 24, 2017	Sep. 24, 2017	Jun. 25, 2017	Mar. 26, 2017	Dec. 25, 2016	Sep. 25, 2016	Jun. 26, 2016	Apr. 01, 2018	Mar. 26, 2017	Mar. 27, 2016
Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements
Provision for income taxes	$ (76,800)	$ 501,900	$ 1,318,300	$ 533,800	$ (895,000)	$ 843,100	$ 1,034,700	$ 58,400	$ 2,277,200	$ 1,041,200	$ 3,531,800
Effective tax rate (as a percent)									30.50%	41.90%	39.80%
Estimated forfeiture rate (as a percent)										0.00%
Internal-use computer software	$ 4,000,000				$ 4,300,000				$ 4,000,000	$ 4,300,000
Maximum
Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements
Historical sales returns, as a percent of revenue	3.00%								3.00%
Adjustment | ASU 2016-09
Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements
Provision for income taxes									$ 40,000
Effective tax rate (as a percent)									0.40%
Stock-based compensation (in dollars)										$ 0

XML

Property and Equipment - (Details) - USD ($)	12 Months Ended
	Apr. 01, 2018	Mar. 26, 2017	Mar. 27, 2016
Property and Equipment
Property and equipment, gross	$ 38,195,100	$ 38,350,500
Less: Accumulated depreciation and amortization	(24,532,300)	(24,519,600)
Property and equipment, net	13,662,800	13,830,900
Depreciation and amortization	3,992,600	4,238,900	$ 4,730,000
Land
Property and Equipment
Property and equipment, gross	4,740,800	4,740,800
Property and equipment
Property and Equipment
Depreciation and amortization	3,992,600	4,238,900	$ 4,730,000
Building, building improvements and leasehold improvements
Property and Equipment
Property and equipment, gross	20,896,300	20,704,100
Information technology equipment
Property and Equipment
Property and equipment, gross	4,988,600	5,898,700
Furniture, telephone system, equipment and tooling
Property and Equipment
Property and equipment, gross	$ 7,569,400	$ 7,006,900

XML

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets - (Details) - USD ($)	12 Months Ended
	Apr. 01, 2018	Mar. 26, 2017	Mar. 27, 2016
Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets
Capitalized computer software	$ 4,000,000	$ 4,300,000
Internally developed computer software
Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets
Capitalized computer software	2,379,100	2,427,800
Amortization of capitalized computer software	1,721,000	1,355,000	$ 1,194,200
Other long-term assets
Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets
Other intangible assets	$ 795,400	$ 795,400

XML

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities - (Details) - USD ($)	Apr. 01, 2018	Mar. 26, 2017
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities
Deferred Revenue	$ 58,400	$ 635,100
Other Accrued Expenses	1,311,900	1,593,100
Total Accrued Expenses	$ 1,370,300	$ 2,228,200

XML

Borrowings Under Revolving Credit Facility (Details) - USD ($)				12 Months Ended
	Oct. 19, 2017	Jul. 13, 2017	Jun. 24, 2016	Apr. 01, 2018	Mar. 26, 2017	Mar. 27, 2016	Oct. 18, 2017	Jun. 23, 2016
Revolving Credit Facility
Credit Facility
Maximum borrowing capacity	$ 75,000,000	$ 35,000,000	$ 35,000,000				$ 35,000,000
Maximum aggregate commitment amount	$ 125,000,000		$ 50,000,000
Borrowing base as a percent of eligible receivables	85.00%		85.00%
Outstanding principal balance	$ 23,400,000			$ 10,800,000	$ 0
Interest rate spread on variable rate when average availability is greater or equal to $15 million	1.50%
Average availability threshold	$ 15,000,000
Interest rate spread on variable rate when average availability otherwise	1.75%
Interest rate (as a percent)				3.17%
Weighted average interest rate during the period (as a percent)				2.89%
Increase of applicable rate upon event of default (as a percent)	2.00%
Fee commitment (as a percent)	0.25%
Interest expense				$ 444,200	45,500
Average borrowings during period				14,938,800	2,118,500
Maximum borrowings during period				$ 28,596,600	$ 13,473,200
Commitment fee on unused portion of revolving credit facility (as a percent)				0.25%	0.25%
Available borrowing capacity				$ 64,200,000	$ 35,000,000
Maturity period			5 years
Borrowing availability threshold			$ 10,000,000
Maximum additional borrowing capacity		$ 10,000,000
Weighted average interest rate (as a percent)					2.12%
Revolving Credit Facility | Standby letters of credit
Credit Facility
Maximum borrowing capacity	$ 5,000,000		5,000,000
Revolving Credit Facility | Swingline loan
Credit Facility
Maximum borrowing capacity	$ 12,500,000		$ 10,000,000
Revolving Credit Facility | Base rate
Credit Facility
Interest rate spread on variable rate basis (as a percent)	0.50%
Revolving Credit Facility | Eurodollar rate
Credit Facility
Value from which Eurodollar Reserve Percentage is subtracted	1.00
Interest rate spread on variable rate basis (as a percent)	1.75%
Revolving Credit Facility | Minimum | Eurodollar rate
Credit Facility
Interest rate spread on variable rate basis (as a percent)			1.50%
Revolving Credit Facility | Maximum
Credit Facility
Inventory age	181 days
Amount included in formula to determine borrowing base	$ 4,000,000
Revolving Credit Facility | Maximum | Eurodollar rate
Credit Facility
Interest rate spread on variable rate basis (as a percent)			1.75%
Previous Revolving Credit Facility
Credit Facility
Maximum borrowing capacity								$ 35,000,000
Outstanding principal balance						$ 0		$ 0
Interest expense						59,000
Average borrowings during period						3,454,500
Maximum borrowings during period						12,301,100
Available borrowing capacity						$ 35,000,000
Weighted average interest rate (as a percent)						2.12%
Previous Revolving Credit Facility | Minimum | LIBOR
Credit Facility
Interest rate spread on variable rate basis (as a percent)						1.50%
Previous Revolving Credit Facility | Maximum | LIBOR
Credit Facility
Interest rate spread on variable rate basis (as a percent)						2.50%

XML

Extinguishment of Debt (Details) $ in Millions	Jun. 23, 2016 USD ($)
Previous Revolving Credit Facility
Extinguishment of Debt
Maximum borrowing capacity	$ 35.0
Principal balance	0.0
Term Loan, Wells Fargo Bank, National Association and SunTrust Bank
Extinguishment of Debt
Original principal amount	4.5
Principal balance	$ 1.9

XML

Long-Term Debt (Details) - USD ($)	3 Months Ended	12 Months Ended
	Jun. 26, 2016	Apr. 01, 2018	Mar. 26, 2017	Mar. 27, 2016	Mar. 31, 2009	Jun. 30, 2004
Scheduled annual maturities of long-term debt
2019		$ 27,300
2020		2,300
Total		29,600
Term Loan, Wells Fargo Bank, National Association and SunTrust Bank
Long-Term Debt
Principal balance						$ 4,500,000
Weighted average interest rate (as a percent)			2.40%	2.21%
Interest expense			$ 11,000	$ 43,900
Term Loan, Baltimore County Economic Development Revolving Loan Fund
Long-Term Debt
Principal balance		29,600	56,300		$ 250,000
Interest expense		900	$ 1,300	$ 2,000
Monthly principal and interest payments		$ 2,300
Interest rate (as a percent)		2.00%
LIBOR | Term Loan, Wells Fargo Bank, National Association and SunTrust Bank
Long-Term Debt
Interest rate spread on variable rate basis (as a percent)	2.00%

XML

Commitments and Contingencies (Details)	12 Months Ended
	Apr. 01, 2018 USD ($) item	Mar. 26, 2017 USD ($)	Mar. 27, 2016 USD ($)
Commitments and contingencies
Rent expense	$ 3,041,700	$ 3,047,500	$ 3,035,600
Minimum future obligations
2019	3,003,400
2020	2,997,000
2021	2,111,600
2022	203,200
2023	14,900
Total	$ 8,330,100
Income tax examinations
Number of tax returns under examination | item	0
Leased office space in Timonium, Maryland | Minimum
Commitments and contingencies
Base rental rate per month	$ 169,400
Leased office space in Timonium, Maryland | Maximum
Commitments and contingencies
Base rental rate per month	185,100
Leased office and warehouse space in Hunt Valley, Maryland | Minimum
Commitments and contingencies
Base rental rate per month	37,100
Leased office and warehouse space in Hunt Valley, Maryland | Maximum
Commitments and contingencies
Base rental rate per month	39,300
Leased office and warehouse space in San Antonio, Texas | Minimum
Commitments and contingencies
Base rental rate per month	16,900
Leased office and warehouse space in San Antonio, Texas | Maximum
Commitments and contingencies
Base rental rate per month	$ 19,100

XML

Operating Segments - Market Activity (Details)	3 Months Ended								12 Months Ended
	Apr. 01, 2018 USD ($)	Dec. 24, 2017 USD ($)	Sep. 24, 2017 USD ($)	Jun. 25, 2017 USD ($)	Mar. 26, 2017 USD ($)	Dec. 25, 2016 USD ($)	Sep. 25, 2016 USD ($)	Jun. 26, 2016 USD ($)	Apr. 01, 2018 USD ($) segment product	Mar. 26, 2017 USD ($)	Mar. 27, 2016 USD ($)
Operating Segment
Number of reportable segment | segment									2
Number of product categories | product									4
Market unit activity
Revenues	$ 148,920,100	$ 146,260,300	$ 145,083,500	$ 140,010,800	$ 122,602,900	$ 147,198,400	$ 134,633,800	$ 128,860,000	$ 580,274,700	$ 533,295,100	$ 530,682,100
Gross Profit	31,538,700	29,599,800	29,923,100	29,166,800	25,937,600	29,968,600	28,755,600	27,106,000	120,228,400	111,767,800	111,965,900
Income before provision for income taxes	$ 1,091,600	$ 2,072,100	$ 3,092,200	$ 1,216,700	$ (1,752,300)	$ 2,070,800	$ 2,028,900	$ 138,900	7,472,600	2,486,300	8,872,300
Segments
Market unit activity
Directly allocable expenses									48,127,000	48,854,000	74,407,000
Income before provision for income taxes									72,101,000	62,914,000	37,559,000
Corporate
Market unit activity
Directly allocable expenses									64,628,000	60,428,000	28,687,000
Commercial Segment
Market unit activity
Revenues									385,676,000	331,685,000	331,392,000
Gross Profit									81,327,000	75,544,000	75,779,000
Commercial Segment | Segments
Market unit activity
Directly allocable expenses									32,592,000	32,455,000	46,422,000
Income before provision for income taxes									48,735,000	43,089,000	29,357,000
Retail Segment
Market unit activity
Revenues									194,599,000	201,610,000	199,290,000
Gross Profit									38,901,000	36,224,000	36,187,000
Retail Segment | Segments
Market unit activity
Directly allocable expenses									15,535,000	16,399,000	27,985,000
Income before provision for income taxes									23,366,000	19,825,000	8,202,000
Public Carrier
Market unit activity
Revenues									115,061,000	82,015,000	89,171,000
Gross Profit									16,707,000	13,706,000	15,155,000
Public Carrier | Commercial Segment
Market unit activity
Revenues									115,061,000	82,015,000	89,171,000
Gross Profit									16,707,000	13,706,000	15,155,000
Government
Market unit activity
Revenues									40,481,000	36,676,000	33,009,000
Gross Profit									8,954,000	8,235,000	7,713,000
Government | Commercial Segment
Market unit activity
Revenues									40,481,000	36,676,000	33,009,000
Gross Profit									8,954,000	8,235,000	7,713,000
Private System Operators
Market unit activity
Revenues									93,246,000	82,508,000	76,809,000
Gross Profit									20,363,000	18,073,000	18,071,000
Private System Operators | Commercial Segment
Market unit activity
Revenues									93,246,000	82,508,000	76,809,000
Gross Profit									20,363,000	18,073,000	18,071,000
Value-Added Resellers
Market unit activity
Revenues									136,888,000	130,486,000	132,403,000
Gross Profit									35,303,000	35,530,000	34,840,000
Value-Added Resellers | Commercial Segment
Market unit activity
Revenues									136,888,000	130,486,000	132,403,000
Gross Profit									35,303,000	35,530,000	34,840,000
Retail
Market unit activity
Revenues									194,599,000	201,610,000	199,290,000
Gross Profit									38,901,000	36,224,000	36,187,000
Retail | Retail Segment
Market unit activity
Revenues									194,599,000	201,610,000	199,290,000
Gross Profit									$ 38,901,000	$ 36,224,000	$ 36,187,000

XML

Operating Segments - Product Category (Details) - USD ($)	3 Months Ended								12 Months Ended
	Apr. 01, 2018	Dec. 24, 2017	Sep. 24, 2017	Jun. 25, 2017	Mar. 26, 2017	Dec. 25, 2016	Sep. 25, 2016	Jun. 26, 2016	Apr. 01, 2018	Mar. 26, 2017	Mar. 27, 2016
Revenue and Gross Profit from External Customers
Revenues	$ 148,920,100	$ 146,260,300	$ 145,083,500	$ 140,010,800	$ 122,602,900	$ 147,198,400	$ 134,633,800	$ 128,860,000	$ 580,274,700	$ 533,295,100	$ 530,682,100
Gross Profit	$ 31,538,700	$ 29,599,800	$ 29,923,100	$ 29,166,800	$ 25,937,600	$ 29,968,600	$ 28,755,600	$ 27,106,000	120,228,400	111,767,800	111,965,900
Base station infrastructure
Revenue and Gross Profit from External Customers
Revenues									248,949,000	209,869,000	206,604,000
Gross Profit									58,015,000	54,280,000	51,610,000
Network systems
Revenue and Gross Profit from External Customers
Revenues									98,642,000	87,222,000	83,480,000
Gross Profit									14,649,000	11,897,000	12,893,000
Installation, test and maintenance
Revenue and Gross Profit from External Customers
Revenues									33,200,000	31,851,000	34,936,000
Gross Profit									6,266,000	5,921,000	6,607,000
Mobile device accessories
Revenue and Gross Profit from External Customers
Revenues									199,484,000	204,353,000	205,662,000
Gross Profit									$ 41,298,000	$ 39,670,000	$ 40,856,000

XML

Restructuring Charge (Details) - USD ($)	3 Months Ended	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 26, 2017	Mar. 26, 2017
Restructuring Charge
Restructuring charges	$ 806,600	$ 806,600

XML

Stock Buyback (Details) - USD ($)	12 Months Ended
	Apr. 01, 2018	Mar. 26, 2017	Mar. 27, 2016
Stock Buyback
Tax withholding for share based compensation	$ 65,400	$ 192,400	$ 937,300

XML

Income Taxes - Reconciliation (Details)	3 Months Ended	9 Months Ended	12 Months Ended
	Apr. 01, 2018	Dec. 31, 2017	Apr. 01, 2018	Mar. 26, 2017	Mar. 27, 2016
Effective income tax rate reconciliation
Federal statutory rate (as a percent)	21.00%	35.00%	31.30%	34.00%	34.00%
State taxes, net of federal benefit (as a percent)			4.00%	4.60%	4.50%
Non-deductible expenses (as a percent)			4.40%	5.40%	2.10%
Change in deferred tax related to key man life insurance (as a percent)			(7.30%)
Other (as a percent)			(1.90%)	(2.10%)	(0.80%)
Effective rate (as a percent)			30.50%	41.90%	39.80%

XML

Income Taxes - Provision (Details) - USD ($)	3 Months Ended								12 Months Ended
	Apr. 01, 2018	Dec. 24, 2017	Sep. 24, 2017	Jun. 25, 2017	Mar. 26, 2017	Dec. 25, 2016	Sep. 25, 2016	Jun. 26, 2016	Apr. 01, 2018	Mar. 26, 2017	Mar. 27, 2016
Federal
Current									$ 3,073,400	$ 1,083,600	$ 2,350,000
Deferred									(1,081,600)	(69,100)	763,100
State
Current									433,400	53,100	345,100
Deferred									(148,000)	(26,400)	73,600
Provision for income taxes	$ (76,800)	$ 501,900	$ 1,318,300	$ 533,800	$ (895,000)	$ 843,100	$ 1,034,700	$ 58,400	$ 2,277,200	$ 1,041,200	$ 3,531,800

XML

Income Taxes - Deferred Taxes (Details) - USD ($)	Apr. 01, 2018	Mar. 26, 2017
Net deferred tax assets (liabilities)
Deferred compensation	$ 160,600	$ 142,600
Accrued vacation	340,200	566,900
Deferred rent	37,200	208,900
Allowance for doubtful accounts	249,700	259,300
Inventory reserves	1,414,600	2,338,800
Sales tax reserves	217,500	366,000
Other assets	1,364,900	800,000
Tax contingency reserve	83,400	215,800
Depreciation and amortization	(2,542,800)	(3,659,100)
Other liabilities		(461,600)
Accrued compensation		(286,300)
Prepaid expenses	(614,800)	(878,100)
Net Deferred Tax Assets	710,500
Net Deferred Tax Liabilities		(386,800)
Valuation allowance	$ 0	$ 0

XML

Income Taxes - Calculation error of deferred tax liability (Details) - USD ($)	3 Months Ended								12 Months Ended
	Apr. 01, 2018	Dec. 24, 2017	Sep. 24, 2017	Jun. 25, 2017	Mar. 26, 2017	Dec. 25, 2016	Sep. 25, 2016	Jun. 26, 2016	Apr. 01, 2018	Mar. 26, 2017	Mar. 27, 2016
Error adjustment
Net deferred tax assets	$ 710,500								$ 710,500
Provision for income taxes	(76,800)	$ 501,900	$ 1,318,300	$ 533,800	$ (895,000)	$ 843,100	$ 1,034,700	$ 58,400	2,277,200	$ 1,041,200	$ 3,531,800
Net income	1,168,400	$ 1,570,200	$ 1,773,900	$ 682,900	$ (857,300)	$ 1,227,700	$ 994,200	$ 80,500	$ 5,195,400	$ 1,445,100	$ 5,340,500
Basic earnings per share (in dollars per share)									$ 0.62	$ 0.17	$ 0.65
Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities									$ (9,247,100)	$ 3,051,300	$ 20,141,100
Error in calculation of deferred tax liability relating to cash surrender value
Error adjustment
Net deferred tax assets	500,000								500,000
Provision for income taxes									(500,000)
Net income	$ 500,000
Basic earnings per share (in dollars per share)	$ 0.06
Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities									$ 0

XML

Income Taxes - Unrecognized tax benefits (Details) - USD ($)	12 Months Ended
	Apr. 01, 2018	Mar. 26, 2017	Mar. 27, 2016	Mar. 29, 2015
Income Taxes
Gross amount of unrecognized tax benefits	$ 112,700	$ 204,500	$ 290,400	$ 394,400
Unrecognized tax benefits, net of federal benefit	87,200	147,800
Amount of interest and penalties expense (benefit) related to tax uncertainties recognized, net of federal expense/benefit	(38,100)	(10,000)	$ 16,600
Cumulative amount of interest and penalties related to tax uncertainties, net of federal expense/benefit	250,500	$ 314,300
Net unrecognized tax benefits, inclusive of indirect tax benefits and deferred tax benefits	87,200
Associated penalties and interest of net unrecognized tax benefits	250,500
Unrecognized tax benefits that would impact effective tax rate	$ 337,700

XML

Income Taxes - Changes in unrecognized tax benefits (Details) - USD ($)	12 Months Ended
	Apr. 01, 2018	Mar. 26, 2017	Mar. 27, 2016
Reconciliation of unrecognized tax benefit amounts
Beginning balance of unrecognized tax benefit	$ 204,500	$ 290,400	$ 394,400
Increases related to current period tax positions		3,100	3,800
Reductions as a result of a lapse in the applicable statute of limitations	(91,800)	(89,000)	(107,800)
Ending balance of unrecognized tax benefits	$ 112,700	$ 204,500	$ 290,400

XML

Income Taxes - ASU 2016-09 (Details)	12 Months Ended
	Apr. 01, 2018	Mar. 26, 2017	Mar. 27, 2016
Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements
Effective tax rate (as a percent)	30.50%	41.90%	39.80%
Adjustment | ASU 2016-09
Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements
Effective tax rate (as a percent)	0.40%

XML

Income Taxes - New tax legislation (Details) $ in Millions	3 Months Ended	9 Months Ended	12 Months Ended
	Apr. 01, 2018 item	Dec. 31, 2017	Apr. 01, 2018 USD ($) item	Mar. 26, 2017	Mar. 27, 2016
Income Taxes
Federal statutory rate (as a percent)	21.00%	35.00%	31.30%	34.00%	34.00%
Income tax benefit to re-measure deferred tax liabilities | $			$ 0.2
Maximum percentage of net interest expense deductible as a percent of adjusted taxable income			30.00%
Maximum percentage of net operating losses allowed as a percent of taxable income			80.00%
Number of tax returns under examination | item	0		0

XML

Retirement Plans - 401(k) (Details) - USD ($)	12 Months Ended
	Apr. 01, 2018	Mar. 26, 2017	Mar. 27, 2016
Retirement Plans
Defined contribution plan expense	$ 928,100	$ 621,600	$ 635,500
Common stock shares included in plan assets (in shares)	157,708

XML

Retirement Plans - Supplemental Plan (Details) - Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan - USD ($)	Apr. 01, 2018	Mar. 26, 2017
Other long-term assets
Defined Benefit Plan
Cash surrender value of life insurance policy	$ 2,204,500	$ 2,128,200
Other long-term liabilities
Defined Benefit Plan
Net present value of benefit obligation	$ 901,400	$ 883,400

XML

Earnings Per Share (Details) - USD ($)	3 Months Ended								12 Months Ended
	Apr. 01, 2018	Dec. 24, 2017	Sep. 24, 2017	Jun. 25, 2017	Mar. 26, 2017	Dec. 25, 2016	Sep. 25, 2016	Jun. 26, 2016	Apr. 01, 2018	Mar. 26, 2017	Mar. 27, 2016
Earnings per share - Basic
Net earnings	$ 1,168,400	$ 1,570,200	$ 1,773,900	$ 682,900	$ (857,300)	$ 1,227,700	$ 994,200	$ 80,500	$ 5,195,400	$ 1,445,100	$ 5,340,500
Less: Distributed and undistributed earnings allocated to nonvested stock											(15,000)
Earnings available to common shareholders - Basic									$ 5,195,000	$ 1,445,000	$ 5,326,000
Weighted average common shares outstanding - Basic (in shares)									8,370,742	8,312,731	8,220,023
Basic earnings per share (in dollars per share)									$ 0.62	$ 0.17	$ 0.65
Earnings per share - Diluted
Net earnings	$ 1,168,400	$ 1,570,200	$ 1,773,900	$ 682,900	$ (857,300)	$ 1,227,700	$ 994,200	$ 80,500	$ 5,195,400	$ 1,445,100	$ 5,340,500
Less: Distributed and undistributed earnings allocated to nonvested stock											(1,000)
Earnings available to common shareholders – Diluted									$ 5,195,000	$ 1,445,000	$ 5,340,000
Weighted average common shares outstanding - Basic (in shares)									8,370,742	8,312,731	8,220,023
Effect of dilutive options (in shares)									100,263	27,686
Diluted weighted-average common shares outstanding (in shares)									8,471,005	8,340,417	8,220,023
Diluted earnings per share (in dollars per share)	$ 0.14	$ 0.19	$ 0.21	$ 0.08	$ (0.10)	$ 0.15	$ 0.12	$ 0.01	$ 0.61	$ 0.17	$ 0.65
Anti-dilutive equity awards (in shares)									40,000	60,000	100,000
Stock Options
Earnings per share - Diluted
Anti-dilutive equity awards (in shares)									40,000	60,000	100,000
Options outstanding (in shares)	540,000				420,000				540,000	420,000	100,000
Performance Stock Units
Earnings per share - Diluted
Anti-dilutive equity awards (in shares)									0	0	0

XML

Stock-Based Compensation - Plan (Details) - USD ($)		12 Months Ended
	May 10, 2018	Apr. 01, 2018	Mar. 26, 2017	Mar. 27, 2016
Stock-based compensation
Income tax benefit from share-based compensation (in dollars)		$ 305,400	$ 181,900	$ 290,100
Options Granted (in shares)		230,000	410,000
Performance Stock Units
Stock-based compensation
Cancelled (in shares)		181,500	148,154	80,268
Granted (in shares)		86,000	207,000	103,000
1994 Plan
Stock-based compensation
Number of shares available for grant (in shares)		366,700
Selling, general and administrative expenses
Stock-based compensation
Stock-based compensation (in dollars)		$ 1,002,100	$ 434,400	$ 729,000
Subsequent Event | Performance Stock Units
Stock-based compensation
Cancelled (in shares)	16,750
Subsequent Event | 1994 Plan
Stock-based compensation
Number of shares available for grant (in shares)	245,450
Subsequent Event | Select Key Employees | Stock Options
Stock-based compensation
Options Granted (in shares)	49,000
Subsequent Event | Award Date, May 10, 2018 | Performance Stock Units
Stock-based compensation
Granted (in shares)	71,000
Subsequent Event | Award Date, May 10, 2018 | RSU awards
Stock-based compensation
Granted (in shares)	18,000

XML

Stock-Based Compensation - Performance Stock Units (Details) - USD ($)		1 Months Ended	12 Months Ended
	May 10, 2018	May 30, 2018	Apr. 01, 2018	Mar. 26, 2017	Mar. 27, 2016
Stock-based compensation
Number of fiscal years over which stock option grants have been made to senior management			2 years
Performance Stock Units
Stock-based compensation
Measurement period			1 year
PSU Activity
Unvested shares available for issue under outstanding PSUs, beginning of period (in shares)			170,100	138,925	203,841
Granted (in shares)			86,000	207,000	103,000
Vested (in shares)			(7,600)	(27,671)	(87,648)
Forfeited/cancelled (in shares)			(181,500)	(148,154)	(80,268)
Unvested shares available for issue under outstanding PSUs, end of period (in shares)			67,000	170,100	138,925
Unvested PSUs, Weighted-Average Fair Value at Grant Date
Unvested shares available for issue under outstanding PSUs, beginning of period (in dollars per share)			$ 11.17	$ 21.46	$ 20.65
Granted (in dollars per share)			12.67	10.77	22.15
Vested (in dollars per share)			19.58	19.40	13.88
Forfeited/cancelled (in dollars per share)			10.99	18.72	28.57
Unvested shares available for issue under outstanding PSUs, end of period (in dollars per share)			$ 12.65	$ 11.17	$ 21.46
Additional stock based compensation information
Unrecognized compensation costs (in dollars)			$ 300,000
Total fair value of shares vested during period (in dollars)			$ 277,600	$ 628,200	$ 2,543,000
Shares earned, but not yet vested (in shares)			50,250
Performance Stock Units | Subsequent Event
PSU Activity
Forfeited/cancelled (in shares)	(16,750)
Additional stock based compensation information
Canceled shares, performance targets not fully satisfied (in shares)		16,750
Award Date, May 10, 2018 | Performance Stock Units | Subsequent Event
Stock-based compensation
Measurement period	1 year
PSU Activity
Granted (in shares)	71,000
Additional stock based compensation information
Annual vesting percentage	25.00%

XML

Stock-Based Compensation - RSUs (Details) - USD ($) $ / shares in Units, $ in Millions						3 Months Ended	12 Months Ended
	May 10, 2018	Aug. 08, 2017	May 10, 2017	May 11, 2016	May 11, 2015	Sep. 24, 2006	Apr. 01, 2018	Mar. 27, 2016
Restricted Stock
Stock-based compensation
Granted (in shares)						225,000
Vesting period						10 years
Weighted-average grant date fair value (in dollars per share)						$ 10.56
Vested (in shares)								22,500
Shares outstanding (in shares)							0
RSU awards
Stock-based compensation
Unrecognized compensation costs (in dollars)							$ 0.6
Unrecognized compensation costs, period for recognition							3 years
Award Date May 11, 2015 | RSU awards
Stock-based compensation
Granted (in shares)					10,000
Annual vesting percentage					25.00%
Unrecognized compensation costs (in dollars)							$ 0.1
Unrecognized compensation costs, period for recognition							1 year
Award Date May 11, 2016 | RSU awards
Stock-based compensation
Granted (in shares)				10,000
Annual vesting percentage				25.00%
Unrecognized compensation costs (in dollars)							$ 0.1
Unrecognized compensation costs, period for recognition							2 years
Award Date May 10, 2017 | RSU awards
Stock-based compensation
Granted (in shares)			18,000
Annual vesting percentage			25.00%
Award Date August 8, 2017 | RSU awards
Stock-based compensation
Granted (in shares)		56,000
Vesting period		4 years
Denominator in fraction used to calculate number of awards earned		$ 3.20
Cancelled (in shares)							8,000
Shares outstanding (in shares)							48,000
Subsequent Event | Award Date, May 10, 2018 | RSU awards
Stock-based compensation
Granted (in shares)	18,000
Annual vesting percentage	25.00%

XML

Stock-Based Compensation - Stock Options (Details) - USD ($) $ / shares in Units, $ in Millions	12 Months Ended
	Apr. 01, 2018	Mar. 26, 2017	Mar. 27, 2016
Shares
Unvested options, beginning of period	395,000	100,000
Options Granted (in shares)	230,000	410,000
Options Vested (in shares)	(122,500)	(25,000)
Options Forfeited/Cancelled (in shares)	(110,000)	(90,000)
Unvested options, end of period	392,500	395,000	100,000
Weighted Average Fair Value at Grant
Unvested shares available for issue under outstanding options, beginning of period	$ 1.96	$ 3.43
Options Granted	2.57	1.85
Options Vested	1.87	3.55
Options Forfeited/Cancelled	2.42	2.64
Unvested shares available for issue under outstanding options, end of period	2.21	1.96	$ 3.43
Valuation assumptions
Resulting Black Scholes Value (in dollars per share)	$ 2.57	$ 1.85
Grant Fiscal Year 2018
Shares
Options Granted (in shares)	230,000
Weighted Average Fair Value at Grant
Options Granted	$ 2.57
Additional Disclosures
Option Exercise Price (in dollars per share)	$ 15.12
Options Outstanding (in shares)	170,000
Valuation assumptions
Expected Stock Price Volatility (as a percent)	32.63%
Risk-Free Interest rate (as a percent)	1.96%
Expected Dividend Yield (as a percent)	5.34%
Average Expected Term	4 years
Resulting Black Scholes Value (in dollars per share)	$ 2.57
Grant Fiscal Year 2017
Shares
Options Granted (in shares)		410,000
Weighted Average Fair Value at Grant
Options Granted		$ 1.85
Additional Disclosures
Option Exercise Price (in dollars per share)		$ 12.57
Options Outstanding (in shares)	330,000
Options Exercisable (in shares)	120,833
Valuation assumptions
Expected Stock Price Volatility (as a percent)		32.85%
Risk-Free Interest rate (as a percent)		1.32%
Expected Dividend Yield (as a percent)		6.30%
Average Expected Term		4 years
Resulting Black Scholes Value (in dollars per share)		$ 1.85
Grant Fiscal Year 2016
Shares
Options Granted (in shares)			100,000
Weighted Average Fair Value at Grant
Options Granted			$ 3.43
Additional Disclosures
Option Exercise Price (in dollars per share)			$ 22.42
Options Outstanding (in shares)	40,000
Options Exercisable (in shares)	26,667
Valuation assumptions
Expected Stock Price Volatility (as a percent)			26.40%
Risk-Free Interest rate (as a percent)			1.67%
Expected Dividend Yield (as a percent)			3.50%
Average Expected Term			4 years
Resulting Black Scholes Value (in dollars per share)			$ 3.43
Stock Options
Stock Options:
Unrecognized compensation costs (in dollars)	$ 0.8
Unrecognized compensation costs, period for recognition	3 years
Options exercised	0	0	0
Additional Disclosures
Options Outstanding (in shares)	540,000
Options Exercisable (in shares)	147,500
First year vesting | Stock Options
Stock Options:
Vesting percentage	25.00%
Vesting period	1 year
Monthly vesting over 36 months | Stock Options
Stock Options:
Monthly percentage of vesting of share based compensation	2.78%
Additional vesting period after the initial period	3 years

XML

Stock-Based Compensation - Stock Purchase Plan (Details) - Team Member Stock Purchase - Team Member Stock Purchase Plan - USD ($)	12 Months Ended
	Apr. 01, 2018	Mar. 26, 2017	Mar. 27, 2016
Stock-based compensation
Number of shares authorized (in shares)	450,000
Purchase price of common stock (as a percent)	85.00%
Stock-based compensation (in dollars)	$ 148,700	$ 137,800	$ 48,900
Shares sold to employees (in shares)	13,423	12,901	9,113
Weighted-average market value (in dollars per share)	$ 11.08	$ 10.68	$ 16.86

XML

Fair Value Disclosure (Details) - Term Loan, Baltimore County Economic Development Revolving Loan Fund - USD ($)	Apr. 01, 2018	Mar. 26, 2017	Mar. 31, 2009
Fair Value
Carrying amount	$ 29,600	$ 56,300	$ 250,000
Level 2 | Carrying Amount
Fair Value
Carrying amount	29,600	56,300
Level 2 | Fair Value
Fair Value
Long-term debt, fair value	$ 28,827	$ 54,229

XML

Supplemental Cash Flow Information (Details) - USD ($)	12 Months Ended
	Apr. 01, 2018	Mar. 26, 2017	Mar. 27, 2016
Supplemental Cash Flow Information
Cash paid for income taxes, net of refunds	$ 2,440,000	$ 55,600	$ 1,979,800
Cash paid for interest	406,200	60,600	180,300
Interest capitalized	$ 0	$ 0	$ 0

XML

Concentration of Risk (Details) - Revenues	12 Months Ended
	Apr. 01, 2018 item customer	Mar. 26, 2017 item customer	Mar. 27, 2016 item customer
Customer Concentration Risk | Top ten customers
Concentration Risk
Number of customers | customer	10	10	10
Concentration risk (as a percent)	28.00%	26.00%	22.00%
Supplier Concentration Risk | Top ten vendors
Concentration Risk
Number of vendors | item	10	10	10
Concentration risk (as a percent)	43.00%	41.00%	42.00%
Supplier Concentration Risk | Largest commercial vendor
Concentration Risk
Concentration risk (as a percent)	11.00%	10.00%	11.00%
Supplier Concentration Risk | Largest retail vendor
Concentration Risk
Concentration risk (as a percent)	10.00%	11.00%	15.00%

XML

Quarterly Results of Operations (Unaudited) (Details) - USD ($)	3 Months Ended								12 Months Ended
	Apr. 01, 2018	Dec. 24, 2017	Sep. 24, 2017	Jun. 25, 2017	Mar. 26, 2017	Dec. 25, 2016	Sep. 25, 2016	Jun. 26, 2016	Apr. 01, 2018	Mar. 26, 2017	Mar. 27, 2016
Summarized quarterly financial data
Fiscal period duration	98 days	91 days	91 days	91 days	91 days	91 days	91 days	91 days	371 days	364 days	364 days
Revenues	$ 148,920,100	$ 146,260,300	$ 145,083,500	$ 140,010,800	$ 122,602,900	$ 147,198,400	$ 134,633,800	$ 128,860,000	$ 580,274,700	$ 533,295,100	$ 530,682,100
Cost of goods sold	117,381,400	116,660,500	115,160,400	110,844,000	96,665,300	117,229,800	105,878,200	101,754,000	460,046,300	421,527,300	418,716,200
Gross profit	31,538,700	29,599,800	29,923,100	29,166,800	25,937,600	29,968,600	28,755,600	27,106,000	120,228,400	111,767,800	111,965,900
Selling, general and administrative expenses	30,357,600	27,413,200	26,674,400	27,881,500	26,890,400	27,860,700	26,709,500	26,955,700	112,326,700	108,416,300	102,932,300
Restructuring charges					806,600					806,600
Operating expenses	30,357,600	27,413,200	26,674,400	27,881,500	27,697,000	27,860,700	26,709,500	26,955,700
Income from operations	1,181,100	2,186,600	3,248,700	1,285,300	(1,759,400)	2,107,900	2,046,100	150,300	7,901,700	2,544,900	9,033,600
Interest, net	89,500	114,500	156,500	68,600	(7,100)	37,100	17,200	11,400	429,100	58,600	161,300
Income before provision for income taxes	1,091,600	2,072,100	3,092,200	1,216,700	(1,752,300)	2,070,800	2,028,900	138,900	7,472,600	2,486,300	8,872,300
Provision for income taxes	(76,800)	501,900	1,318,300	533,800	(895,000)	843,100	1,034,700	58,400	2,277,200	1,041,200	3,531,800
Net income	$ 1,168,400	$ 1,570,200	$ 1,773,900	$ 682,900	$ (857,300)	$ 1,227,700	$ 994,200	$ 80,500	$ 5,195,400	$ 1,445,100	$ 5,340,500
Diluted (loss) earnings per share (in dollars per share)	$ 0.14	$ 0.19	$ 0.21	$ 0.08	$ (0.10)	$ 0.15	$ 0.12	$ 0.01	$ 0.61	$ 0.17	$ 0.65
Cash dividends declared per common share (in dollars per share)	$ 0.20	$ 0.20	$ 0.20	$ 0.20	$ 0.20	$ 0.20	$ 0.20	$ 0.20	$ 0.80	$ 0.80	$ 0.80

XML

Schedule II - Valuation and Qualifying Accounts (Details) - USD ($)	12 Months Ended
	Apr. 01, 2018	Mar. 26, 2017	Mar. 27, 2016
Allowance for doubtful accounts:
Change in valuation allowances and reserves
Balance, beginning of period	$ 782,200	$ 841,400	$ 661,900
Provision for bad debts	797,100	674,200	637,100
Write-offs and other adjustments	(484,400)	(733,400)	(457,600)
Balance, end of period	1,094,900	782,200	841,400
Inventory Reserve:
Change in valuation allowances and reserves
Balance, beginning of period	6,360,600	6,071,100	5,780,600
Inventory reserve expense	4,361,400	3,193,200	3,412,000
Write-offs and other adjustments	(4,982,300)	(2,903,700)	(3,121,500)
Balance, end of period	$ 5,739,700	$ 6,360,600	$ 6,071,100